Ethylene alpha-olefin non-conjugated polyene copolymer, use thereof, and manufacturing method thereof

ABSTRACT

The purpose of the present invention is to obtain an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer that has a low permanent compression set at low temperatures, is flexible, and has an excellent balance of rubber elasticity at low temperatures and tensile strength at normal temperatures. This ethylene-based polymer is an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer that includes units derived from ethylene (A), units derived from an α-olefin (B) containing 4-20 carbon atoms, and units derived from a non-conjugated polyene (C) and satisfies (1)-(4). (1) The molar ratio of (A) to (B) is 40/60-90/10, (2) the contained amount of the units derived from (C) is 0.1-6.0 mol %, (3) ML (1+4)  125° C. is 5-100, and (4) the B value is 1.20 or more.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a Divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No.15/116,691, filed on Aug. 4, 2016, which is a U.S. National PhaseApplication of International Patent Application No. PCT/JP2015/053706,filed on Feb. 10, 2015, which is based upon and claims the benefit ofpriority of Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2014-025159, filed Feb. 13,2014; 2014-181206, filed on Sep. 5, 2014; 2014-245083, filed on Dec. 3,2014; 2014-245084, filed on Dec. 3, 2014; and 2014-245085, filed on Dec.3, 2014. The entire contents of which are hereby incorporated byreference in their entireties.

TECHNICAL FIELD

The present invention relates to ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymers, uses thereof, and manufacturing methods thereof.

BACKGROUND ART

Ethylene⋅α-olefin rubber, such as ethylene⋅propylene copolymer rubber(EPR) and ethylene⋅propylene⋅diene copolymer rubber (EPDM), has nounsaturated bond in the main chain of the molecular structure thereofand hence exhibits excellent heat aging resistance, weather resistance,and ozone resistance as compared with general-purpose conjugated dienerubber, and has been applied widely to uses, e.g., automobilecomponents, wire materials, electric/electronic components, constructionand civil engineering materials, and industrial materials andcomponents.

Conventionally, ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymerrubber such as EPDM has been manufactured using a catalyst systemgenerally composed of a combination of a titanium-based catalyst or avanadium-based catalyst and an organoaluminum compound (so-calledZiegler-Natta catalyst system). The biggest disadvantage of thiscatalyst system is lower productivity in that it has a lowpolymerization activity and a short catalyst life, which compelpolymerization to be done at low temperatures in the order of 0 to 50°C. This poses a problem of a high viscosity of a polymerizationsolution, which prevents the olefin copolymer in a polymerizer fromhaving a sufficiently increased concentration, resulting in having adrawback in that the productivity is remarkably low. In addition,because of the low polymerization activity, the copolymer will contain alot of catalyst residues at the completion of polymerization, and willoften not meet product performance requirements. Eliminating theresidues, then, requires a deashing process, which is remarkablydisadvantageous in production cost.

On one hand, ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymerizationbased on a polymerization catalyst including a bridged metallocenecompound having a biscyclopentadienyl group or a bisindenyl group as aligand is disclosed (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open (JP-A) No.2005-344101, JP-A No. H09-151205, Japanese National-Phase Publication(JP-A) No. 2000-507635). This method provides the obtainableethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer with a highermolecular weight compared to the aforementioned Ziegler-Natta catalystsystem, but the molecular weight is not sufficiently high yet forcarrying out high-temperature polymerization. Generally, inhigh-temperature solution polymerization, the viscosity of apolymerization solution is lowered, which enables the olefin copolymerin a polymerizer to maintain its concentration high, enhancingproductivity per polymerizer. On the other hand, however, it is wellknown to those of skill in the art that the molecular weight of anolefin copolymer produced at an increased polymerization temperaturewill decrease. Accordingly, in order to manufacture an olefin copolymerwith a desired high molecular weight even in highly productivehigh-temperature polymerization, a catalyst for producing a highmolecular weight olefin copolymer is needed.

In products made of ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymerrubber such as EPDM, the content of a residual polymerization solvent oran unreacted olefin monomer is usually controlled depending on therequired performance for use. In manufacturing facilities, eliminationof these impurities is generally carried out by operations such asheating and pressure reduction in a post-polymerization process. Forexample, in the manufacture of EPDM, a large amount of load is requiredfor elimination of unreacted non-conjugated polyene having a highboiling point, and hence a smaller amount of residual unreactednon-conjugated polyene, as compared to EPDM, in a polymerizationsolution discharged from a polymerization reactor will lead to a moreenhanced productivity. In other words, in cases where a certain amountof EPDM is continuously manufactured during a certain period of time,the smaller the amount of unreacted non-conjugated polyene is, the lowerthe load of operations of heating and pressure reduction is, allowingproduction cost to be reduced. Conversely, in cases where the load ofoperations of heating and pressure reduction is maintained constant, aneffect is given by which the smaller the amount of unreactednon-conjugated polyene is, the larger the amount of production per acertain period of time for manufacturing facilities is.

Examples of a method for reducing the amount of unreacted non-conjugatedpolyene in a polymerization solution in order to obtain such advantagesinclude a method using a polymerization catalyst having a highcopolymerization performance for non-conjugated polyene. Using such apolymerization catalyst enables the amount added of non-conjugatedpolyene to be reduced in manufacturing EPDM having a desirednon-conjugated polyene content, and an effect of reducing the amount ofresulting residual unreacted non-conjugated polyene can be achieved.

As described above, a polymerization catalyst, which produces anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer with a high molecularweight to achieve a high productivity via high-temperaturepolymerization, and which has a high non-conjugated polyenecopolymerization performance to enhance productivity via reduction ofload in a post-polymerization process, is needed. In industry, aboveall, a polymerization catalyst by which these performances and a highpolymerization activity that does not require a deashing process areachieved at a high level in a well-balanced manner at the same time isdesired.

In Patent Literature 1 (WO2009/081792) and Patent Literature 2(WO2009/081794), the present applicant proposes a method formanufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymerusing a catalyst including a specific bridged cyclopentadienyl-fluorenylmetallocene compound. The manufacturing method according to PatentLiterature 1 allows an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer having a high molecular weight to be manufactured based on afavorable polymerization activity and a favorable non-conjugated polyenecopolymerization ability, and the manufacturing method according toPatent Literature 2 allows an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer having a high molecular weight to be manufactured based on afavorable polymerization activity and a favorable non-conjugated polyenecopolymerization ability and further allows a polymerization temperatureto be set higher.

In recent years, for the needs exploiting the excellent heat resistance,weather resistance and flexibility of ethylene⋅α-olefin rubber, rawmaterial development and product development for transparent bridgedsheets have been carried out vigorously.

As a use of EPDM, for example, using EPDM to obtain a rubber moldedarticle for sealing is known (see, for example, Patent Literature 3).Seal packings which are rubber molded articles for sealing are used forvarious uses such as automobiles, industrial machinery and electroniccomponents, and since automobiles, industrial machinery and the like areused in a cold area, the seal packings require mechanical strength atroom temperature as well as low-temperature properties.

As a use of EPDM, for example, it is known to useethylene⋅propylene⋅diene copolymer rubber (EPDM) as a rubber componentof a composition for forming a hose (Patent Literature 4). In a use inwhich a hose is used, for example, automobiles, use in a cold area isassumed, and thereby mechanical properties (such as tensile strength)for room temperature as well as rubber characteristics (such as rubberelasticity) for low temperature are required.

As a method for improving low-temperature flexibility and heat agingresistance of ethylene⋅propylene⋅diene copolymer rubber (EPDM), anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer is proposed whichuses a C₄-C₁₀ α-olefin as an α-olefin and which has an excellentrandomness of an ethylene and an α-olefin (Patent Literature 5: JP-A No.H09-71617). It is described in Example 4 of Patent Literature 5 that anethylene 1-butene ENB copolymer was obtained, having a B value of 1.12at maximum, wherein the B value is an index indicating whetherrandomness is acceptable or not, and is represented by the equationbelow.

B value=[EX]/(2[E]×[X])  (i)

wherein [E] and [X] represent a mole fraction of an ethylene and aC₄-C₂₀ α-olefin respectively in an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer; and [EX] represents an ethylene⋅C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin diadchain fraction. In another case, it is disclosed in the examples ofPatent Literature 2 (WO2009/081794) that an ethylene⋅propylene⋅ENBcopolymer having a B value of 1.11 to 1.24 was obtained using a specifictransition metal compound (bridged metallocene compound), wherein the Bvalue is indicative of randomness (but is somewhat different indefinition from the B value described in Patent Literature 5). In PatentLiterature 2, however, the mechanical properties of anethylene⋅propylene⋅ENB copolymer are not described.

[B value=(c+d)/[2×a×(e+f)]  [IV]

wherein a, e and f are an ethylene mole fraction, an α-olefin molefraction and a non-conjugated polyene mole fraction respectively of theethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer; c is anethylene-α-olefin diad mole fraction; and d is anethylene-non-conjugated polyene diad mole fraction.

Abridged foam made from EPDM is used as a sound insulation material forautomobiles, electrical products, and the like. For example, it is knownthat EPDM or a mixture of EPDM and EPR is used as a rubber component ofa composition for forming a sound insulation material (Patent Literature6 to 8).

In this regard, in cross-linking and foaming a composition includingEPDM and manufacturing a cross-linked foam for use for sound insulationmaterials, an EPDM having a favorable foamability is preferably used.However, conventionally used EPDM having an excellent foamability hasproblems in that its roll processability is not favorable and that amolded article formed from the EPDM does not have sufficient soundinsulation performance.

For this reason, butyl rubber is conventionally blended with EPDM toimprove roll processability. However, EPDM and butyl rubber aredifferent from each other in behavior in cross-linking. Because of this,a composition including EPDM and butyl rubber is difficult to controlfor cross-linking and foaming, and poses a problem, for example, in thatthe specific gravity of the obtainable molded article is large.

CITATION LIST Patent Literature

-   Patent Literature 1: WO2009/081792-   Patent Literature 2: WO2009/081794-   Patent Literature 3: WO2000/59962-   Patent Literature 4: JP-A No. H09-67485-   Patent Literature 5: JP-A No. H09-71617-   Patent Literature 6: JP-A No. 2001-2866-   Patent Literature 7: JP-A No. 2001-192488-   Patent Literature 8: JP-A No. 2005-75964

SUMMARY OF INVENTION Technical Problem

However, a conventional method for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer, such as themanufacturing methods disclosed in Patent Literature 1 and 2, has roomfor further improvement with regard to achieving three possibilities ata high level at the same time: increasing the molecular weight of anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer produced duringhigh-temperature polymerization, enhancing the non-conjugated polyenecopolymerization performance, and producing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer via a highpolymerization activity.

In view of such problems of conventional techniques, a problem to besolved by the present invention 1 consists in solving the followingproblems (1) to (3) at a high level in a well-balanced manner.

First, the problem (1) is to provide a method for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer having a highmolecular weight. As aforementioned, high-temperature solutionpolymerization has some advantages such as enhanced productivity andreduced production cost, but will result in the produced olefin polymerhaving a lowered molecular weight at the same time, and thus, accordingto a manufacturing method using a conventional catalyst, it is difficultto have a sufficiently high polymerization temperature. To enjoy theadvantage of high-temperature solution polymerization by solving thisproblem, achievement of a method capable of manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer having a highmolecular weight even in high-temperature polymerization is desired.

Next, the problem (2) is to provide a method for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer based on a highnon-conjugated polyene copolymerization performance. Such amanufacturing method, in manufacturing an olefin copolymer with adesired content of a non-conjugated polyene, enables the amount added ofnon-conjugated polyene to be reduced, thereby reducing a residual amountof unreacted non-conjugated polyene in a polymerization solution andhence providing the advantage of reducing load in eliminating theresidual amount in a post-polymerization process.

Next, the problem (3) is to provide a method for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer based on a highpolymerization activity. The high polymerization activity not onlyreduces catalyst cost but also provides the advantage of making adeashing process unnecessary because the catalyst residue in theethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer is reduced.

In other words, a problem to be solved by the present invention 1 is toprovide a method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer that can solve the above problems (1), (2) and (3) ata high level in a well-balanced manner at the same time; i.e., themethod for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer that can achieve three possibilities at a high level in awell-balanced manner at the same time: increasing the molecular weightof a copolymer produced during high-temperature polymerization,enhancing non-conjugated polyene copolymerization performance andproducing a copolymer via a high polymerization activity. Such a methodcan provide and make commercially available, at a significant productionefficiency and production cost in industry, anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer having an excellentperformance as a processing material.

A problem of the present invention 2 is to provide anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer that, compared withpreviously proposed ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymers,further has a lower compression set at low temperature and flexibilityand that has an excellent balance between low-temperature rubberelasticity and room temperature tensile strength.

There are some problems with conventional seal packings: ones made ofEPDM have insufficient low-temperature properties; and ones made ofsilicone rubber have excellent low-temperature properties but have thesealing properties impaired by insufficient room-temperature strengthand susceptibility to cuts and cracks.

A problem of the present invention 2-1 is to provide: a composition forseal packings that is capable of forming a seal packing havinglow-temperature properties and a mechanical strength (strength andstrain) compatible therewith; and a seal packing formed from thecomposition.

A problem of the present invention 2-2 is to achieve compatibilitybetween the processability of an uncross-linked composition including anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer and the soundinsulation performance and properties, such as specific gravity, of amolded article obtained by cross-linking the composition.

Considering the possibility that hoses are used also in a cold area,hoses having both low-temperature properties and mechanical propertiesare desired. For example, it is known that using a hose-formingcomposition including EPDM with a lowered ethylene content improves thelow-temperature properties of the obtained hose, but that its tensilestrength is decreased.

A problem of the present invention 2-3 is to provide: a composition forforming hoses that is capable of forming a hose excellent in terms oflow-temperature properties and mechanical properties; and a hose formedfrom the composition.

Solution to Problem

The present inventors have made intensive studies to solve theaforementioned problems. As a result, they have found anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer that, compared withpreviously proposed ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymers,further has a lower compression set at low temperature and flexibilityand that has an excellent balance between low-temperature rubberelasticity and room temperature tensile strength, and have come tocomplete the present invention 2.

The present inventors have made intensive studies to solve theaforementioned problems. As a result, they have found that theaforementioned problems can be solved by using anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer that, compared withpreviously proposed ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymers,has a lower compression set at low temperature and flexibility and thathas an excellent balance of properties of low-temperature rubberelasticity and room temperature tensile strength, and have come tocomplete the present invention 2-1.

The present inventors have made intensive studies to solve theaforementioned problems. As a result, they have found that theaforementioned problems can be solved by using a composition including aspecific ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer having adifferent B value, and have come to complete the present invention 2-2.

The present inventors have made intensive studies to solve theaforementioned problems. As a result, they have found that theaforementioned problems can be solved by using anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer that, compared withpreviously proposed ethylene α-olefin non-conjugated polyene copolymers,has an excellent balance of properties of low-temperature rubberelasticity and room-temperature tensile strength, and have come tocomplete the present invention 2-3.

In other words, the present invention 2 relates to, for example, thefollowing [1] to [7]; the present invention 2-1 relates to, for example,the following [8] to [10]; the present invention 2-2 relates to, forexample, the following [11] to [15]; and the present invention 2-3relates to, for example, the following [16] to [18].

The present invention 1 for solving the aforementioned problems is amethod for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer based on an olefin polymerization catalyst including a bridgedmetallocene compound having a specific fluorene structure.

In other words, the present invention 1 relates to, for example, thefollowing [19] to [34].

[1] An ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer including astructural unit derived from an ethylene [A], a structural unit derivedfrom a C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] and a structural unit derived from anon-conjugated polyene [C], and satisfying the following (1) to (4):

(1) a molar ratio ([A]/[B]) of the structural units derived from theethylene [A] to the structural units derived from the α-olefin [B] is40/60 to 90/10;

(2) a content of the structural units derived from the non-conjugatedpolyene [C] is 0.1 to 6.0 mol % based on the total of the structuralunits of [A], [B] and [C] as 100 mol %;

(3) a Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C. at 125° C. is 5 to 100; and

(4) a B value represented by the following formula (i) is 1.20 or more.

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/[2×[E]×([X]+[Y])]  (i),

wherein [E], [X] and [Y] represent a mole fraction of the ethylene [A],the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] and the non-conjugated polyene [C] respectively,and [EX] represents an ethylene [A]-C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] diad chainfraction.

[2] The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to[1], wherein the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] is 1-butene.

[3] The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to[1] or [2], wherein the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer is obtained by copolymerizing an ethylene, a C₄-C₂₀ α-olefinand a non-conjugated polyene in the presence of an olefin polymerizationcatalyst containing:

(a) a transition metal compound represented by the following generalformula [VII]; and

(b) at least one compound selected from

-   -   (b-1) organometallic compounds,    -   (b-2) organoaluminum oxy-compounds, and    -   (b-3) components which react with the transition metal        compound (a) to form an ion pair.

wherein M is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom, or a hafnium atom;

R⁵ and R⁶ are substituted aryl groups wherein one or more of thehydrogen atoms of an aryl group are substituted with anelectron-donating substituent having a substituent constant σ of −0.2 orless in the Hammett's rule; wherein when the substituted aryl group hasa plurality of the electron-donating substituents, each of theelectron-donating substituents may be the same or different; wherein thesubstituted aryl group optionally includes a substituent selected fromC₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms andhalogen-containing groups other than the electron-donating substituents;and wherein when the substituted aryl group includes a plurality of thesubstituents, each of the substituents may be the same or different;

Q is selected in an identical or different combination from halogenatoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, anionic ligands and neutral ligandscapable of being coordinated with alone electron pair; and

j is an integer of 1 to 4.

[4] A cross-linked ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer,wherein the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer accordingto any one of [1] to [3] is cross-linked using a cross-linking agent.

[5] A molded article formed using the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to any one of [1] to [3] or the cross-linkedethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to [4].

[6] A composition including the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer according to any one of [1] to [3].

[7] A method for manufacturing the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein theethylene, the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin and the non-conjugated polyene arecopolymerized in the presence of an olefin polymerization catalystincluding:

(a) a transition metal compound represented by the following generalformula [VII]; and

(b) at least one compound selected from

-   -   (b-1) organometallic compounds,    -   (b-2) organoaluminum oxy compounds, and    -   (b-3) components which react with the transition metal        compound (a) to form an ion pair.

wherein M is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom, or a hafnium atom;

R⁵ and R⁶ are substituted aryl groups wherein one or more of thehydrogen atoms of an aryl group are substituted with anelectron-donating substituent having a substituent constant σ of −0.2 orless in the Hammett's rule; wherein when the substituted aryl group hasa plurality of the electron-donating substituents, each of theelectron-donating substituents may be the same or different; wherein thesubstituted aryl group optionally contain a substituent selected fromC₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms andhalogen-containing groups other than the electron-donating substituents;and wherein when the substituted aryl group has a plurality of thesubstituents, each of the substituents may be the same or different;

Q is selected in an identical or different combination from halogenatoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, anionic ligands and neutral ligandscapable of being coordinated with alone electron pair; and

j is an integer of 1 to 4.

[8] A composition for a seal packing, wherein the composition includesthe ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to anyone of [1] to [3].

[9] A seal packing formed using the composition for a seal packingaccording to [8].

[10] The seal packing according to [9], wherein the seal packing is aseal component for automobiles, a seal component for machinery, a sealcomponent for electronic and electrical components, a gasket forconstruction, or a seal component for civil engineering and buildingmaterials.

[11] A composition including:

an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (1) and anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (2) including astructural unit derived from ethylene [A′], a structural unit derivedfrom a C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin [B′] and a structural unit derived from anon-conjugated polyene [C′], and satisfying the following (I):

(I) the B value represented by the following equation (i) is less than1.20;

wherein the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (1) isthe ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer of any one of [1]to [3].

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/{2×[E]×([X]+[Y])}  (i)

wherein [E], [X] and [Y] represent a mole fraction of the ethylene [A′],the C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin [B′] and the non-conjugated polyene [C′]respectively, and [EX] represents an ethylene [A′ ]-C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin [B′]diad chain fraction.

[12] The composition according to [11], wherein amass ratio [(1)/(2)] ofthe ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (1) to theethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (2) is 10/90 to50/50.

[13] A cross-linked material obtained by cross-linking the compositionaccording to [11] or [12].

[14] A cross-linked foam obtained by cross-linking and foaming thecomposition according to [11] or [12].

[15] A sound insulation material obtained from the composition accordingto [11] or [12].

[16] A composition for forming a hose, wherein the composition includesthe ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to anyone of [1] to [3].

[17] A hose having a layer formed by cross-linking treatment of thecomposition according to [16] for forming a hose.

[18] The hose according to [17], wherein the hose is used for any ofuses for automobiles, motorbikes, industrial machinery, constructionmachinery or agricultural machinery.

[19] A method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer, the method including copolymerizing an ethylene, anα-olefin having three or more carbon atoms and a non-conjugated polyenein the presence of an olefin polymerization catalyst containing:

(a) a transition metal compound represented by the following generalformula [I]; and

(b) at least one compound selected from

-   -   (b-1) organometallic compounds,    -   (b-2) organoaluminum oxy-compounds, and    -   (b-3) components which react with the transition metal        compound (a) to form an ion pair.

wherein Y is selected from a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a germaniumatom and a tin atom;

M is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom;

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶, each of which may be the same or different,are atoms or substituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀hydrocarbon groups, aryl groups, substituted aryl groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups;

adjacent substituents between R¹ and R⁶ are optionally bound together toform a ring;

Q is selected in an identical or different combination from halogenatoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, anionic ligands and neutral ligandscapable of being coordinated with a lone electron pair;

n is an integer of 1 to 4; and

j is an integer of 1 to 4.

[20] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to [19], wherein n in the general formula[I] is 1.

[21] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to [19] or [20], wherein R², R², R³ and R⁴in the general formula [I] are all hydrogen atoms.

[22] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to any one of [19] to [21], wherein Y in thegeneral formula [I] is a carbon atom.

[23] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to any one of [19] to [22], wherein R⁵ andR⁶ in the general formula [I] are groups selected from aryl groups andsubstituted aryl groups.

[24] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to [23], wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the generalformula [I] are substituted aryl groups wherein one or more of thehydrogen atoms of an aryl group are substituted with anelectron-donating substituent having a substituent constant σ of −0.2 orless in the Hammett's rule; wherein when the substituted aryl group hasa plurality of the electron-donating substituents, each of theelectron-donating substituents may be the same or different; wherein thesubstituted aryl groups optionally contain a substituent selected fromC₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms andhalogen-containing groups other than the electron-donating substituents;and wherein when the substituted aryl group has a plurality of thesubstituents, each of the substituents may be the same or different.

[25] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to [24], wherein the electron-donatingsubstituent is a group selected from nitrogen-containing groups andoxygen-containing groups.

[26] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to [25], wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the generalformula [I] are substituted phenyl groups in which a group selected fromthe nitrogen-containing groups and the oxygen-containing groups iscontained in the meta position and/or para position to the bond to Y.

[27] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to [26], wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the generalformula [I] are substituted phenyl groups including anitrogen-containing group represented by the following general formula[II] as the electron-donating substituent.

wherein R⁷ and R⁸, each of which may be the same or different and may bebound together to forma ring, are atoms or substituents selected fromhydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,oxygen-containing groups and halogen-containing groups; and the line onthe right of N represents a bond to a phenyl group.

[28] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to [26], wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the generalformula [I] are substituted phenyl groups including an oxygen-containinggroup represented by the following general formula [III] as theelectron-donating substituent.

[Chem. 5]

R⁹—O—  [III]

wherein R⁹ is an atom or a substituent selected from hydrogen atoms,C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,nitrogen-containing groups and halogen-containing groups; and the lineon the right of 0 represents a bond to a phenyl group.

[29] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to any one of [19] to [28], wherein M in thegeneral formula [I] is a hafnium atom.

[30] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to anyone of [19] to [29], wherein theα-olefin is a C₃-C₁₀ α-olefin.

[31] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to any one of [19] to [30], wherein theα-olefin is at least one selected from propylene and a 1-butene.

[32] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to any one of [19] to [31], wherein thenon-conjugated polyene is represented by the following general formula[IV].

wherein n is an integer of 0 to 2;

R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³, each of which may be the same or different, areatoms or substituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbongroups, silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups,oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups,which hydrocarbon groups optionally contain a double bond;

two optional substituents of R¹⁰ to R¹³ are optionally bound together toform a ring which optionally contains a double bond, R¹⁰ and R¹¹, or R¹²and R¹³ optionally form an alkylidene group, R¹⁰ and R¹², or R¹¹ and R¹³are optionally bound together to form a double bond; and

at least one requirement of the following (i) to (iv) is satisfied:

(i) at least one of R¹⁰ to R¹³ is a hydrocarbon group having one or moredouble bonds;

(ii) two optional substituents of R¹⁰ to R¹³ are bound together to forma ring and the ring contains a double bond;

(iii) R¹⁰ and R¹¹, or R¹² and R¹³, form an alkylidene group; and

(iv) R¹⁰ and R¹², or R¹¹ and R¹³, are bound together to form a doublebond.

[33] The method according for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer to anyone of [19] to[32], wherein the non-conjugated polyene is 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene(ENB) or 5-vinyl-2-norbornene (VNB).

[34] The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer according to any one of [19] to [33], wherein apolymerization temperature is 80° C. or more.

Advantageous Effects of Invention

The method according to the present invention 1 for copolymerizing anethylene, an α-olefin and a non-conjugated polyene in the presence of anolefin polymerization catalyst including a bridged metallocene compoundhaving a specific fluorene structure can achieve the following effects(1) to (3) at a high level in a well-balanced manner at the same time,thereby enabling an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymerhaving an excellent performance as a processing material to bemanufactured at high productivity and low cost, so that a very large andsuperior contribution is made to industry.

Effect (1): an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer havinga high molecular weight can be manufactured. This makes it possible tomaintain, at a desired high value, the molecular weight of anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer produced even in hightemperature polymerization, and thereby enables high temperaturepolymerization to be carried out. In particular, in high temperaturesolution polymerization, the viscosity of a polymerization solutionincluding the produced copolymer is lowered, thereby enabling theconcentration of the copolymer in a polymerizer to be increased comparedwith that in low temperature polymerization, resulting in asignificantly enhanced productivity per polymerizer. Further, carryingout high temperature polymerization reduces a heat removal cost for apolymerizer significantly.

Effect (2): an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer can bemanufactured at a high non-conjugated polyene copolymerizationperformance. Accordingly, in manufacturing an olefin copolymercontaining a desired non-conjugated polyene content, the amount added ofnon-conjugated polyene can be reduced, resulting in a reduced amount ofresidual unreacted non-conjugated polyene in a polymerization solution,and the advantage that load is lowered in removing the residue in apost-polymerization process can be obtained, leading to enhancedproductivity.

Effect (3): an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer can bemanufactured at a high polymerization activity. This not only reduces acatalyst cost but also reduces a catalyst residue in theethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer, thereby making adeashing process unnecessary, and the advantage that the production costis reduced can be obtained.

Because the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅/non-conjugated polyene copolymer of thepresent invention 2 has a small compression set at low temperature aswell as flexibility and has an excellent balance between low temperaturerubber elasticity and room temperature tensile strength, a compositionhaving the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer canpreferably be used for various uses, utilizing such properties.

According to the present invention 2-1, there can be provided acomposition for seal packings that is capable of forming a seal packingexcellent in terms of low temperature properties, such as lowtemperature flexibility, and mechanical properties, such as tensilestrength; and a seal packing formed from the composition.

According to the present invention 2-2, compatibility can be achievedbetween the processability of an uncross-linked composition including anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer and the soundinsulation performance and properties, such as specific gravity, of amolded article obtained by cross-linking the composition.

According to the present invention 2-3, there can be provided acomposition for forming hoses that is capable of forming a hoseexcellent in terms of low-temperature properties, such as lowtemperature rubber elasticity, and mechanical properties, such as roomtemperature tensile strength; and a hose formed from the composition.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS

The FIGURE is a chart showing the sound transmission losses (dB) at 500to 5000 Hz for the tabular sponges obtained in Example D1 andComparative Example D1.

DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS

The present invention will be described in further detail. Below, thepresent invention 1, the present invention 2, the present inventions2-1, 2-2, and 2-3 will be described in this order.

[Present Invention 1]

The method according to the present invention 1 for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer is characterized bycopolymerizing an ethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbonatoms, and a non-conjugated polyene in the presence of an olefinpolymerization catalyst including the transition metal compound (a)represented by the general formula [I] and the compound (b).

<Transition Metal Compound (a)>

The transition metal compound (a) is represented by the general formula[I]. The transition metal compound (a) is a metallocene compound havinga bridged structure in the molecule, i.e., a bridged metallocenecompound.

wherein Y is selected from a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a germaniumatom and a tin atom;

M is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom;

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶, each of which may be the same or different,are atoms or substituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀hydrocarbon groups, aryl groups, substituted aryl groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups;

adjacent substituents between R¹ and R⁶ may be bound together to form aring;

Q is selected in the same or different combination from halogen atoms,C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, anionic ligands and neutral ligands capableof being coordinated with a lone electron pair;

n is an integer of 1 to 4; and

j is an integer of 1 to 4.

Y, M, R¹ to R⁶, Q, n and j in the formula [I] will be described below.

The transition metal compound (a) can also be used in the presentinventions 2, 2-1, 2-2 and 2-3 and accordingly these inventions may bedescribed in the description of the transition metal compound (a).

(Y, M, R¹ to R⁶, Q, n and j)

Y is selected from a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a germanium atom and atin atom, and is preferably a carbon atom.

M is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom, and ispreferably a hafnium atom.

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶, each of which may be the same or different,are atoms or substituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀hydrocarbon groups, aryl groups, substituted aryl groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups. The adjacentsubstituents between R¹ and R⁶ are optionally bound together to form aring or are optionally not unbound together.

Here, examples of the C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups include a C₁-C₂₀ alkylgroup, a C₃-C₂₀ cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, a C₂-C₂₀ chainunsaturated hydrocarbon group and a C₃-C₂₀ cyclic unsaturatedhydrocarbon group. If adjacent substituents of R¹ to R⁶ are bonded toeach other to form a ring, a C₁-C₂₀ alkylene group, a C₆-C₂₀ arylenegroup, etc. can be given as examples.

Examples of the C₁-C₂₀ alkyl groups include methyl group, ethyl group,n-propyl group, allyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexylgroup, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n-nonyl group and n-decanyl groupthat are straight-chain saturated hydrocarbon groups, and isopropylgroup, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, t-amyl group,neopentyl group, 3-methylpentyl group, 1,1-diethylpropyl group,1,1-dimethylbutyl group, 1-methyl-1-propylbutyl group, 1,1-dipropylbutylgroup, 1,1-dimethyl-2-methylpropyl group,1-methyl-1-isopropyl-2-methylpropyl group and cyclopropylmethyl groupthat are branched saturated hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbonatoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 6.

Examples of the C₃-C₂₀ cyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups includecyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexylgroup, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, norbornenyl group,1-adamantyl group and 2-adamantyl group that are cyclic saturatedhydrocarbon groups, and 3-methylcyclopentyl group, 3-methylcycohexylgroup, 4-methylcyclohexyl group, 4-cyclohexylcyclohexyl group and4-phenylcyclohexyl group that are groups wherein a hydrogen atom of acyclic saturated hydrocarbon group is substituted by a C₁-C₁₇hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the cyclic saturatedhydrocarbon group is preferably 5 to 11.

Examples of the C₂-C₂₀ chain unsaturated hydrocarbon groups includeethenyl group (vinyl group), 1-propenyl group, 2-propenyl group (allylgroup) and 1-methylethenyl group (isopropenyl group) that are alkenylgroups, and ethynyl group, 1-propynyl group and 2-propynyl group(propargyl group) that are alkynyl groups. The number of carbon atoms ofthe chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 2 to 4.

Examples of the C₃-C₂₀ cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon groups includecyclopentadienyl group, norbornyl group, phenyl group, naphthyl group,indenyl group, azulenyl group, phenanthryl group and anthracenyl groupthat are cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, 3-methylphenyl group(m-tolyl group), 4-methylphenyl group (p-tolyl group), 4-ethylphenylgroup, 4-t-butylphenyl group, 4-cyclohexylphenyl group, biphenylylgroup, 3,4-dimethylphenyl group, 3,5-dimethylphenyl group and2,4,6-trimethylphenyl group (mesityl group) that are groups wherein ahydrogen atom of a cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group is substitutedby a C₁-C₁₅ hydrocarbon group, and benzyl group and cumyl group that aregroups wherein a hydrogen atom of a straight-chain hydrocarbon group ora branched saturated hydrocarbon group is substituted by a cyclicsaturated hydrocarbon group or a C₃-C₁₉ cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbongroup. The number of carbon atoms of the cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbongroup is preferably 6 to 10.

Examples of the C₁-C₂₀ alkylene groups include methylene group, ethylenegroup, dimethylmethylene group (isopropylidene group), ethylmethylenegroup, 1-methylethylene group, 2-methylethylene group,1,1-dimethylethylene group, 1,2-dimethylethylene group and n-propylenegroup. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1to 6.

Examples of the C₆-C₂₀ arylene groups include o-phenylene group,m-phenylene group, p-phenylene group and 4,4′-biphenylene group. Thenumber of carbon atoms of the arylene group is preferably 6 to 12.

Examples of the aryl groups, part of which overlap with theabove-mentioned examples set forth for the C₃-C₂₀ cyclic unsaturatedhydrocarbon groups, include phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthylgroup, anthracenyl group, phenanthrenyl group, tetracenyl group,chrysenyl group, pyrenyl group, indenyl group, azulenyl group, pyrrolylgroup, pyridyl group, furanyl group and thiophenyl group that aresubstituents derived from aromatic compounds. As the aryl group, aphenyl group or a 2-naphthyl group is preferable.

Examples of the aromatic compounds include benzene, naphthalene,anthracene, phenanthrene, tetracene, chrysene, pyrene, pyrene, indene,azulene, pyrrole, pyridine, furan and thiophene that are aromatichydrocarbons and heterocyclic aromatic compounds.

Examples of the substituted aryl groups, part of which overlap with theabove-mentioned examples set forth for the C₃-C₂₀ cyclic unsaturatedhydrocarbon groups, include groups wherein one or more hydrogen atomspossessed by the above aryl groups are substituted by substituentsselected from C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, aryl groups, silicon-containinggroups, nitrogen-containing group, oxygen-containing groups, halogenatoms and halogen-containing groups, and specific examples thereofinclude 3-methylphenyl group (m-tolyl group), 4-methylphenyl group(p-tolyl group), 3-ethylphenyl group, 4-ethylphenyl group,3,4-dimethylphenyl group, 3,5-dimethylphenyl group, biphenylyl group,4-(trimethylsilyl)phenyl group, 4-aminophenyl group,4-(dimethylamino)phenyl group, 4-(diethylamino)phenyl group,4-morpholinylphenyl group, 4-methoxyphenyl group, 4-ethoxyphenyl group,4-phenoxyphenyl group, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl group, 3,5-dimethoxyphenylgroup, 3-methyl-4-methoxyphenyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxyphenylgroup, 3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl group, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl group,3-chlorophenyl group, 4-chlorophenyl group, 3-fluorophenyl group,4-fluorophenyl group, 5-methylnaphthyl group and 2-(6-methyl)pyridylgroup.

For the substituted aryl group, “electron-donating group-containingsubstituted aryl group” provided later can be mentioned.

Examples of the silicon-containing groups include alkylsilyl groups,such as trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, t-butyldimethylsilylgroup and triisopropyl group, arylsilyl groups, such asdimethylphenylsilyl group, methyldiphenylsilyl group andt-butyldiphenylsilyl group, pentamethyldisilanyl group andtrimethylsilylmethyl group, all of which are groups wherein a carbonatom in a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group is substituted by a silicon atom. Thenumber of carbon atoms of the alkylsilyl group is preferably 1 to 10,and the number of carbon atoms of the arylsilyl group is preferably 6 to18.

Examples of the nitrogen-containing groups include amino group, nitrogroup and N-morpholinyl group; and dimethylamino group, diethylaminogroup, dimethylaminomethyl group, cyano group, pyrrolidinyl group,piperidinyl group and pyridinyl group that are groups wherein in theaforesaid C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups or silicon-containing groups, a ═CH—structure unit is substituted by a nitrogen atom, or a —CH₂— structureunit is substituted by a nitrogen atom to which a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbongroup has been bonded, or a —CH₃ structure unit is substituted by anitrogen atom to which a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group has been bonded or anitrile atom. As the nitrogen-containing group, a dimethylamino group ora N-morpholinyl group is preferable.

Examples of the oxygen-containing groups include hydroxyl group; andmethoxy group, ethoxy group, t-butoxy group, phenoxy group,trimethylsiloxy group, methoxyethoxy group, hydroxymethyl group,methoxymethyl group, ethoxymethyl group, t-butoxymethyl group,1-hydroxyethyl group, 1-methoxyethyl group, 1-ethoxyethyl group,2-hydroxyethyl group, 2-methoxyethyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group,n-2-oxabutylene group, n-2-oxapentylene group, n-3-oxapentylene group,aldehyde group, acetyl group, propionyl group, benzoyl group,trimethylsilylcarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, methylaminocarbonylgroup, carboxyl group, methoxycarbonyl group, carboxymethyl group,ethocarboxymethyl group, carbamoylmethyl group, furanyl group andpyranyl group that are groups wherein in the aforesaid C₁-C₂₀hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups or nitrogen-containinggroups, a —CH₂— structure unit is substituted by an oxygen atom or acarbonyl group, or a —CH₃ structure unit is substituted by an oxygenatom to which a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group has been bonded. As theoxygen-containing group, a methoxy group is preferable.

Examples of the halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine andiodine that are Group 17 elements.

Examples of the halogen-containing groups include trifluoromethyl group,tribromomethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group and pentafluorophenyl groupthat are groups wherein in the aforesaid C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups oroxygen-containing groups, a hydrogen atom is substituted by a halogenatom.

Q is selected from a halogen atom, a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group, ananionic ligand and a neutral ligand capable of being coordinated with alone electron pair, in a combination of the same or different kinds.

Details of the halogen atom and the C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group are aspreviously described. When Q is a halogen atom, it is preferably achlorine atom. When Q is a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group, the number ofcarbon atoms of the hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 7.

Examples of the anionic ligands include alkoxy groups, such as methoxygroup, t-butoxy group and phenoxy group, carboxylate groups, such asacetate and benzoate, and sulfonate groups, such as mesylate andtosylate.

Examples of the neutral ligands capable of being coordinated with a loneelectron pair include organophosphorus compounds, such astrimethylphosphine, triethylphosphine, triphenylphosphine anddiphenylmethylphosphine, and ether compounds, such as tetrahydrofuran,diethyl ether, dioxane and 1,2-dimethoxyethane.

n is an integer of 1 to 4.

j is an integer of 1 to 4, and is preferably 2.

The above-mentioned examples set forth regarding the formula [I] willapply in the same manner also in descriptions that will be providedbelow for the present invention 1.

The present inventors have intensively studied various transition metalcompounds and, as a result, have found for the first time that when thetransition metal compound (a) represented by the general formula [I]contains, among others, a 2,3,6,7-tetramethyl fluorenyl group in itsligand structure and when an ethylene, an α-olefin having three or morecarbon atoms, and a non-conjugated polyene are copolymerized in thepresence of an olefin polymerization catalyst including the transitionmetal compound (a), an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer with a high molecular weight or the below-mentionedethylene-based copolymer A can be manufactured based on the highnon-conjugated polyene copolymerization performance and the highpolymerization activity.

The 2,3,6,7-tetramethyl fluorenyl group contained in the transitionmetal compound (a) represented by the general formula [I] has foursubstituents at its 2, 3, 6 and 7 position, hence having a largeelectronic effect, and from this it is inferred that this results in ahigh polymerization activity, causing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer with a high molecularweight or the below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A to be produced.Since a non-conjugated polyene is generally bulky compared with anα-olefin, it is inferred that especially when in a polymerizationcatalyst for polymerizing it, the vicinity of the central metal of ametallocene compound, which vicinity corresponds to a polymerizationactivity point, is less bulky, it leads to an increase in thecopolymerization performance of the non-conjugated polyene. Because thefour methyl groups contained in the 2,3,6,7-tetramethyl fluorenyl groupare not bulky compared with other hydrocarbon groups, this is consideredto contribute to a high non-conjugated polyene copolymerizationperformance. From the above, it is inferred that the transition metalcompound (a) represented by the general formula [I] including a2,3,6,7-tetramethyl fluorenyl group in particular achieves a highmolecular weight of the produced ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer or the below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A, ahigh non-conjugated polyene copolymerization performance and a highpolymerization activity at a high level in a well-balanced manner at thesame time.

In the transition metal compound (a) represented by the general formula[I], n is preferably 1. Such a transition metal compound (a-1) isrepresented by the following general formula [V].

wherein Y, M, R², R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, Q and j are defined asaforementioned.

Compared with a compound represented by the general formula [I] whereinn is an integer of 2 to 4, the transition metal compound (a-1) isproduced by a simplified process at a lower cost, eventually providingthe advantage that using this transition metal compound reduces theproduction cost of the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer or the below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A.Furthermore, when an ethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbonatoms, and a non-conjugated polyene are copolymerized in the presence ofan olefin polymerization catalyst including a transition metal compound(a-1), the advantage is obtained that the producedethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer and thebelow-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A have a high molecular weight.

It is preferred that in the transition metal compound (a) represented bythe general formula [I] and the transition metal compound (a-1)represented by the general formula [V], R¹, R², R³ and R⁴ are allhydrogen atoms.

The transition metal compound (a-2) wherein R¹, R², R³ and R⁴ are allhydrogen atoms in the transition metal compound (a-1) represented by thegeneral formula [V] is represented by the following general formula[VI].

wherein Y, M, R⁵, R⁶, Q and j are defined as aforementioned.

Compared with a compound represented by the general formula [V] whereinany one or more of R¹, R², R³ and R⁴ are substituted with a substituentother than a hydrogen atom, the transition metal compound (a-2) isproduced by a simplified process at a lower cost, eventually providingthe advantage that using this transition metal compound reduces theproduction cost of the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer and the below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A.Furthermore, when an ethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbonatoms, and a non-conjugated polyene are copolymerized in the presence ofan olefin polymerization catalyst including the transition metalcompound (a-2), the advantages are obtained that the polymerizationactivity is enhanced and that the producedethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer and thebelow-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A have a high molecular weight.At the same time, the advantage is also obtained that thecopolymerization performance of the non-conjugated polyene is enhanced.

It is more preferred that Y is a carbon atom in the transition metalcompound (a) represented by the general formula [I], the transitionmetal compound (a-1) represented by the general formula [V] and thetransition metal compound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI].

The transition metal compound (a-3) wherein Y is a carbon atom in thetransition metal compound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI]is represented by the following general formula [VII].

wherein M, R⁵, R⁶, Q and j are defined as aforementioned.

The transition metal compound (a-3) can be synthesized by a simplemethod such as the following formula [VIII].

wherein M, R⁵ and R⁶ are defined as aforementioned.

R⁵ and R⁶, each of which may be the same or different and may be boundtogether to form a ring, are atoms or substituents selected fromhydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, aryl groups, substituted arylgroups, silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups,oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups,and various ketones which are represented by the general formulaR⁵—C(═O)—R⁶ and which satisfy such conditions as these are commerciallyavailable from common reagent manufacturers, allowing raw materials forthe transition metal compound (a-3) to be readily obtained. Even if suchketones are not commercially available, they can easily be synthesizedby, for example, a method such as by Olah et al. [Heterocycles, 40, 79(1995)]. Thus, compared with a compound wherein Y in the general formula[V] is selected from a silicon atom, a germanium atom and a tin atom,the transition metal compound (a-3) is produced by a simplified and easyprocess at a further lower cost makes manufacturing processes simple andeasy and reduces production cost further, eventually providing theadvantage that using this transition metal compound reduces theproduction cost of the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer and the below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A.Furthermore, when an ethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbonatoms, and a non-conjugated polyene are copolymerized in the presence ofan olefin polymerization catalyst including the transition metalcompound (a-3), the advantage is also obtained that the producedethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer and thebelow-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A have an even higher molecularweight.

It is preferred that in the transition metal compound (a) represented bythe general formula [I], the transition metal compound (a-1) representedby the general formula [V], the transition metal compound (a-2)represented by the general formula [VI] and the transition metalcompound (a-3) represented by the general formula [VII], R⁵ and R⁶ aregroups selected from aryl groups or substituted aryl groups.

When an ethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbon atoms, and anon-conjugated polyene are copolymerized in the presence of an olefinpolymerization catalyst including the bridged metallocene compound, theadvantages are obtained that the polymerization activity is furtherenhanced and that the produced ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer and the below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A have aneven higher molecular weight. At the same time, the advantage is alsoobtained that the copolymerization performance of the non-conjugatedpolyene is enhanced.

It is more preferred that in the transition metal compound (a)represented by the general formula [I], the transition metal compound(a-1) represented by the general formula [V], the transition metalcompound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI] and thetransition metal compound (a-3) represented by the general formula[VII], R⁵ and R⁶ are the same groups selected from aryl groups orsubstituted aryl groups. Selecting R⁵ and R⁶ in such a manner simplifiessynthesis processes for the transition metal compound and reducesproduction cost further, eventually providing the advantage that usingthis transition metal compound reduces the production cost of theethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer and thebelow-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A.

It is more preferred that in the transition metal compound (a)represented by the general formula [I], the transition metal compound(a-1) represented by the general formula [V], the transition metalcompound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI] and thetransition metal compound (a-3) represented by the general formula[VII], R⁵ and R⁶ are the same substituted aryl group. When an ethylene,an α-olefin having three or more carbon atoms, and a non-conjugatedpolyene are copolymerized in the presence of an olefin polymerizationcatalyst including the transition metal compound, the advantage isobtained that the produced ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer and the below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A have aneven higher molecular weight.

It is preferred that in the transition metal compound (a) represented bythe general formula [I], the transition metal compound (a-1) representedby the general formula [V], the transition metal compound (a-2)represented by the general formula [VI] and the transition metalcompound (a-3) represented by the general formula [VII], R⁵ and R⁶ aresubstituted aryl groups (hereinafter referred to as “electron-donatinggroup-containing substituted aryl group”) wherein one or more of thehydrogen atoms of the aryl group are substituted with anelectron-donating substituent having a substituent constant σ of −0.2 orless in the Hammett's rule; wherein when the substituted aryl group hasa plurality of the electron-donating substituents, each of theelectron-donating substituents may be the same or different; wherein thesubstituted aryl group may have a substituent selected from C₁-C₂₀hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containinggroups, oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms and halogen-containinggroups other than the electron-donating substituents; and wherein whenthe substituted aryl group has a plurality of the substituents, each ofthe substituents may be the same or different. When an ethylene, anα-olefin having three or more carbon atoms, and a non-conjugated polyeneare copolymerized in the presence of an olefin polymerization catalystincluding the bridged metallocene compound, the advantage is obtainedthat the produced ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer andthe below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A have an even highermolecular weight.

The electron-donating group having a substituent constant σ in theHammett's rule of not more than −0.2 is defined and illustrated asfollows. The Hammett's rule is a rule of thumb proposed by L. P. Hammettin 1935 in order to quantitatively discuss an influence of a substituenton a reaction or an equilibrium of a benzene derivative, and validity ofthis rule is widely accepted today. As the substituent constantdetermined by the Hammett's rule, there are σp in the case ofsubstitution at the para position of a benzene ring and σm in the caseof substitution at the meta position of a benzene ring, and these valuescan be found in a large number of common literatures. For example, in aliterature [Chem. Rev., 91, 165 (1991)] by Hansch and Taft, detaileddescription of an extremely wide range of substituents has been made.However, values of σp and mσ described in these literatures sometimesslightly vary depending upon the literature even in the case of the samesubstituents. In order to avoid such confusion caused by circumstancesin the present invention, values described in Table 1 (pp. 168-175) ofthe literature [Chem. Rev., 91, 165 (1991)] by Hansch and Taft aredefined as the substituent constants σp and σm of the Hammett's rule,regarding the substituents as long as described. In the presentinvention, the electron-donating group having a substituent constant σin the Hammett's rule of not more than −0.2 is an electron-donatinggroup having σp of not more than −0.2 in the case where theelectron-donating group substitutes at the para position (4-position) ofa phenyl group, and is an electron-donating group having σm of not morethan −0.2 in the case where the electron-donating group substitutes atthe meta position (3-position) of a phenyl group. Further, in the casewhere the electron-donating group substitutes at the ortho position(2-position) of a phenyl group or in the case where it substitutes at anarbitrary position of an aryl group other than a phenyl group, theelectron-donating group is an electron-donating group having σp of notmore than −0.2.

Examples of the electron-donating groups having a substituent constantσp or σm in the Hammett's rule of not more than −0.2 includenitrogen-containing groups, such as p-amino group (4-amino group),p-dimethylamino group (4-dimethylamino group), p-diethylamino group(4-diethylamino group) and m-diethylamino group (3-diethylamino group),oxygen-containing groups, such as p-methoxy group (4-methoxy group) andp-ethoxy group (4-ethoxy group), tertiary hydrocarbon groups, such asp-t-butyl group (4-t-butyl group), and silicon-containing groups, suchas p-trimethylsiloxy group (4-trimethylsiloxy group). Theelectron-donating groups defined in the present invention whosesubstituent constant σp or σm in the Hammett's rule is not more than−0.2 are not limited to the substituents described in Table 1 (pp.168-175) of the literature [Chem. Rev., 91, 165 (1991)] by Hansch andTaft. Substituents whose substituent constant op or σm measured based onthe Hammett's rule will be within the above range are included in theelectron-donating groups defined in the present invention whosesubstituent constant σp or σm in the Hammett's rule is not more than−0.2, even if the substituents are not described in the aboveliterature. Examples of such substituents include p-N-morpholinyl group(4-N-morpholinyl group) and m-N-morpholinyl group (3-N-morpholinylgroup).

When the electron-donating group-containing substituted aryl group issubstituted by a plurality of electron-donating substituents, theseelectron-donating substituents may be the same as or different from eachother, and the electron-donating group-containing substituted aryl groupmay be substituted not only by the electron-donating substituent butalso by a substituent selected from a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group, asilicon-containing group, a nitrogen-containing group, anoxygen-containing group, a halogen atom and a halogen-containing group,and when the electron-donating group-containing substituted aryl groupis substituted by a plurality of the substituents, these substituentsmay be the same as or different from each other. However, the total ofthe substituent constants σ in the Hammett's rule of theelectron-donating substituent and the substituent contained in onesubstituted aryl group is preferably not more than −0.15. Examples ofsuch substituted aryl groups include m,p-dimethoxyphenyl group(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl group), p-(dimethylamino)-m-methoxyphenyl group(4-(dimethylamino)-3-methoxyphenyl group),p-(dimethylamino)-m-methylphenyl group (4-(dimethylamino)-3-methylphenylgroup), p-methoxy-m-methylphenyl group (4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl group)and p-methoxy-m,m-dimethylphenyl group (4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenylgroup).

Examples of the C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, the silicon-containinggroups, the nitrogen-containing groups, the oxygen-containing groups,the halogen atoms and the halogen-containing groups, which may bepossessed by the electron-donating group-containing substituted arylgroup, include the aforesaid specific examples of these atoms andsubstituents.

The present inventors have intensively studied various transition metalcompounds and, as a result, have found for the first time that inparticular when R⁵ and R⁶ in the transition metal compound (a)represented by the general formula [I], the transition metal compound(a-1) represented by the general formula [V], the transition metalcompound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI] and thetransition metal compound (a-3) represented by the general formula [VII]are electron-donating group-containing substituted aryl groups whereinone or more electron-donating substituents having a substituent constantσ of −0.2 or less in the Hammett's rule are substituted and when anethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbon atoms, and anon-conjugated polyene are copolymerized in the presence of an olefinpolymerization catalyst including these transition metal compounds, theproduced ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer and thebelow-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A have an even higher molecularweight.

It is known that in coordination polymerization of an olefin with anorganic metal complex catalyst such as the transition metal compound(a), preferably the transition metal compound (a-3), repeatedpolymerization of an olefin on the central metal of the catalystpropagates molecular chains of the produced olefin polymer(propagation), increasing the molecular weight of the olefin polymer. Itis also known that in a reaction referred to as chain transfer,dissociation of molecular chains of an olefin polymer from the centralmetal of a catalyst stops propagation of the molecular chains andaccordingly stops increase in the molecular weight of the olefinpolymer. Thus, the molecular weight of an olefin polymer ischaracterized by the ratio of a frequency of propagation to a frequencyof chain transfer reaction, which ratio is inherent to an organometalliccomplex catalyst that produces the polymer. In other words, the relationis such that the larger the ratio of the frequency of propagation to thefrequency of chain transfer reaction is, the higher the molecular weightof the produced olefin polymer is, and conversely, the smaller theformer, the lower the latter. Here, the frequencies of the respectivereactions can be estimated from the activation energies of therespective reactions, and it can be considered that a reaction having alow activation energy is more frequent and that conversely a reactionhaving a high activation energy is less frequent. It is known that ingeneral a frequency of propagation in olefin polymerization issufficiently high compared with a frequency of chain transfer reaction,i.e., an activation energy of propagation is sufficiently low comparedwith an activation energy of chain transfer reaction. Thus, a value(hereinafter referred to as “ΔE_(c)”) obtained by subtracting anactivation energy of propagation from an activation energy of chaintransfer reaction is positive, and it is inferred that the larger thevalue is, the larger the frequency of propagation is compared with thefrequency of chain transfer reaction and the larger the molecular weightof the resultant olefin polymer produced is. The adequacy of estimationthus conducted of a molecular weight of an olefin polymer is endorsed bythe calculation results of, for example, Laine et al. [Organometallics,30, 1350 (2011)]. It is inferred that when R⁵ and R⁶ in the transitionmetal compound (a-3) represented by the general formula [VII] areelectron-donating group-containing substituted aryl groups wherein inparticular one or more electron-donating substituents having asubstituent constant σ of −0.2 or less in the Hammett's rule issubstituted, the ΔE_(c) increases and that in copolymerization of anethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbon atoms, and anon-conjugated polyene in the presence of an olefin polymerizationcatalyst including the transition metal compound (a-3), the producedethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer has a high molecularweight.

It is more preferred that electron-donating substituents contained in R⁵and R⁶ in the transition metal compound (a) represented by the generalformula [I], the transition metal compound (a-1) represented by thegeneral formula [V], the transition metal compound (a-2) represented bythe general formula [VI] and the transition metal compound (a-3)represented by the general formula [VII] are groups selected fromnitrogen-containing groups and oxygen-containing groups. Thesesubstituents have a particularly low σ in the Hammett's rule and exertsa significant effect for achievement of, above all, (1) among theproblems to be solved by the present invention 1.

It is more preferred that in the transition metal compound (a)represented by the general formula [I], the transition metal compound(a-1) represented by the general formula [V], the transition metalcompound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI] and thetransition metal compound (a-3) represented by the general formula[VII], R⁵ and R⁶ are substituted phenyl groups containing groupsselected from nitrogen-containing groups and oxygen-containing groups asthe electron-donating substituent. For synthesis by a method such as,for example, the formula [VIII], various benzophenones as raw materialsare commercially available from common reagent manufacturers, so thatthe raw materials are readily obtained, production processes aresimplified, and furthermore production cost is reduced, eventuallyproviding the advantage that using this transition metal compoundreduces the production cost of the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer and the below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A.

Here, examples of substituted phenyl groups containing groups selectedfrom nitrogen-containing groups or oxygen-containing groups as theelectron-donating substituent include: o-aminophenyl group(2-aminophenyl group), p-aminophenyl group (4-aminophenyl group),o-(dimethylamino)phenyl group (2-(dimethylamino)phenyl group),p-(dimethylamino)phenyl group (4-(dimethylamino)phenyl group),o-(diethylamino)phenyl group (2-(diethylamino)phenyl group),p-(diethylamino)phenyl group (4-(diethylamino)phenyl group),m-(diethylamino)phenyl group (3-(diethylamino)phenyl group),o-methoxyphenyl group (2-methoxyphenyl group), p-methoxyphenyl group(4-methoxyphenyl group), o-ethoxyphenyl group (2-ethoxyphenyl group),p-ethoxyphenyl group (4-ethoxyphenyl group), o-N-morpholinylphenyl group(2-N-morpholinylphenyl group), p-N-morpholinylphenyl group(4-N-morpholinylphenyl group), m-N-morpholinylphenyl group(3-N-morpholinylphenyl group), o,p-dimethoxyphenyl group(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl group), m, p-dimethoxyphenyl group(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl group), p-(dimethylamino)-m-methoxyphenyl group(4-(dimethylamino)-3-methoxyphenyl group),p-(dimethylamino)-m-methylphenyl group (4-(dimethylamino)-3-methylphenylgroup), p-methoxy-m-methylphenyl group (4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl group),p-methoxy-m, m-dimethylphenyl group (4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenylgroup).

It is preferred that in the transition metal compound (a) represented bythe general formula [I], the transition metal compound (a-1) representedby the general formula [V], the transition metal compound (a-2)represented by the general formula [VI] and the transition metalcompound (a-3) represented by the general formula [VII], R⁵ and R⁶ aresubstituted phenyl groups containing groups selected fromnitrogen-containing groups and oxygen-containing groups as theelectron-donating substituent in the meta position or para position tothe bond to the Y (for example, it is the bond to a carbon atom as Y,when the Y is a carbon atom). Synthesis by a method such as, forexample, the formula [VIII] is easier compared with synthesis in whichthe group is substituted in the ortho position, whereby manufacturingprocesses are simplified, and furthermore production cost is reduced,eventually providing the advantage that using this transition metalcompound reduces the production cost of theethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer and thebelow-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A.

It is preferred that when R⁵ and R⁶ in the transition metal compound (a)represented by the general formula [I], the transition metal compound(a-1) represented by the general formula [V], the transition metalcompound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI] and thetransition metal compound (a-3) represented by the general formula [VII]are substituted phenyl groups containing a nitrogen-containing group asthe electron-donating substituent in the meta position or para positionto the bond to the Y (for example, it is the bond to a carbon atom as Y,when the Y is a carbon atom), the nitrogen-containing group is a grouprepresented by the following general formula [II].

wherein R⁷ and R⁸, each of which may be the same or different and may bebound together to form a ring, are atoms or substituents selected fromhydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,oxygen-containing groups and halogen-containing groups; and the line onthe right of N represents a bond to a phenyl group. Examples of theC₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group, the silicon-containing group, theoxygen-containing group and the halogen-containing group for R⁷ and R⁸include the aforementioned specific examples of these substituents.

Such a transition metal compound (a-4) is represented by the followinggeneral formula [IX].

wherein M, Q and j are defined as aforementioned.

R⁷, R⁸ and R¹⁰, each of which may be the same or different, aresubstituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups;

adjacent substituents among R⁷, R⁸ and R¹⁰ may be bound together to forma ring;

NR⁷R⁸ is a nitrogen-containing group having a substituent constant σ of−0.2 or less in the Hammett's rule;

when the nitrogen-containing group exists in plurality, each of thenitrogen-containing groups may be the same or different;

n is an integer of 1 to 3; and

m is an integer of 0 to 4.

The transition metal compound (a-4) has a particularly low σ in theHammett's rule for NR⁷R⁸ represented by the general formula [II] andthereby exerts a significant effect for achievement of, above all, (1)among the problems to be solved by the present invention 1.

It is preferred that when R⁵ and R⁶ in the transition metal compound (a)represented by the general formula [I], the transition metal compound(a-1) represented by the general formula [V], the transition metalcompound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI] and thetransition metal compound (a-3) represented by the general formula [VII]are substituted phenyl groups containing an oxygen-containing group asthe electron-donating substituent in the meta position or para positionto the bond to the Y (for example, it is the bond to a carbon atom as Y,when the Y is a carbon atom), the oxygen-containing group is a grouprepresented by the following general formula [III].

[Chem. 14]

R⁹—O—  [III]

wherein R⁹ is an atom or a substituent selected from hydrogen atoms,C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,nitrogen-containing groups and halogen-containing groups; and the linedrawn on the right of 0 represents a bond to a phenyl group. Examples ofthe C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, the silicon-containing groups, thenitrogen-containing groups and the halogen-containing groups as R⁹include the aforementioned specific examples of these substituents.

Such a transition metal compound (a-5) is represented by the followinggeneral formula [X].

wherein M, Q and j are defined as aforementioned.

R⁹ and R¹⁰, each of which may be the same or different, are atoms orsubstituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups;

adjacent substituents to R¹⁰ may be bound together to form a ring;

OR⁹ is an oxygen-containing group having a substituent constant σ of−0.2 or less in the Hammett's rule;

when the oxygen-containing group exists in plurality, each of theoxygen-containing groups may be the same or different;

n is an integer of 1 to 3; and

m is an integer of 0 to 4.

The transition metal compound (a-5) has an even lower σ in the Hammett'srule for OR⁹ represented by the general formula [III] and thereby exertsa significant effect for achievement of, above all, (1) among theproblems to be solved by the present invention 1.

It is preferred that M is a hafnium atom in the transition metalcompound (a) represented by the general formula [I], the transitionmetal compound (a-1) represented by the general formula [V], thetransition metal compound (a-2) represented by the general formula [VI],the transition metal compound (a-3) represented by the general formula[VII], the transition metal compound (a-4) represented by the generalformula [IX] and the transition metal compound (a-5) represented by thegeneral formula [X]. When an ethylene, an α-olefin having three or morecarbon atoms, and a non-conjugated polyene are copolymerized in thepresence of an olefin polymerization catalyst including the transitionmetal compound wherein M is a hafnium atom, the advantages are obtainedthat the produced ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer andthe below-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer A have an even highermolecular weight and that the copolymerization performance of thenon-conjugated polyene is enhanced.

(Illustrative Examples of Transition Metal Compound (a)) Examples ofsuch a transition metal compound (a) include:[dimethylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[diethylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[di-n-butylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[dicyclopentylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[dicyclohexylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[cyclopentylidene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[cyclohexylidyne(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[diphenylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[di-1-naphthylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[di-2-naphthylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(3-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(3,4-dimethylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-n-hexylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-cyclohexylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-t-butylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-methoxy-3,4-dimethylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-ethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-phenoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis[4-(trimethylsiloxy)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis[3-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis[4-(trimethylsilyl)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(3-chlorophenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-chlorophenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(3-fluorophenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis(4-fluorophenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[bis[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[methylphenylmethylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[methyl(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[methyl(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[methyl[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[methyl(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[dimethylsilylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[diethylsilylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[dicyclohexylsilylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[diphenylsilylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[di(4-methylphenyl)silylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[dimethylgermylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[diphenylgermylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride,[1-(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)-2-(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)ethylene]hafniumdichloride,[1-(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)-3-(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)propylene]hafniumdichloride,[1-(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)-2-(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)-1,1,2,2-tetramethylsilylene]hafniumdichloride,[1-(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)-2-(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)phenylene]hafniumdichloride;and compounds wherein the hafnium atom of these compounds is substitutedwith a zirconium atom, or compounds where the chloro-ligand issubstituted with a methyl group; but the transition metal compound (a)is not limited to these examples.

<Method for Manufacturing Transition Metal Compound>

The transition metal compound can be manufactured by a known method andis not limited to a particular manufacturing method. The manufacturingcan be done according to the methods described in, for example, J.Organomet. Chem., 63, 509(1996) and the publications according to theapplications filed by the present applicant: WO2006/123759, WO01/27124,JP-A No. 2004-168744, JP-A No. 2004-175759, JP-A No. 2000-212194, and soon.

<Compound (b)>

The method for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer according to the present invention 1 is characterized in thatan ethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbon atoms, and anon-conjugated polyene are copolymerized in the presence of apolymerization catalyst containing the bridged metallocene compound (a)and at least one compound (b) that is selected from organometalliccompounds (b-1), organoaluminum oxy-compounds (b-2) and compounds (b-3)which react with the transition metal compound (a) to form an ion pair.

As the organometallic compound (b-1), specifically such organometalliccompounds in Groups 1, 2, 12 and 13 of the periodic table asbelow-mentioned are used.

An organoaluminum compound represented by:

R^(a) _(n)Al(OR^(b))_(n)H_(p) X_(q)  (b-1a) general formula:

wherein R^(a) and R^(b), each of which may be the same or different,represent a C₁-C₁₅, preferably C₁-C₄ hydrocarbon group;

X represents a halogen atom;m, n, p and q are numbers defined as 0<m≤3, 0≤n<3, 0≤p<3, 0≤q<3; andm+n+p+q=3.

Examples of such a compound include tri-n-alkylaluminums such astrimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, tri-n-butylaluminum,tri-n-hexylaluminum and tri-n-octylaluminum; tri-branched-alkylaluminumssuch as triisopropylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum,tri-sec-butylaluminum, tri-t-butylaluminum, tri-2-methylbutylaluminum,tri-3-methylhexylaluminum and tri-2-ethylhexylaluminum;tricycloalkylaluminums such as tricyclohexylaluminum andtricyclooctylaluminum; triarylaluminums such as triphenylaluminum andtri(4-methylphenyl)aluminum; dialkylaluminumhydrides such asdiisopropylaluminumhydride and diisobutylaluminumhydride;alkenylaluminums such as isoprenylaluminum represented by the generalformula (i-C₄H₉)_(x)Al_(y)(C₅H₁₀)_(z), wherein x, y and z are positivenumbers, and z≤2x); alkylaluminumalkoxides such asisobutylaluminummethoxide and isobutylaluminumethoxide;dialkylaluminumalkoxides such as dimethylaluminummethoxide,diethylaluminumethoxide and dibutylaluminumbutoxide;alkylaluminumsesquialkoxides such as ethylaluminumsesquiethoxide andbutylaluminumsesquibutoxide; partially alcoxylated alkylaluminums havingan average composition represented by the general formula R^(a)_(2.5)Al(OR^(b))_(0.5) and the like; alkylaluminumaryloxides such asdiethylaluminumphenoxide anddiethylaluminum(2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenoxide);dialkylaluminumhalides such as dimethylaluminumchloride,diethylaluminumchloride, dibutylaluminumchloride, diethylaluminumbromideand diisobutylaluminumchloride; alkylaluminumsesquihalides such asethylaluminumsesquichloride, butylaluminumsesquichloride andethylaluminumsesquibromide; partially halogenated alkylaluminumsincluding alkylaluminumdihalides such as ethylaluminumdichloride;dialkylaluminumhydrides such as diethylaluminumhydride anddibutylaluminumhydride; alkylaluminumdihydrides such asethylaluminumdihydride and propylaluminumdihydride, and other partiallyhydrogenated alkylaluminums, partially alcoxylated and halogenatedalkylaluminums such as ethylaluminumethoxychloride,butylaluminumbutoxychloride and ethylaluminumethoxybromide.

Compounds similar to the compounds represented by the general formulaR^(a) _(m)Al(OR^(b))_(n)H_(p)X_(q) can also be used, examples of whichcompounds include, for example, an organoaluminum compound wherein twoor more aluminum compounds are bound via a nitrogen atom. Examples ofsuch a compound specifically include (C₂₁H₅)₂AlN(C₂H₅)Al(C₂H₅)₂, and thelike.

A complex alkylated compound of a metal of Group 1 of the periodic tableand aluminum, represented by:

M²AlR^(a) ₄  (b-1b) general formula:

wherein M² represents Li, Na or K; and R^(a) represents a C₁-C₁₅,preferably C₁-C₄ hydrocarbon group.

Examples of such a compound include LiAl(C₂H₅)₄, LiAl(C₇H₁₅)₄, and thelike.

A dialkyl compound of a metal of Group 2 or 12 of the periodic table,represented by:

R^(a)R^(b)M³  (b-1c) general formula:

wherein R^(a) and R^(b), each of which may be the same or different,represent C₁-C₁₅, preferably C₁-C₄ hydrocarbon groups; and M³ is Mg, Znor Cd.

As the organoaluminum oxy-compound (b-2), a conventionally knownaluminoxane can be used as it is. Specifically, examples of such acompound include a compound represented by the general formula [XI]:

and/or the general formula [XII]:

wherein R is a C₁-C₁₀ hydrocarbon group and n is an integer of 2 ormore. In particular, a methylaluminoxane wherein R is a methyl group andwherein n is 3 or more, preferably 10 or more, is used. Thesealuminoxanes may have a slight amount of organoaluminum compounds mixedthereinto. When, in the present invention, an ethylene, an α-olefinhaving three or more carbon atoms, and a non-conjugated polyene arecopolymerized at high temperature, a benzene-insoluble organoaluminumoxy-compound such as exemplified in JP-A No. H02-78687 may also beapplied. An organoaluminum oxy-compound described in JP-A No.H02-167305, an aluminoxane with two or more kinds of alkyl groupsdescribed in JP-A No. H02-24701 and JP-A No. H03-103407, and the likemay also be preferably utilized. In this regard, the “benzene-insolubleorganoaluminum oxy-compound” which may be used in the olefinpolymerization according to the present invention has an Al contentdissolved in benzene at 60° C. at typically 10% or less, preferably 5%or less, particularly preferably 2% or less based on the conversion toAl atoms, and is an insoluble or poorly-soluble compound to benzene.

Examples of an organoaluminum compound used in preparing an aluminoxaneinclude an organoaluminum similar to the one exemplified as theorganoaluminum compound of (b-1a) above. Among these, trialkylaluminumsand tricycloalkylaluminums are preferable, and trimethylaluminum isparticularly preferable. These organoaluminum compounds can be usedsingly or in combination of two or more species.

Examples of the organoaluminum oxy-compound (b-2) also include amodified methylaluminoxane such as the one represented by the followinggeneral formula [XIII], and the like.

wherein R represents a C₁-C₁₀ hydrocarbon group and each of m and n isindependently an integer of 2 or more.

This modified methylaluminoxane is prepared using trimethylaluminum andan alkylaluminum other than trimethylaluminum. Such a compound isgenerally referred to as MMAO. Such MMAO can be prepared by a methoddescribed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,960,878 and 5,041,584. A compound which isprepared using trimethylaluminum and triisobutylaluminum and wherein Ris an isobutyl group is also commercially available under the name ofMMAO, TMAO, and the like from Tosoh Finechem Corporation. Such MMAO isan aluminoxane whose solubility and preservation stability to varioussolvents have been improved, and is soluble in an aliphatic hydrocarbonor an alicyclic hydrocarbon, specifically unlike compounds which areinsoluble or poorly-soluble to benzene in compounds represented by theformula [XI] and [XII].

Further, examples of the organoaluminum oxy-compound (b-2) also includeboron-containing organoaluminum oxy-compounds represented by the generalformula [XIV].

wherein R^(c) represents a C₁-C₁₀ hydrocarbon group; and R^(d) may eachbe the same or different and represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atomor a C₁-C₁₀ hydrocarbon group.

Examples of the compound (b-3) which reacts with the transition metalcompound (a) to form an ion pair (hereinafter may be referred to as“ionized ionic compound” or simply “ionic compound” for short) includeLewis acids, ionic compounds, borane compounds and carborane compoundsdescribed in JP-A No. H01-501950, JP-A No. H01-502036, JP-A No.H03-179005, JP-A No. H03-179006, JP-A No. H03-207703, JP-A No.H03-207704, U.S. Pat. No. 5,321,106, and so on. Further examples includeheteropoly compounds and isopoly compounds. However, organoaluminumoxy-compounds of the aforementioned (b-2) are not included.

An ionized ionic compound preferably used in the present invention 1 isa boron compound represented by the following general formula [XV].

In this formula, R^(e+) is H⁺, carbenium cation, oxonium cation,ammonium cation, phsphonium cation, cycloheptyltrienyl cation,ferrocenium cation having a transition metal, or the like. R^(f) toR^(i) may be the same as or different from each other and are each asubstituent selected from a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon group, asilicon-containing group, a nitrogen-containing group, anoxygen-containing group, a halogen atom and a halogen-containing group,preferably a substituted aryl group.

Specific examples of the carbenium cations include tri-substitutedcarbenium cations, such as triphenylcarbenium cation,tris(4-methylphenyl)carbenium cation andtris(3,5-dimethylphenyl)carbenium cation.

Specific examples of the ammonium cations include trialkyl-substitutedammonium cations, such as trimethylammonium cation, triethylammoniumcation, tri(n-propyl)ammonium cation, triisopropylammonium cation,tri(n-butyl)ammonium cation and triisobutylammonium cation,N,N-dialkylanilinium cations, such as N,N-dimethylanilinium cation,N,N-diethylanilinium cation and N,N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium cation,and dialkylammonium cations, such as diisopropylammonium cation anddicyclohexylammonium cation.

Specific examples of the phosphonium cations include triarylphosphoniumcations, such as triphenylphosphonium cation,tris(4-methylphenyl)phosphonium cation andtris(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphonium cation.

Of the above specific examples, carbenium cation, ammonium cation or thelike is preferable as R^(e+), and in particular, triphenylcarbeniumcation, N,N-dimethylanilinium cation or N,N-diethylanilium cation ispreferable.

Examples of compounds containing carbenium cation, among the ionizedionic compounds preferably used in the present invention 1, includetriphenylcarbenium tetraphenylborate, triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis[3,5-di-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate,tris(4-methylphenyl)carbenium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate andtris(3,5-dimethylphenyl)carbenium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate.

Examples of compounds containing a trialkyl-substituted ammonium cation,among the ionized ionic compounds preferably used in the presentinvention 1, include triethylammonium tetraphenylborate,tripropylammonium tetraphenylborate, tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetraphenylborate, trimethylammonium tetrakis(4-methylphenyl)borate,trimethylammonium tetrakis(2-methylphenyl)borate, tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, triethylammoniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, tripropylammoniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, tripropylammoniumtetrakis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)borate, tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetrakis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)borate, tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetrakis[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate, tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetrakis[3,5-di(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate, tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetrakis(2-methylphenyl)borate, dioctadecylmethylammoniumtetraphenylborate, dioctadecylmethylammoniumtetrakis(4-methylphenyl)borate, dioctadecylmethylammoniumtetrakis(4-methylphenyl)borate, dioctadecylmethylammoniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, dioctadecylmethylammoniumtetrakis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)borate, dioctadecylmethylammoniumtetrakis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)borate, dioctadecylmethylammoniumtetrakis[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate, dioctadecylmethylammoniumtetrakis[3,5-di(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate anddioctadecylmethylammonium.

Examples of compounds containing a N,N-dialkylanilinium cation, amongthe ionized ionic compounds preferably used in the present invention 1,include N,N-dimethylanilinium tetraphenylborate, N,N-dimethylaniliniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, N,N-dimethylaniliniumtetrakis[3,5-di(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate, N,N-diethylaniliniumtetraphenylborate, N,N-diethylaniliniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, N,N-diethylaniliniumtetrakis[3,5-di(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate,N,N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium tetraphenylborate andN,N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate.

Examples of compounds containing a dialkylammonium cation, among theionized ionic compounds preferably used in the present invention 1,include di-n-propylammonium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate anddicyclohexylammonium tetraphenylborate.

In addition, ionic compounds disclosed (JP-A No. 2004-51676) by thepresent applicant are also employable without any restriction.

The ionic compound (b-3) may be used singly, or two or more kindsthereof may be mixed and used.

As the organometallic compounds (b-1), preferable are trimethylaluminum,triethylaluminum and triisobutylaluminum, which are easily obtainablebecause of commercial products. Of these, triisobutylaluminum, which iseasy to handle, is particularly preferable.

As the organoaluminum oxy-compound (b-2), methylaluminoxane, and MMAOthat is prepared using trimethylaluminum and triisobutylaluminum, arepreferable, since they are commercially available and easily obtainable.Among these, MMAO, whose solubility and preservation stability tovarious solvents have been improved, is particularly preferable.

As the compound (b-3) which reacts with the transition metal compound(a) to form an ion pair, triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate and N,N-dimethylaniliniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate are preferable because they are easilyobtained as commercially available items and greatly contributory toimprovement in polymerization activity.

As the at least one compound (b) selected from the compounds (b-1) to(b-3), a combination of triisobutylaluminum and triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate and a combination oftriisobutylaluminum and N,N-dimethylaniliniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate are particularly preferable becausepolymerization activity is greatly enhanced.

<Carrier (C)>

In the present invention 1, a carrier (C) may be used as a constituentof the olefin polymerization catalyst, when needed.

The carrier (C) that can be used in the present invention 1 is aninorganic or organic compound and is a granular or fine particulatesolid. Of such inorganic compounds, a porous oxide, an inorganicchloride, clay, a clay mineral or an ion-exchanging layered compound ispreferable.

As the porous oxides, SiO₂, Al₂O₃, MgO, ZrO, TiO₂, B₂O₃, CaO, ZnO, BaO,ThO₂ and the like, and composites or mixtures containing these oxides,such as natural or synthetic zeolite, SiO₂—MgO, SiO₂—Al₂O₃, SiO₂—TiO₂,SiO₂—V₂O₅, SiO₂—Cr₂O₃ and SiO₂—TiO₂—MgO, can be specifically used. Ofthese, porous oxides containing SiO₂ and/or Al₂O₃ as a main componentare preferable. Such porous oxides differ in their properties dependingupon the type and the production process, but a carrier preferably usedin the present invention 1 has a particle diameter of 0.5 to 300 μm,preferably 1.0 to 200 μm, a specific surface area of 50 to 1000 m²/g,preferably 100 to 700 m²/g, and a pore volume of 0.3 to 3.0 cm³/g. Sucha carrier is used after it is calcined at 100 to 1000° C., preferably150 to 700° C., when needed.

As the inorganic chloride, MgCl₂, MgBr₂, MnCl₂, MnBr₂ or the like isused. The inorganic chloride may be used as it is, or may be used afterpulverized by a ball mill or an oscillating mill. Further, fineparticles obtained by dissolving an inorganic chloride in a solvent suchas an alcohol and then precipitating it using a precipitant may be used.

The clay usually comprises a clay mineral that is a main component. Theion-exchanging layered compound is a compound having a crystal structurein which constituent planes lie one upon another in parallel and arebonded to each other by ionic bonding or the like with a weak bondingforce, and the ions contained are exchangeable. Most of the clayminerals are ion-exchanging layered compounds. These clay, clay mineraland ion-exchanging layered compound are not limited to natural ones, andartificial synthetic products can be also used. Examples of the clays,the clay minerals and the ion-exchanging layered compounds includeclays, clay minerals and ionic crystalline compounds having layeredcrystal structures such as hexagonal closest packing type, antimonytype, CdCl₂ type and CdI₂ type. Examples of such clays and clay mineralsinclude kaolin, bentonite, Kibushi clay, gairome clay, allophane,hisingerite, pyrophyllite, mica group, montmorillonite, vermiculite,chlorite group, palygorskite, kaolinite, nacrite, dickite andhalloysite. Examples of the ion-exchanging layered compounds includecrystalline acidic salts of polyvalent metals, such as α-Zr(HAsO₄)₂.H₂O,α-Zr(HPO₄)₂, α-Zr(KPO₄)₂.3H₂O, α-Ti(HPO₄)₂, α-Ti(HAsO₄)₂.H₂O,α-Sn(HPO₄)₂.H₂O, γ-Zr(HPO₄)₂, γ-Ti(HPO₄)₂ and γ-Ti(NH₄PO₄)₂.H₂O. It ispreferable to subject the clays and the clay minerals for use in thepresent invention 1 to chemical treatment. As the chemical treatment,any of surface treatments to remove impurities adhering to a surface andtreatments having influence on the crystal structure of clay can beused. Specific examples of the chemical treatments include acidtreatment, alkali treatment, salts treatment and organic substancetreatment.

The ion-exchanging layered compound may be a layered compound in whichspacing between layers has been enlarged by exchanging exchangeable ionspresent between layers with other large bulky ions. Such a bulky ionplays a pillar-like role to support a layer structure and is usuallycalled pillar. Introduction of another substance (guest compound)between layers of a layered compound as above is referred to as“intercalation”. Examples of the guest compounds include cationicinorganic compounds, such as TiCl₄ and ZrCl₄, metallic alkoxides, suchas Ti(OR)₄, Zr(OR)₄, PO(OR)₃ and B(OR)₃ (R is a hydrocarbon group or thelike), and metallic hydroxide ions, such as [Al₁₃O₄(OH)₂₄]⁷⁺,[Zr₄(OH)₁₄]²⁺ and [Fe₃O(OCOCH₃)₆]⁺. These compounds are used singly orin combination of two or more kinds. During intercalation of thesecompounds, polymerization products obtained by subjecting metallicalkoxides such as Si(OR)₄, Al(OR)₃ and Ge(OR)₄ (R is a hydrocarbon groupor the like) to hydrolysis polycondensation, colloidal inorganiccompounds such as SiO₂, etc. may be allowed to coexist. As the pillar,an oxide formed by intercalating the above metallic hydroxide ionbetween layers and then performing thermal dehydration, or the like canbe mentioned. Of the above carriers, preferable are clays and clayminerals, and particularly preferable are montmorillonite, vermiculite,pectolite, teniorite and synthetic mica.

As the organic compound functioning as the carrier (C), a granular orfine particulate solid having a particle diameter of 0.5 to 300 μm canbe mentioned. Specific examples thereof include (co)polymers producedusing, as a main component, a C₂-C₁₄ α-olefin, such as ethylene,propylene, 1-butene and 4-methyl-1-pentene, (co)polymers produced using,as a main component, vinylcyclohexane or styrene, and modified productsthereof.

<Copolymerization of Ethylene, α-Olefin and Non-Conjugated Polyene Usingthe Above Olefin Polymerization Catalyst>

The production process for an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer according to the present invention 1 is characterized bycopolymerizing ethylene, an α-olefin having three or more carbon atomsand a non-conjugated polyene in the presence of the above-mentionedolefin polymerization catalyst.

Examples of an α-olefin having three or more carbon atoms used in thepresent invention 1 include C₃-C₂₀ straight-chain or branched α-olefinssuch as propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 3-methyl-1-butene, 1-hexene,4-methyl-1-pentene, 3-methyl-1-pentene, 1-octene, 1-decene, 1-dodecene,1-tetradecene, 1-hexadecene, 1-octadecene, 1-eicosene, and vinylcyclohexane. As an α-olefin, a C₃-C₁₀ α-olefin, for example, a C₃-C₁₀straight-chain or branched α-olefin is preferable, propylene, 1-butene,1-hexene and 1-octene are more preferable, propylene and 1-butene arestill more preferable, and propylene is particularly preferable. Theseα-olefins can be used singly or in combination of two or more species.In selecting, it is possible to make a selection so that the producedcopolymer will be most desirable in terms of properties. For example, itis possible to select a kind of α-olefin so that theethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer obtained according tothe present invention 1 or a mixture including the copolymer will havedesirable properties when vulcanized.

As a non-conjugated polyene used in the present invention 1, a compoundhaving two or more non-conjugated unsaturated bonds can be used withoutlimitation, examples of which compound include, for example, thebelow-mentioned non-conjugated cyclic polyene and non-conjugated chainpolyene, and can be used singly or in combination of two or morespecies.

[Non-Conjugated Cyclic Polyene]

Specifically, examples of a non-conjugated cyclic polyene include acompound represented by the following general formula [IV].

wherein n is an integer of 0 to 2;

R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³, each of which may be the same or different, areatoms or substituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbongroups, silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups,oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms, and halogen-containing groups,which hydrocarbon groups may have a double bond;

two optional substituents of R¹⁰ to R¹³ may be bound together to form aring, the ring may have a double bond, R¹⁰ and R¹¹, or R¹² and R¹³ mayform an alkylidene group, and R¹⁰ and R¹², or R¹¹ and R¹³ may be boundtogether to form a double bond; and

at least one requirement of the following (i) to (iv) is satisfied:

(i) at least one of R¹⁰ to R¹³ is a hydrocarbon group having one or moredouble bonds;

(ii) two optional substituents of R¹⁰ to R¹³ are bound together to forma ring and the ring contains a double bond;

(iii) R¹⁰ and R¹¹, or R¹² and R¹³ form an alkylidene group; and

(iv) R¹⁰ and R¹², or R¹¹ and R¹³ are bound together to form a doublebond.

Specific examples of C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containinggroups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containing groups, halogenatoms and halogen-containing groups, which are given as R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹²and R¹³ in the general formula [IV], include specific examples of theseatoms and substituents given in the description of the general formula[I].

When, in the general formula [IV], any one or more of R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² andR¹³ are hydrocarbon groups having one or more double bonds, examples ofsuch a hydrocarbon group include ethenyl groups (vinyl groups),1-propenyl groups, 2-propenyl groups (allyl groups), 1-methylethenylgroups (isopropenyl groups), 1-butenyl groups, 2-butenyl groups,3-butenyl groups, 1,4-hexadienyl groups, and the like. For example, whenR¹⁰ is an ethenyl group (vinyl group), the compound of the generalformula [IV] can be represented by the following general formula [IV-I].

wherein n is an integer of 0 to 2;

R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³, each of which may be the same or different, are atomsor substituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups, which hydrocarbongroups may have a double bond; and

two optional substituents of R¹¹ to R¹³ may be bound together to form aring, the ring may have a double bond, R¹² and R¹³ may form analkylidene group, and R¹¹ and R¹³ may be bound together to form a doublebond.

When, in the general formula [IV], two optional substituents of R¹⁰ toR¹³ are bound together to forma ring and the ring contains a doublebond, a compound of the general formula [IV] can be represented by, forexample, the following general formula [IV-II] or [IV-III].

wherein n is an integer of 0 to 2;

R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³, each of which may be the same or different, are atomsor substituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms, or halogen-containing groups, which hydrocarbongroups may have a double bond; and

two optional substituents of R¹¹ to R¹³ may be bound together to form aring, the ring may have a double bond, R¹² and R¹³ may form analkylidene group, and R¹¹ and R¹³ may be bound together to form a doublebond.

When, in the general formula [IV], R¹⁰ and R¹¹, or R¹² and R¹³ form analkylidene group, the alkylidene group is usually a C₁-C₂₀ alkylidenegroup, and specific examples thereof include methylene groups (CH₂═),ethylidene groups (CH₃CH═), propylidene groups (CH₃CH₂CH═) andisopropylidene groups ((CH₃)₂C═). For example, when R¹⁰ and R¹¹ form anethylidene group, a compound of the general formula [IV] can berepresented by the following general formula [IV-IV].

wherein n is an integer of 0 to 2;

R¹² and R¹³, each of which may be the same or different, are atoms orsubstituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups, which hydrocarbongroups may have a double bond; and

R¹² and R¹³ may be bound together to form a ring, the ring may have adouble bond, and R¹² and R¹³ may form an alkylidene group.

When, in the general formula [IV], R¹⁰ and R¹², or R¹¹ and R¹³ are boundtogether to form a double bond, a compound of the general formula [IV]can be represented by, for example, the following general formula[IV-V].

wherein n is an integer of 0 to 2;

R¹¹ and R¹³, each of which may be the same or different, aresubstituents selected from hydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups, which hydrocarbongroups may have a double bond; and

R¹¹ and R¹³ may be bound together to form a ring, and the ring may havea double bond.

Among non-conjugated cyclic polyenes represented by the general formula[IV], examples of a compound which is a hydrocarbon group wherein atleast one of R¹⁰ to R¹³ has one or more double bonds include, forexample, 5-vinyl-2-norbornene (VNB), the following compound, and thelike. Among these, 5-vinyl-2-norbornene (VNB) is preferable.

Among non-conjugated cyclic polyenes represented by the general formula[IV], examples of a compound wherein two optional substituents of R¹⁰ toR¹³ are bound together to form a ring and the ring contains a doublebond include, for example, dicyclopentadiene (DCPD), dimethyldicyclopentadiene, or the following compounds, and the like. Amongthese, dicyclopentadiene (DCPD) is preferable.

Among non-conjugated cyclic polyenes represented by the general formula[IV], examples of a compound wherein an alkylidene group is formed byR¹⁰ and R¹¹, or R¹² and R¹³, include 5-methylene-2-norbornene,5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB), 5-isopropylidene-2-norbornene or thefollowing compounds, and the like. Among these,5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) is preferable.

Among non-conjugated cyclic polyenes represented by the general formula[IV], the following is preferable as a compound wherein R¹⁰ and R¹², orR¹¹ and R¹³ are bound together to form a double bond.

As a non-conjugated cyclic polyene represented by the general formula[IV], a non-conjugated cyclic polyene wherein n is 0 is preferable, and,among others, an alkylidene group-substituted non-conjugated cyclicpolyene wherein n is 0 in the general formula [IV], a doublebond-containing ring-substituted non-conjugated cyclic polyene wherein nis 0, a double bond-containing hydrocarbon group-substitutednon-conjugated cyclic polyene in the general formula [IV] arepreferable. Specifically 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB),dicyclopentadiene (DCPD), and 5-vinyl-2-norbornene(VNB) are preferable.Among these, 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) or5-vinyl-2-norbornene(VNB) is particularly preferable.

[Non-Conjugated Chain Polyene]

Specifically, examples of a non-conjugated chain polyene include, forexample, 1,4-hexadiene, 1,5-heptadiene, 1,6-octadiene, 1,7-nonadiene,1,8-decadiene, 1,12-tetradecadiene, 3-methyl-1,4-hexadiene,4-methyl-1,4-hexadiene, 5-methyl-1,4-hexadiene, 4-ethyl-1,4-hexadiene,3,3-dimethyl-1,4-hexadiene, 5-methyl-1,4-heptadiene,5-ethyl-1,4-heptadiene, 5-methyl-1,5-heptadiene,6-methyl-1,5-heptadiene, 5-ethyl-1,5-heptadiene, 4-methyl-1,4-octadiene,5-methyl-1,4-octadiene, 4-ethyl-1,4-octadiene, 5-ethyl-1,4-octadiene,5-methyl-1,5-octadiene, 6-methyl-1,5-octadiene, 5-ethyl-1,5-octadiene,6-ethyl-1,5-octadiene, 6-methyl-1,6-octadiene, 7-methyl-1,6-octadiene,6-ethyl-1,6-octadiene, 6-propyl-1,6-octadiene, 6-butyl-1,6-octadiene,7-methyl-1,6-octadiene, 6,7-dimethyl-1,6-octadiene,4-methyl-1,4-nonadiene, 5-methyl-1,4-nonadiene, 4-ethyl-1,4-nonadiene,5-ethyl-1,4-nonadiene, 5-methyl-1,5-nonadiene, 6-methyl-1,5-nonadiene,5-ethyl-1,5-nonadiene, 6-ethyl-1,5-nonadiene, 6-methyl-1,6-nonadiene,7-methyl-1,6-nonadiene, 6-ethyl-1,6-nonadiene, 7-ethyl-1,6-nonadiene,7-methyl-1,7-nonadiene, 8-methyl-1,7-nonadiene, 7-ethyl-1,7-nonadiene,6,7-dimethyl-1,6-nonadiene, 5-methyl-1,4-decadiene,5-ethyl-1,4-decadiene, 5-methyl-1,5-decadiene, 6-methyl-1,5-decadiene,5-ethyl-1,5-decadiene, 6-ethyl-1,5-decadiene, 6-methyl-1,6-decadiene,6-ethyl-1,6-decadiene, 7-methyl-1,6-decadiene, 7-ethyl-1,6-decadiene,7-methyl-1,7-decadiene, 8-methyl-1,7-decadiene, 7-ethyl-1,7-decadiene,8-ethyl-1,7-decadiene, 8-methyl-1,8-decadiene, 9-methyl-1,8-decadiene,8-ethyl-1,8-decadiene, 6-methyl-1,6-undecadiene,9-methyl-1,8-undecadiene, and the like.

Examples of other non-conjugated chain polyenes include, for example,α,ω-diene such as 1,7-octadiene or 1,9-decadiene.

Examples of other non-conjugated chain polyenes include, for example, anon-conjugated triene or tetraene represented by the following generalformula [XVI-I].

wherein p and r are 0 or 1 with the proviso that both p and r are not 0;

q is an integer of 0 to 5 with the proviso that q is not 0 when both pand r are 1;

s is an integer of 1 to 6;

each of R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R¹⁷, R¹⁸, R¹⁹ and R²⁰ is independently a hydrogenatom or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group;

R²¹ is a C₁-C₃ alkyl group; and

R²² is a hydrogen atom, a C₁-C₃ alkyl group or a group represented by—(CH₂)_(n)—CR²³═C(R²⁴)R²⁵ wherein n is an integer of 1 to 5, each of R²³and R²⁴ is independently a hydrogen atom or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group, and R²⁵is a C₁-C₃ alkyl group.

However, when both p and r are 1, R²² is a hydrogen atom or a C₁-C₃alkyl group.

Among non-conjugated trienes or tetraenes represented by the generalformula [XVI-I], a non-conjugated triene represented by the followinggeneral formula [XVI-II] is preferable.

wherein each of R¹⁶, R¹⁷, R²⁰, R²¹ and R²² is independently a hydrogenatom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. However, both R²¹ and R²² arenot hydrogen atoms.

a non-conjugated triene represented by the general formula [XVI-II] is anon-conjugated triene wherein, in a non-conjugated triene or tetraenerepresented by the general formula [XVI-I], p is 0, q is 0, r is 1, s is2, and R¹⁸ and R¹⁰ are hydrogen atoms. Further, among non-conjugatedtrienes represented by the general formula [XVI-II], a compound whereinboth R²⁰ and R²² are methyl groups is preferable.

Specifically, examples of a non-conjugated triene or tetraenerepresented by the general formula [XVI-I] include the followingcompounds (however, the compounds included in the general formula[XVI-II] are excluded.)

Examples of a non-conjugated triene represented by the general formula[XVI-II] include specifically the following compounds and the like.

Non-conjugated trienes or tetraenes represented by the general formula[XVI-I] can be manufactured by known methods, which are described indetail, for example, in JP-A No. H09-235327 and JP-A No. 2001-114837,and so on by the present inventors.

According to the present invention 1, using a polymerization catalystthat can produce an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymerhaving a high molecular weight enables high temperature polymerizationof an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer. In otherwords, by using the olefin polymerization catalyst, the molecular weightof an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer produced duringhigh temperature polymerization can be maintained at a desired highvalue. In solution polymerization, the viscosity of a polymerizationsolution including the produced ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer is reduced at a high temperature, and thus the concentrationof the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer in apolymerizer can be increased compared with that during low temperaturepolymerization, resulting in enhanced productivity per polymerizer.Copolymerization of an ethylene, an α-olefin and a non-conjugatedpolyene in the present invention 1 can be carried out either by a liquidphase polymerization method such as solution polymerization orsuspension polymerization (slurry polymerization) or by a gas phasepolymerization method, while, as above, solution polymerization isparticularly preferable from a viewpoint of enabling enjoyment of themaximum effect of the present invention 1.

Usage and addition order of each component of the polymerizationcatalyst are selected as desired. At least two or more of the componentsof the catalyst may be in contact preliminarily.

A transition metal compound (a) (hereinafter referred to as “component(a)”) is used in an amount to make up usually 10⁻⁹ to 10⁻¹ mol,preferably 10⁻⁸ to 10⁻² mol per liter of reaction volume.

The organometallic compound (b-1) (hereinafter also referred to as“component (b-1)”) is used in an amount such that the molar ratio[(b-1)/M] of the component (b-1) to a transition metal atom (M) in thecomponent (a) is usually 0.01 to 50000, preferably 0.05 to 10000.

The organoaluminum oxy-compound (b-2) (hereinafter also referred to as“component (b-2)”) is used in an amount such that the molar ratio[b-2)/M] of an aluminum atom in the component (b-2) to a transitionmetal atom (M) in the component (a) is usually 10 to 5000, preferably 20to 2000.

the compound (b-3) (hereinafter referred to as “component (b-3)”) whichreacts with the transition metal compound (a) to form an ion pair isused in an amount such that the molar ratio [(b-3)/M] of the component(b-3) to a transition metal atom (M) in the component (a) is usually 1to 10000, preferably 1 to 5000.

A polymerization temperature is usually 50° C. to 300° C., preferably80° C. or more, more preferably 80° C. to 250° C., still more preferably100° C. to 200° C. As aforementioned, in the present invention 1,carrying out high temperature polymerization provides the advantages ofenhanced productivity and reduced production cost, but a polymerizationtemperature excessively above 300° C. may cause degradation to theobtained polymer and hence is not preferable. Anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer preferably used inmany industrial fields such as films can be efficiently manufactured ata polymerization temperature in a region of 100° C. to 200° C. from aviewpoint of the properties of the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer manufactured in the present invention 1.

A polymerization pressure is usually a normal pressure to 10 MPa gaugepressure (MPa-G), preferably a normal pressure to 8 MPa-G.

A polymerization reaction can be carried out by any of a batch type, asemi-continuous type, and a continuous type method. The polymerizationcan also be carried out continuously in two or more polymerizers havingdifferent reaction conditions.

The molecular weight of the obtained ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer can be adjusted by changing a hydrogen concentrationand polymerization temperature in a polymerization system. Further, theadjustment can also be done by the amount of the component (b) to beused. In a case where hydrogen is added, its amount is adequate atapproximately 0.001 to 5000 NL per kg of anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer produced.

A polymerization solvent used in the liquid phase polymerization processis usually an inert hydrocarbon solvent and is preferably saturatedhydrocarbon having a boiling point of 50° C. to 200° C. at normalpressure. Specific examples of the polymerization solvents includealiphatic hydrocarbons, such as propane, butane, pentane, hexane,heptane, octane, decane, dodecane and kerosine, and alicyclichydrocarbons, such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane and methylcyclopentane.Particularly preferable are hexane, heptane, octane, decane andcyclohexane. The α-olefin itself that is a polymerization object can bealso used as the polymerization solvent. Aromatic hydrocarbons, such asbenzene, toluene and xylene, and halogenated hydrocarbons, such asethylene chloride, chlorobenzene and dichloromethane, can be also usedas the polymerization solvents, but from the viewpoints of reduction inburden on the environment and minimization of effect on human bodyhealth, use of these hydrocarbons is undesirable.

The ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer manufacturedaccording to the present invention 1 contains (i) a structural unit(ethylene unit) derived from an ethylene and (ii) a structural unit(α-olefin unit) derived from an α-olefin having three or more carbonatoms, usually in a range of 99/1 to 1/99 as expressed in a molar ratio[(i)/(ii)], but is not particularly limited thereto.

In the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer manufacturedaccording to the present invention 1, a content of structural unitsderived from an ethylene is usually 50 mol % or more when the α-olefinis propylene and usually 40 mol or more when the α-olefin has 4 to 20carbon atoms.

The structural units derived from the non-conjugated polyene compound ofthe ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer manufacturedaccording to the present invention 1 is, without particular limitation,in a proportion ranging from usually 0.1 to 49 mol %, preferably 0.2 to8 mol %, more preferably 0.3 to 5 mol % in the total structural units.

In the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer manufacturedaccording to the present invention 1, a limiting viscosity [η] measuredin a 135° C. decalin is, without particular limitation, in a range ofusually 0.02˜20 dl/g, preferably 0.05 to 10 dl/g. The [η] in this rangeis preferable in that formability is excellent.

It is preferred that for the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer manufactured according to the present invention 1, a B valuecalculated according to the formula [XVII] is given as B value ≥1.05.

B value=(c+d)/[2×a×(e+f)]  [XVII]

wherein a, e and f are an ethylene mole fraction, an α-olefin molefraction and a non-conjugated polyene mole fraction respectively in theethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer, c is anethylene-α-olefin diad mole fraction, and d is anethylene-non-conjugated polyene diad mole fraction.

The B value is an index that is indicative of randomness of acopolymerization monomer sequence distribution in a copolymer, and a, c,d, e, and f in the formula [XVII] can be determined by measuring ¹³C NMRspectra and being based on the reports by J. C. Randall [Macromolecules,15, 353 (1982)], J. Ray [Macromolecules, 10, 773 (1977)], and the like.

Compared to an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer with Bvalue <1.05, an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer withB value 1.05 has a stronger alternating copolymerization of monomers,with the results that the ethylene average chain length is short andthat the low temperature properties, which are one of importantproperties, are favorable. The larger this B value is, the shorter theblock-like chain of an α-olefin unit or a non-conjugated polyene unit is(the stronger the alternating copolymerization is), indicating that adistribution of an α-olefin unit and a non-conjugated polyene unit isuniform. On the contrary, the smaller the B value is, the less uniformthe distribution of an α-olefin unit and a non-conjugated polyene unitof the non-conjugated-polyene-based copolymer (the weaker thealternating copolymerization is), the longer the block-like chain is.The length of this block-like chain results in affecting the propertiesof the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer, and forexample, the larger the B value is, the shorter the block-like chain is,indicating favorable low temperature properties. The smaller than 1.00the B value is, the broader the composition distribution in the polymerchain of the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer is, andsuch a copolymer, compared to a copolymer having a narrow compositiondistribution, may fail to adequately express properties such asstrength, when vulcanized, for example.

According to the manufacturing method of the present invention 1, anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer with B value ≥1.05can be obtained, but, for example, when a titanium-based non-metallocenecatalyst is used or when a constrained geometry catalyst described inJP-A No. 2001-522398 is used, the B value of an obtainedethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer is less than 1.05.

For the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer obtainedaccording to the manufacturing method of the present invention 1, theratio (Mw/Mn) of a weight average molecular weight (Mw) to a numberaverage molecular weight (Mn) measured by GPC is usually 1.0 to 4.0,preferably 1.2 to 3.5, more preferably 1.5 to 3.2. The Mw/Mn in thisrange is preferable in terms of a balance between mechanical strengthand processability (kneading, extruding).

While the present invention 2 is described below, the present inventions2-1, 2-2 and 2-3 may be described in the description of the presentinvention 2 since the present inventions 2-1, 2-2 and 2-3 are inventionsrelated to a composition including the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer of the present invention 2.

[Present Invention 2]

<Ethylene.α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymer>

The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to thepresent invention 2 contains a structural unit derived from an ethylene[A], a structural unit derived from a C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] and astructural unit derived from a non-conjugated polyene [C], and is anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer that satisfies thefollowing (1) to (4). Such a specific ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer is also referred to as “ethylene-based copolymer A.”

Among the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefins [B] and the non-conjugated polyenes [C], onespecies or two or more species thereof can be used. In other words, theethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer of the presentinvention 2 contains a structural unit derived from the ethylene [A], astructural unit derived from at least one species of the C₄-C₂₀α-olefins[B], and at least one species of the non-conjugated polyenes [C].

(1) a molar ratio ([A]/[B]) of structural units derived from theethylene [A] to structural units derived from the α-olefin [B] is 40/60to 90/10;

(2) a content of structural units derived from the non-conjugatedpolyene [C] is 0.1 to 6.0 mol % based on the total of the structuralunits of [A], [B] and [C] as 100%;

(3) a Mooney viscosity ML(1+4) 125° C. at 125° C. is 5 to 100; and

(4) a B value represented by the following formula (i) is 1.20 or more.

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/[2×[E]×([X]+[Y])]  (i)

wherein [E], [X] and [Y] represent mole fractions of the ethylene [A],the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B], and the non-conjugated polyene [C]respectively, and [EX] represents an ethylene [A]-C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B]diad chain fraction.

Examples of the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] first include C₄ 1-butene, then C₉1-nonene and C₁₀ 1-decene, and C₁₉ 1-nonadecene, and C₂₀ 1-eicosene,which have a structure having a straight chain with no side chain, aswell as 4-methyl-1-pentene, 9-methyl-1-decene, 11-methyl-1-dodecene, and12-ethyl-1-tetradecene, which have a side chain.

These α-olefins [B] can be used singly or in combination of two or morespecies. Among these, C₄-C₁₀ α-olefins are preferable, in particular1-butene, 1-hexene, and 1-octene are preferable, and in particular1-butene is preferable.

An ethylene⋅propylene⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer wherein anα-olefin is a propylene tends to have an insufficient rubber elasticityat low temperature, and its uses may be limited. On the contrary, theethylene-based copolymer A has a structure unit derived from a C₄-C₂₀α-olefin [B], and hence has an excellent rubber elasticity at lowtemperature. A molded article obtained from the composition (compositionincluding the ethylene-based copolymer A) of the present invention 2-2has a small Tg and displays a high sound insulation performance in awide frequency domain.

Examples of the non-conjugated polyene [C] specifically include a chainnon-conjugated diene such as 1,4-hexadiene, 1,6-octadiene,2-methyl-1,5-hexadiene, 6-methyl-1,5-heptadiene, and7-methyl-1,6-octadiene; a cyclic non-conjugated diene such ascyclohexadiene, dicyclopentadiene, methyltetrahydrindene,5-vinyl-2-norbornene, 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene,5-methylene-2-norbornene, 5-isopropylidene-2-norbornene, and6-chloromethyl-5-isopropenyl-2-norbornene; a triene such as2,3-diisopropylidene-5-norbornene,2-ethylidene-3-isopropylidene-5-norbornene,2-propenyl-2,5-norbornanediene, 1,3,7-octatriene, 1,4,9-decatriene,4,8-dimethyl-1,4,8-decatriene, and 4-ethylidene-8-methyl-1,7-nonadiene.

These non-conjugated polyenes [C] can be used singly or in combinationof two or more species.

Among these, chain non-conjugated dienes such as 1,4-hexadiene andcyclic non-conjugated dienes such as 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene,5-ethylidene-2-norbornene and 5-vinyl-2-norbornene are preferable, and,above all, cyclic non-conjugated dienes are preferable, and5-ethylidene-2-norbornene and 5-vinyl-2-norbornene are particularlypreferable.

Examples of the ethylene-based copolymer A include the following:ethylene⋅1-butene⋅1,4-hexadiene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-pentene⋅1,4-hexadiene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-hexene⋅1,4-hexadiene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-heptene⋅1,4-hexadiene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-octene⋅1,4-hexadiene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-nonene⋅1,4-hexadiene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-decene⋅1,4-hexadiene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-butene⋅1-octene⋅1,4-hexadiene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-butene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-pentene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-hexene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-heptene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-octene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-nonene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-decene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-butene⋅1-octene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene copolymer,ethylene⋅1-butene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene⋅5-vinyl-2-norbornenecopolymer,ethylene⋅1-pentene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene⋅5-vinyl-2-norbornenecopolymer,ethylene⋅1-hexene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene⋅5-vinyl-2-norbornenecopolymer,ethylene⋅1-heptene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene⋅5-vinyl-2-norbornenecopolymer,ethylene⋅1-octene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene⋅5-vinyl-2-norbornenecopolymer,ethylene⋅1-nonene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene⋅5-vinyl-2-norbornenecopolymer,ethylene⋅1-decene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene⋅5-vinyl-2-norbornenecopolymer, andethylene⋅1-butene⋅1-octene⋅5-ethylidene-2-norbornene⋅5-vinyl-2-norbornenecopolymer.

One species or two or more species of the ethylene-based copolymer A areused, as necessary.

(1) In the ethylene-based copolymer A, the molar ratio ([A]/[B]) ofstructural units derived from the ethylene [A] to structural unitsderived from the α-olefin [B] is in a range of 40/60 to 90/10. The lowerlimit of [A]/[B] is preferably 45/55, more preferably 50/50,particularly preferably 55/45. The upper limit of [A]/[B] is preferably80/20, more preferably 75/25, still more preferably 70/30, particularlypreferably 65/35.

When the molar ratio of structural units derived from the ethylene [A]to structural units derived from the α-olefin [B] is in theaforementioned range, an ethylene-based copolymer having an excellentbalance between low temperature rubber elasticity and room temperaturetensile strength can be obtained.

(2) In the ethylene-based copolymer A, the content of structural unitsderived from the non-conjugated polyene [C] is in a range of 0.1 to 6.0mol % based on the total of the structural units of [A], [B] and [C] as100 mol %. The lower limit of the content of structural units derivedfrom [C] is preferably 0.5 mol %. The upper limit of the content ofstructural units derived from [C] is preferably 4.0 mol %, morepreferably 3.5 mol %, still more preferably 3.0 mol %.

In this regard, when the ethylene-based copolymer A is used in thepresent invention 2-1, the content of structural units derived from thenon-conjugated polyene [C] is most preferably in a range of 0.5 to 3.3mol %

When the content of structural units derived from the non-conjugatedpolyene [C] is in the aforementioned range, an ethylene-based copolymerhaving an adequate cross-linkability and flexibility is obtained.

(3) The ethylene-based copolymer A has a Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125°C. at 125° C. in a range of 5 to 100, preferably 20 to 95, particularlypreferably 50 to 90. When the ethylene-based copolymer A is used in thepresent invention 2-1, the Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C. is in arange of preferably 8 to 95, particularly preferably 8 to 80. And theethylene-based copolymer A is in a range of preferably 5 to 50,particularly preferably 5 to 30, when used in the present invention 2-2.

When the Mooney viscosity is in the aforementioned range, theethylene-based copolymer has an excellent processability and fluidity,and the ethylene-based copolymer showing a favorable aftertreatmentquality (suitability for ribbon handling) and having excellent rubberproperties is also obtained.

(4) The ethylene-based copolymer A has a B value in a range of 1.20 ormore, preferably 1.20 to 1.80, particularly preferably 1.22 to 1.40.

The ethylene-based copolymer having a B value of less than 1.20 maycause a large compression set at low temperature, and may fail toprovide an ethylene-based copolymer having an excellent balance betweenlow temperature rubber elasticity and room temperature tensile strength.

The ethylene-based copolymer A having a B value in the aforementionedrange gives high alternation and low crystallinity of monomer unitsmaking up a copolymer, accordingly enhancing processability of acomposition obtained when the copolymer is used for the presentinvention 2-2 as well as enhancing sound insulation performance of anobtained molded article.

Here, the B value in the (4) above is an index that is indicative ofrandomness of a copolymerization monomer sequence distribution in acopolymer, and [E], [X], [Y] and [EX] in the formula (i) can bedetermined by measuring ¹³C NMR spectra and being based on the reportsby J. C. Randall [Macromolecules, 15, 353 (1982)], J. Ray[Macromolecules, 10, 773 (1977)], and the like. The molar amount ofstructural units derived from the ethylene [A], that of structural unitsderived from the α-olefin [B] and that of structural units derived fromthe non-conjugated polyene [C] in (1) to (2) above can be determined bymeasurement of intensity using a ¹H-NMR spectrometer.

<Method for Manufacturing Ethylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated PolyeneCopolymer>

The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (ethylene-basedcopolymer A) can be obtained by the following manufacturing method.

Specifically, the copolymer can be manufactured by copolymerizing anethylene, a C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin and a non-conjugated polyene in the presenceof an olefin polymerization catalyst including (a) a transition metalcompound (hereinafter also referred to as “bridged metallocenecompound”) represented by the following general formula [VII] and (b) atleast one compound that is selected from (b-1) organometallic compounds,(b-2) organoaluminumoxy-compounds and (b-3) compounds which react withthe transition metal compound (a) to form an ion pair.

wherein M is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom, or a hafnium atom;

R⁵ and R⁶ are substituted aryl groups wherein one or more of thehydrogen atoms of the aryl group are substituted with anelectron-donating substituent having a substituent constant σ of −0.2 orless in the Hammett's rule; wherein each of the electron-donatingsubstituents may be the same or different when the substituted arylgroup has a plurality of the electron-donating substituents; wherein thesubstituted aryl group may have a substituent selected from C₁-C₂₀hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containinggroups, oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms and halogen-containinggroups other than the electron-donating substituents; and wherein whenthe substituted aryl group has a plurality of the substituents, each ofthe substituents may be the same or different.

Q is selected in the same or different combination from halogen atoms,C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, anionic ligands and neutral ligands capableof being coordinated with a lone electron pair;

j is an integer of 1 to 4.

<Bridged Metallocene Compound (a)>

As the bridged metallocene compound (a), there can be used thetransition metal compound (a-3) which is among transition metalcompounds (a) described in respect to the present invention 1 and inwhich R⁵ and R⁶ are substituted aryl groups wherein one or more of thehydrogen atoms of the aryl group are substituted with anelectron-donating substituent having a substituent constant σ of −0.2 orless in the Hammett's rule; wherein when the substituted aryl group hasa plurality of the electron-donating substituents, each of theelectron-donating substituents may be the same or different; wherein thesubstituted aryl group may have a substituent selected from C₁-C₂₀hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containinggroups, oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms and halogen-containinggroups other than the electron-donating substituents; and wherein whenthe substituted aryl group has a plurality of the substituents, each ofthe substituents may be the same or different.

<Preferred Embodiment in Using Bridged Metallocene Compound as Catalystfor Ethylene⋅α-Olefin. Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymer>

Next, a preferred embodiment in which the bridged metallocene compoundis used as a catalyst (olefin polymerization catalyst) for anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer will be described.

When the bridged metallocene compound is used as an olefinpolymerization catalyst component, the catalyst comprises (a) a bridgedmetallocene compound represented by the following general formula [VII],(b) at least one compound that is selected from (b-1) organometalliccompounds, (b-2) organoaluminum oxy-compounds and (b-3) compounds whichreact with the bridged metallocene compound (a) to form an ion pair,and, if necessary, (c) a particulate carrier.

Each component will be specifically described below.

<(b-1) Organometallic Compound>

(b-1) As an organometallic compound, specifically an organometalliccompound in Group 1, 2, 12 and 13 of the periodic table, such as thefollowing general formula [VII] to [IX], is used.

(b-1a) An organoaluminum compound represented by the general formulaR^(a) _(m)Al(OR^(b))_(n) H_(p) X_(q) - - - [VII], wherein R^(a) andR^(b), each of which may be the same or different, represent C₁-C₁₁₅,preferably C₁-C₄ hydrocarbon groups; X represents a halogen atom; m, n,p and q are numbers defined as 0<m 3, 0 n<3, 0≤p<3, 0≤q<3; andm+n+p+q=3.

Examples of such a compound include trialkylaluminum such astrimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, andtri-n-octylaluminum; tricycloalkylaluminum, isobutylaluminumdichloride,diethylaluminumchloride, ethylaluminumdichloride,ethylaluminumsesquichloride, methylaluminumdichloride,dimethylaluminumchloride, and diisobutylaluminumhydride.

(b-1b) A complex alkylated compound of a metal of Group 1 of theperiodic table and aluminum, represented by the general formulaM²AlR^(a) ₄ - - - [VIII], wherein M² represents Li, Na or K, and R^(a)is a C₁-C₁₅, preferably C₁-C₄ hydrocarbon group.

Examples of such a compound include, LiAl(C₂H₅)₄, LiAl(C₇H₁₅)₄, and thelike.

(b-1c) A dialkyl compound having a metal of Group 2 or 12 of theperiodic table, represented by the general formula R^(a)R^(b)M³ - - -[IX], wherein R^(a) and R^(b), each of which may be the same ordifferent, represent a C₁-C₁₅, preferably C₁-C₄ hydrocarbon group, andM³ is Mg, Zn or Cd.

Among the organometallic compounds (b-1), an organoaluminum compoundsuch as triethylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum and trin-octylaluminum ispreferable. Such an organometallic compound (b-1) may be used singly orin combination of two or more species.

<(b-2) Organoaluminum Oxy-Compound>

The organoaluminum oxy-compound may be a conventionally knownaluminoxane and may be a benzene-insoluble organoaluminum oxy-compoundsuch as exemplified in JP-A No. H02-78687.

A conventionally known aluminoxane can be manufactured by, for example,the following method, and is usually obtained as a hydrocarbon solventsolution.

(1) A method of reacting an absorption water or a crystalline water withan organoaluminum compound through adding an organoaluminum compoundsuch as trialkylaluminum to a hydrocarbon medium suspension such as aabsorption water-containing compound or a crystalline water-containingsalt, for example, magnesium chloride hydrate, copper sulfate hydrate,aluminium sulfate hydrate, nickel sulfate hydrate or the first ceriumchloride hydrate.

(2) A method of applying water, ice or water vapor directly to anorganoaluminum compound such as trialkylaluminum in a medium such asbenzene, toluene, ethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran.

(3) A method of reacting an organic tin oxide such as dimethyl tin oxideor dibutyl tin oxide with an organoaluminum compound such astrialkylaluminum in a medium such as decane, benzene or toluene.

The aluminoxane may contain a small amount of organic metal components.The aluminoxane solution recovered may have a solvent or unreactedorganoaluminum compound distilled off therefrom, followed by beingredissolved in a solvent or suspended in a poor solvent of aluminoxane.

Examples of an organoaluminum compound used in preparing aluminoxanespecifically include an organoaluminum compound similar to thoseexemplified as an organoaluminum compound belonging to the (b-1a).

Among these, trialkylaluminum and tricycloalkylaluminum are preferable,and, above all, trimethylaluminum and triisobutylaluminum areparticularly preferable.

An organoaluminum compound such as above-mentioned is used singly or incombination of two or more species.

A benzene-insoluble organoaluminum oxy-compound which is an aspect ofthe (b-2) organoaluminum oxy-compound is preferably one which has an A1component dissolved in a 60° C. benzene at usually 10 wt % or less,preferably 5 wt % or less, particularly preferably 2 wt % or lessrelative to 100 wt % benzene as based on the conversion to Al atoms,i.e., one which is insoluble or poorly-soluble to benzene.

Examples of the (b-2) organoaluminum oxy-compound include anorganoaluminum oxy-compound containing boron represented by thefollowing general formula [X].

wherein R¹ represents a C₁-C₁₀ hydrocarbon group, and R² to R⁵, each ofwhich may be the same or different, represent hydrogen atoms, halogenatoms or C₁-C₁₀ hydrocarbon groups.

An organoaluminum oxy-compound including a boron represented by thegeneral formula [X] can be manufactured by reacting an alkyl boronicacid represented by the following general formula [XI]:

R¹—B(OH)₂  [XI]

wherein R¹ represents the same group as R¹ in the general formula [X],with an organoaluminum compound in an inert solvent in an inert gasatmosphere at a temperature of −80° C. to room temperature for 1 minuteto 24 hours.

Specific examples of an alkyl boronic acid represented by the generalformula [XI] include methyl boronic acid, ethyl boronic acid, isopropylboronic acid, n-propyl boronic acid, n-butyl boronic acid, isobutylboronic acid, n-hexyl boronic acid, cyclohexyl boronic acid, phenylboronic acid, 3,5-difluorophenyl boronic acid, pentafluorophenyl boronicacid and 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl boronic acid.

Among these, methyl boronic acid, n-butyl boronic acid, isobutyl boronicacid, 3,5-difluorophenyl boronic acid and pentafluorophenyl boronic acidare preferable. These are used singly or in combination of two or morespecies.

Examples of an organoaluminum compound to be reacted with such an alkylboronic acid specifically include an organoaluminum compound similar tothose exemplified as an organoaluminum compound belonging to the (b-1a).

Among these, trialkylaluminum and tricycloalkylaluminum are preferable,and trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum and triisobutylaluminum inparticular are preferable. These are used singly or in combination oftwo or more species. A (b-2) organoaluminum oxy-compound such asaforementioned is used singly or in combination of two or more species.

<(b-3) Compound which Reacts with Transition Metal Compound (a) to FormIon Pair>

Examples of the compound (b-3) (hereinafter referred to as “ionizedionic compound”) which reacts with the transition metal compound (a) toform an ion pair include Lewis acids, ionic compounds, borane compoundsand carborane compounds described in JP-A No. H01-501950, JP-A No.H01-502036, JP-A No. H03-179005, JP-A No. H03-179006, JP-A No.H03-207703, JP-A No. H03-207704, U.S. Pat. No. 5,321,106, and so on.Further examples also include heteropoly compounds and isopolycompounds. Such an ionized ionic compound (b-3) is used singly or incombination of two or more species.

Specifically, examples of a Lewis acid include a compound represented byBR₃ (wherein R is a phenyl group which may have a substituent such asfluorine, methyl group or trifluoromethyl group, or fluorine), forexample, trifluoroboron, triphenylboron, tris(4-fluorophenyl)boron,tris(3,5-difluorophenyl)boron, tris(4-fluoromethylphenyl)boron,tris(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tris(p-tolyl)boron, tris(o-tolyl)boron andtris(3,5-dimethylphenyl)boron.

Examples of an ionic compound include, for example, a compoundrepresented by the following general formula [XII].

wherein R¹⁺ is H⁺, a carbonium cation, an oxonium cation, an ammoniumcation, a phosphonium cation, a cycloheptyltrienyl cation, a ferroceniumcation having a transition metal, or the like. R² to R⁵, each of whichmay be the same or different, are organic groups, preferably aryl groupsor substituted aryl groups. Examples of the carbonium cationspecifically include a trisubstituted carbonium cation such as atriphenyl carbonium cation, a tri(methylphenyl)carbonium cation or atri(dimethylphenyl)carbonium cation.

Examples of the ammonium cation specifically include a trialkylammoniumcation such as a trimethylammonium cation, a triethylammonium cation, atripropylammonium cation, a tributylammonium cation and atri(n-butyl)ammonium cation; an N,N-dialkylanilinium cation such asN,N-dimethylanilinium cation, an N,N-diethylanilinium cation and anN,N,2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium cation; a dialkylammonium cation such asa di(isopropyl)ammonium cation and a dicyclohexylammonium cation; andthe like.

Examples of the phosphonium cation specifically include atriarylphosphonium cation such as a triphenylphosphonium cation, atri(methylphenyl)phosphonium cation, and atri(dimethylphenyl)phosphonium cation, and the like.

As R¹⁺, a carbonium cation, a ammonium cation and the like arepreferable, and in particular a triphenylcarbonium cation, anN,N-dimethylanilinium cation and an N,N-diethylanilinium cation arepreferable.

Examples of the ionic compound include trialkyl substituted ammoniumsalts, N,N-dialkylanilinium salts, dialkylammonium salts,triarylphosphonium salts and the like.

Examples of the trialkyl substituted ammonium salt specifically include,for example, triethylammoniumtetra(phenyl)boron,tripropylammoniumtetra(phenyl)boron,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetra(phenyl)boron,trimethylammoniumtetra(p-tolyl)boron,trimethylammoniumtetra(o-tolyl)boron,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron,tripropylammoniumtetra(o,p-dimethylphenyl)boron,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetra(N,N-dimethylphenyl)boron,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetra(p-trifluoromethylphenyl)boron,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetra(3,5-ditrifluoromethylphenyl)boron,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumtetra(o-tolyl)boron.

Examples of the N,N-dialkylanilinium salt specifically include, forexample, N,N-dimethylaniliniumtetra(phenyl)boron,N,N-diethylaniliniumtetra(phenyl)boron,N,N,2,4,6-pentamethylaniliniumtetra(phenyl)boron and the like.

Examples of the dialkylammonium salt specifically include, for example,di(1-propyl)ammoniumtetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron,dicyclohexylammoniumtetra(phenyl)boron and the like.

Further, examples of the ionic compound includetriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate,N,N-dimethylaniliniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate,ferroceniumtetra(pentafluorophenyl)borate,triphenylcarbeniumpentaphenylcyclopentadienyl complex,N,N-diethylaniliniumpentaphenylcyclopentadienyl complex, boron compoundrepresented by the following formula [XIII] or [XIV], and the like.

wherein Et represents an ethyl group.

wherein Et represents an ethyl group.

Examples of the borane compound specifically include, for example,decaborane; a salt of an anion such asbis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]nonaborate,bis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]decaborate,bis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]undecaborate,bis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]dodecaborate,bis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]decachlorodecaborate andbis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]dodecachlorododecaborate; a salt of a metalborane anion such as tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(dodecahydridedodecaborate)cobaltate (III) andbis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]bis(dodecahydridedodecaborate) nickelate (III);and the like.

Examples of the carborane compound specifically include, for example, asalt of an anion such as 4-carbanonaborane, 1,3-dicarbanonaborane,6,9-dicarbadecaborane, dodecahydride-1-phenyl-1,3-dicarbanonaborane,dodecahydride-1-methyl-1,3-dicarbanonaborane,undecahydride-1,3-dimethyl-1,3-dicarbanonaborane,7,8-dicarbaundecaborane, 2,7-dicarbaundecaborane,undecahydride-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dicarbaundecaborane,dodecahydride-11-methyl-2,7-dicarbaundecaborane,tri(n-butyl)ammoniuml-carbadecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammonium-1-carbaundecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammonium-1-carbadodecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammonium-1-trimethylsilyl-1-carbadecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbromo-1-carbadodecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammonium-6-carbadecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammonium-7-carbaundecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammonium-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammonium-2,9-dicarbaundecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumdodecahydride-8-methyl-7,9-dicarbaundecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumundecahydride-8-ethyl-7,9-dicarbaundecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumundecahydride-8-butyl-7,9-dicarbaundecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumundecahydride-8-allyl-7,9-dicarbaundecaborate,tri(n-butyl)ammoniumundecahydride-9-trimethylsilyl-7,8-dicarbaundecaborateand tri(n-butyl)ammoniumundecahydride-4,6-dibromo-7-carbaundecaborate; asalt of a metal carborane anion such astri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(nonahydride-1,3-dicarbanonaborate)cobaltate(III), tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(undecahydride-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate)ferrate (III),tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(undecahydride-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate) cobaltate(III), tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(undecahydride-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate)nickelate (III),tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(undecahydride-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate) cuprate(III), tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(undecahydride-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate)aurato (III),tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(nonahydride-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate)ferrate(III),tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(nonahydride-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate)chromate(III),tri(n-butyl)ammoniumbis(tribromooctahydride-7,8-dicarbaundecaborate)cobaltate(III),tris[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]bis(undecahydride-7-carbaundecaborate)chromate(III),bis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]bis(undecahydride-7-carbaundecaborate)manganate(IV),bis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]bis(undecahydride-7-carbaundecaborate)cobaltate(III) andbis[tri(n-butyl)ammonium]bis(undecahydride-7-carbaundecaborate)nickelate(IV); and the like.

A heteropoly compound comprises an atom selected from silicon,phosphorus, titanium, germanium, arsenic or tin, and an atom or two ormore atoms selected from vanadium, niobium, molybdenum or tungsten.Specifically, phosphorusvanadic acid, germanovanadic acid,arsenicvanadic acid, phosphorusniobic acid, germanoniobic acid,siliconomolybdic acid, phosphorusmolybdic acid, titaniummolybdic acid,germanomolybdic acid, arsenicmolybdic acid, tinmolybdic acid,phosphorustungstic acid, germanotungstic acid, tintungstic acid,phosphorusmolybdovanadic acid, phosphorustungstovanadic acid,germanotungstovanadic acid, phosphorusmolybdotungstovanadic acid,germanomolybdotungstovanadic acid, phosphorusmolybdotungstic acid,phosphorusmolybdoniobic acid, and salts of these acids such as saltswith, for example, any of metals of Group 1 or 2 of the periodic tablespecifically including lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, cesium,beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium and barium and organic saltssuch as triphenylethyl salt can be used but are not limited thereto.

Among the (b-3) ionized ionic compounds, the aforementioned ioniccompounds are preferable, and above all,triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate andN,N-dimethylaniliniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate are morepreferable.

The (b-3) ionized ionic compound is used singly or in combination of twoor more species.

When the catalyst is the transition metal compound (a) represented bythe general formula[VII], using it together with the organometalliccompound (b-1) such as triisobutylaluminum, the organoaluminumoxy-compound (b-2) such as methylaluminoxane or the ionized ioniccompound (b-3) such astriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate presents a very highpolymerization activity in manufacturing anethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer.

For the olefin polymerization catalyst, the carrier (c) can be used, ifnecessary, together with the transition metal compound (a) and at leastone compound (b) selected from (b-1) organometallic compounds, (b-2)organoaluminum oxy-compounds and (b-3) ionized ionic compounds.

<(c) Carrier>

The (c) carrier used in the present invention 2 if necessary is aninorganic compound or an organic compound, and is a granular orparticulate solid.

As an inorganic compound among them, porous oxide, inorganic halide,clay, clay mineral or an ion-exchanging layered compound is preferable.

As a porous oxide, specifically SiO₂, Al₂O₃, MgO, ZrO, TiO₂, B₂O₃, CaO,ZnO, BaO, ThO₂ or the like, or a complex or mixture including them canbe used, and for example, natural or synthetic zeolite, SiO₂—MgO,SiO₂—Al₂O₃, SiO₂—TiO₂, SiO₂—Cr₂O₃, SiO₂—TiO₂—MgO or the like can beused. Among these, those having SiO₂ and/or Al₂O₃ as a main componentare preferable. While such porous oxides have different characteristicsdepending on their type and manufacturing method, a carrier preferablyused in the present invention 2 has a particle size of 10 to 300 μm,preferably 20 to 200 μm, a specific surface area within a range of 50 to1000 m²/g, preferably 100 to 700 m²/g, and a pore volume preferablywithin a range of 0.3 to 3.0 cm³/g. As necessary, such a carrier iscalcined at 100 to 1000° C., preferably 150 to 700° C., to be used.

As the inorganic halide, MgCl₂, MgBr₂, MnCl₂, MnBr₂ or the like is used.The inorganic halide may be used as it is, or may be used after beingpulverized using a vibration mill. An inorganic halide dissolved in asolvent such as alcohol and then precipitated out as fine particlesusing a precipitation agent can also be used.

Clay is usually composed with a clay mineral as a main component. Anion-exchanging layered compound is a compound having a crystallinestructure in which planes structured by ionic bonding and the like arestacked in parallel by a mutual weak bonding force, and the containedions can be exchanged. Most clay minerals are ion-exchanging layeredcompounds. As such clay, clay minerals or ion-exchanging layeredcompounds, not only naturally occurring ones but also artificiallysynthesized ones can be used.

Examples of clay, clay minerals and ion-exchanging layered compoundsinclude ionic crystalline compounds having clay or clay minerals andhaving a layered crystalline structure of a hexagonal close-packed type,antimony type, CdCl₂ type, CdI₂ type or the like. Examples of such clayand clay minerals include kaolin, bentonite, kibushi clay, gairome clay,allophane, hisingerite, pyrophyllite, micas, montmorillonites,vermiculite, chlorites, palygorskite, kaolinite, nacrite, dickite,halloysite and the like; and examples of the ion-exchanging layeredcompound include a crystalline acid salt of a polyvalent metal such asα-Zr(HAsO₄)₂.H₂O, α-Zr(HPO₄)₂, α-Zr(KPO₄)₂.3H₂O, α-Ti(HPO₄)₂,α-Ti(HAsO₄)₂.H₂O, α-Sn(HPO₄)₂.H₂O, γ-Zr(HPO₄)₂, γ-Ti(HPO₄)₂ andγ-Ti(NH₄O₄)₂.H₂O, and the like.

For such clay, clay minerals and ion-exchanging layered compounds, apore volume of pores having a radius of 20 Å or more is preferably 0.1cc/g or more, particularly preferably 0.3 to 5 cc/g, as measured by amercury penetration method. Here, the pore volume is measured for thepore radius in a range of 20 to 30000 Å by a mercury penetration methodusing a mercury porosimeter.

When that which has less than 0.1 cc/g pore volume of pores having aradius of 20 Å or more is used as a carrier, it tends to be difficult toobtain a high polymerization activity.

It is also preferable that the clay or clay minerals undergo chemicaltreatment. Examples of chemical treatment include a surface treatmentfor removing impurities stuck on a surface, a treatment for givingeffect on the crystalline structure of clay, and the like, any of whichcan be used. Examples of chemical treatment specifically include acidtreatment, alkali treatment, salt treatment, organic matter treatmentand the like. Acid treatment not only removes impurities on a surfacebut also increases the surface area by eluting positive ions of Al, Fe,Mg and the like out of the crystalline structure. Alkali treatmentdestroys the crystalline structure of clay and results in a change inthe structure of clay. Salt treatment or organic matter treatment formsion complexes, molecular complexes, organic derivatives or the like andcan change the surface area or interlayer distance.

The ion-exchanging layered compound may be a layered compound in whichspacing between layers has been enlarged by exchanging exchangeable ionspresent between layers with other large bulky ions. Such a bulky ionplays a pillar-like role to support a layer structure and is usuallycalled pillar. Introduction of another substance between layers of alayered compound as above is referred to as “intercalation”. Examples ofguest compounds for intercalation include cationic inorganic compounds,such as TiCl₄ and ZrCl₄, metallic alkoxides, such as Ti(OR)₄, Zr(OR)₄,PO(OR)₃ and B(OR)₃ (R is a hydrocarbon group or the like), and metallichydroxide ions, such as [Al₁₃O₄(OH)₂₄]⁷⁺, [Zr₄(OH)₁₄]²⁺ and[Fe₃O(OCOCH₃)₆]⁺. These compounds are used singly or in combination oftwo or more kinds. During intercalation of these compounds,polymerization products obtained by subjecting metallic alkoxides suchas Si(OR)₄, Al(OR)₃ and Ge(OR)₄ (R is a hydrocarbon group or the like)to hydrolysis, colloidal inorganic compounds such as SiO₂, etc. may beallowed to coexist. As the pillar, an oxide formed by intercalating theabove metallic hydroxide ion between layers and then performing thermaldehydration, or the like can be mentioned.

The clay, clay mineral or ion-exchanging layered compound may be used asit is, or may be used after undergoing a treatment such as ball millingor screening. It may be used after being allowed to adsorb water freshlyadded to it or undergoing a heating dewatering treatment. And, it may beused singly or in combination of two or more species.

Among these, a preferable one is clay or a clay mineral, andparticularly preferable ones are montmorillonite, vermiculite,hectorite, taeniolite and synthetic mica.

Examples of the organic compounds include a granular or particulatesolid having a particle size in a range of 10 to 300 μm. Specifically,examples thereof include (co)polymers produced with a C₂-C₁₄ α-olefinsuch as ethylene, propylene, 1-butene or 4-methyl-1-pentene as a maincomponent, or (co)polymers produced with vinylcyclohexane or styrene asa main component, and modified products thereof.

The olefin polymerization catalyst can contain the carrier (c), which isused if necessary, together with the transition metal compound (a) andat least one compound (b) selected from (b-1) organometallic compounds,(b-2) organoaluminumoxy-compounds and (b-3) ionized ionic compounds.

<Method for Polymerizing Monomers in the Presence of Catalyst forEthylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymer>

In copolymerizing an ethylene, an α-olefin and a non-conjugated polyene,usage and addition order of each component making up the polymerizationcatalyst are selected as desired, and the following methods areexemplified.

(1) A method of adding the compound (a) singly to a polymerizer

(2) A method of adding the compound (a) and the compound (b) to apolymerizer in optional order

(3) A method of adding a catalyst component, which has the compound (a)supported on the carrier (c), and the compound (b) to a polymerizer inoptional order

(4) A method of adding a catalyst component, which has the compound (b)supported on the carrier (c), and the compound (a) to a polymerizer inoptional order

(5) A method of adding a catalyst component, which has the compound (a)and the compound (b) supported on the carrier (c), to a polymerizer.

In each of the methods (2) to (5), at least two of the compound (a), thecompound (b) and the carrier(c) may be put in contact preliminarily.

In each of the methods (4) and (5), in which a compound (b) issupported, another compound (b) which is not supported may be added inoptional order, if necessary. In this case, this compound (b) may be thesame as or different from the compound (b) supported on the carrier (c).

A solid catalyst component having the compound (a) supported on thecarrier (c) or a solid catalyst component having the compound (a) andthe compound (b) supported on the carrier (c) may have an olefinpolymerized preliminarily and may further have a catalyst componentsupported on the preliminarily polymerized solid catalyst component.

In a method for manufacturing an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer, an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymercan be manufactured by copolymerizing ethylene, α-olefin, andnon-conjugated polyene in the presence of a catalyst, such asaforementioned, for an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer.

For the present invention 2, either of a liquid phase polymerizationmethod such as solution (dissolution) polymerization or suspensionpolymerization or a gas phase polymerization method can be carried out.

Examples of inactive hydrocarbon media used in a liquid phasepolymerization method specifically include aliphatic hydrocarbons suchas propane, butane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, decane, dodecane,and kerosene; alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclopentane, cyclohexaneand methylcyclopentane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, tolueneand xylene; and halogenated hydrocarbons such as ethylene chloride,chlorobenzene and dichloromethane; and they can be used singly or incombination of two or more species. An olefin itself can also be used asa solvent.

In polymerizing an ethylene or the like using such a catalyst forcopolymers as is aforementioned, the compound (a) is used in an amountto make up usually 10⁻¹² to 10⁻² mol, preferably 10⁻¹⁰ to 10⁻⁸ mol perkg of reaction volume.

The compound (b-1) is used in an amount such that a molar ratio[(b-1)/M] of the compound (b-1) to all transition metal atoms (M) in thecompound (a) is usually 0.01 to 50000, preferably 0.05 to 10000. Thecompound (b-2) is used in an amount such that the molar ratio [(b-2)/M]of aluminum atoms in the compound(b-2) to all transition metals (M) inthe compound (a) is usually 10 to 50000, preferably 20 to 10000. Thecompound (b-3) is used in an amount such that the molar ratio [(b-3)/M]of the compound (b-3) to transition metal atoms (M) in the compound (a)is usually 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 15.

The polymerization temperature in using such a copolymer catalyst isusually in a range of −50 to +200° C., preferably 0 to 200° C., morepreferably in a range of 80 to 200° C., and a higher temperature (80° C.or higher) is desirable from a viewpoint of productivity while dependingon the achieved molecular weight and polymerization activity of thecopolymer catalyst system used.

Polymerization pressure is based on the conditions of usually normalpressure to 10 MPa gauge pressure, preferably normal pressure to 5 MPagauge pressure, and the polymerization reaction can be carried out byany method of a batch method, a semi-continuous method or a continuousmethod. Further, the polymerization can be carried out in two or moreseparated stages which differ in reaction conditions.

The molecular weight of the obtained ethylene-based copolymer A can becontrolled by having hydrogen present in a polymerization system or bychanging polymerization temperature. Further, it can be controlled bythe amount of the compound (b) used. Specifically, examples thereofinclude triisobutyl aluminum, methyl aluminoxane, diethyl zinc and thelike. In the case of adding hydrogen, the amount in the order of 0.001to 100 NL per kg of olefin is suitable.

<Composition Including Ethylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated PolyeneCopolymer>

The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer of the presentinvention 2 is generally used as a composition having a softener, afiller or the like blended therein (also referred to as “rubbercomposition”), and forming and cross-linking it allows a desired moldedarticle to be obtained.

The blended amount is generally 0.1 to 200 parts by weight for thesoftener and 1 to 300 parts by weight for the filler relative to thetotal 100 parts by weight of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer and other polymer(s) (elastomer, rubber or the like)blended if necessary.

Depending on the application and according to the purpose, the rubbercomposition is blended with other additives, for example, a processingaid, an active agent and a moisture absorbent, and furthermore, aheat-resistance stabilizer, a weathering stabilizer, an antistaticagent, a colorant, a lubricant, a thickener and the like, besides thesoftener, the filler and the cross-linking agent.

The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer of the presentinvention 2 or a rubber composition including it can be blended withanother elastomer, rubber or the like, if necessary.

When used for a rubber composition, the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer in the rubber composition generally has a proportionof 20 weight % or more, preferably 30 to 90 weight %.

The rubber composition according to the present invention 2 can beprepared by kneading the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer and other components blended if necessary, using, for example,a kneading machine such as a mixer, a kneader or a roll at a desiredtemperature. The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer ofthe present invention 2 has an excellent kneading compatibility andthereby enables a rubber composition to be prepared successfully.

<Cross-Linking Agent>

Examples of cross-linking agents according to the present invention 2include a cross-linking agent generally used in cross-linking rubber,such as organic peroxides, phenol resins, sulfur-based compounds,hydrosilicone-based compounds, amino resins, quinones or derivativesthereof, amine-based compounds, azo-based compounds, epoxy-basedcompounds, and isocyanate-based compounds. Among these, a cross-linkingagent such as organic peroxide and a sulfur-based compound (alsoreferred to as “vulcanizing agent”) is preferred.

Examples of the organic peroxide include dicumyl peroxide (DCP),di-tert-butyl peroxide, 2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxyl)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxyl)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxyl)hexyne-3,1,3-bis(tert-butylperoxylisopropyl)benzene,1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxyl)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane,n-butyl-4,4-bis(tert-butylperoxyl)valerate, benzoyl peroxide,p-chlorobenzoyl peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide, tert-butylperoxylbenzoate, ert-butyl peroxyl isopropyl carbonate, diacetylperoxide, lauroyl peroxide, tert-butyl cumylperoxide and the like.

Among these, bifunctional organic peroxides such as2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxyl)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxyl)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxyl)hexyne-3,1,3-bis(tert-butylperoxylisopropyl)benzene,1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxyl)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane andn-butyl-4,4-bis(tert-butylperoxyl)valerate is preferable, and above all,2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxyl)hexane and2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxyl)hexane are most preferable.

When an organic peroxide is used as a cross-linking agent, the blendedamount thereof is generally 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, preferably 0.2 to15 parts by weight, still more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by weight,relative to the total 100 parts by weight of theethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer and other polymer(s)(rubber or the like) required to be cross-linked which is/are blended ifnecessary. The blended amount of the organic peroxide in theaforementioned range is preferable because a molded article obtained hasno bloom on its surface and the rubber compound exhibits excellentcross-linking characteristics.

When an organic peroxide is used as a cross-linking agent, using across-linking aid together is preferred. Examples of the cross-linkingaid include, for example, sulfur; quinonedioxime-based cross-linking aidsuch as p-quinonedioxime; acryl-based cross-linking aid such asethyleneglycoldimethacrylate and trimethylolpropanetrimethacrylate;allyl-based cross-linking aid such as diallylphthalate andtriallylisocyanurate; maleimido-based cross-linking aid; divinylbenzene;metal oxide such as zinc oxide (for example, ZnO#1⋅zinc oxide No. 2 (JISStandards (K-1410)), produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.), magnesiumoxide, and zinc white (for example, zinc oxide such as “META-2102”(trade name; produced by Inoue Calcium Corporation)). The blended amountof the cross-linking aid is usually 0.5 to 10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 7mol, more preferably 1 to 5 mol relative to 1 mol of the organicperoxide.

When a sulfur-based compound (vulcanizing agent) is used as across-linking agent, examples thereof include sulfur, sulfur chloride,sulfur bichloride, morpholine disulfide, alkylphenol disulfide,tetramethylthiuram disulfide, selenium dithiocarbamate and the like.

When a sulfur-based compound is used as a cross-linking agent, theblended amount thereof is usually 0.3 to 10 parts by weight, preferably0.5 to 7.0 parts by weight, still more preferably 0.7 to 5.0 parts byweight relative to the total 100 parts by weight of theethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer and other polymer(s)(rubber or the like) required to be cross-linked which is/are blended ifnecessary. The blended amount of the sulfur-based compound in theaforementioned range results in no bloom being on the surface of amolded article and in exhibiting excellent cross-linkingcharacteristics.

Next, when a sulfur-based compound is used as a cross-linking agent,using a vulcanizing accelerator together is preferred.

Examples of the vulcanizing accelerator include a thiazole-basedvulcanizing accelerator such asN-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolemesulfenamide,N-oxydiethylene-2-benzothiazolemesulfenamide,N,N′-diisopropyl-2-benzothiazolemesulfenamide, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole(for example, SANCELER M (trade name; produced by Sanshin ChemicalIndustry Co., Ltd.)), 2-(4-morpholinodithio)benzothiazole (for example,NOCCELER MDB-P (trade name; produced by Ouchi Shinko Chemical IndustrialCo., Ltd.)), 2-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)mercaptobenzothiazole,2-(2,6-diethyl-4-morpholinothio)benzothiazole anddibenzothiazyldisulfide (for example, SANCELER DM (trade name; producedby Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)); a guanidine-based vulcanizingaccelerator such as diphenylguanidine, triphenylguanidine anddiorthotolylguanidine; an aldehydeamine-based vulcanizing acceleratorsuch as acetaldehyde⋅aniline condensate and butylaldehyde⋅anilinecondensate; an imidazoline-based vulcanizing accelerator such as2-mercaptoimidazoline; a thiourea-based vulcanizing accelerator such asdiethylthiourea and dibutylthiourea; a thiuram-based vulcanizingaccelerator such as tetramethylthiurammonosulfide (for example, SANCELERTS (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)),tetramethylthiuram disulfide (for example, SANCELER TT (trade name;produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)), tetraethylthiuramdisulfide (for example, SANCELER TET (trade name; produced by SanshinChemical Industry Co., Ltd.)), tetrabutylthiuramdisulfide (for example,SANCELER TBT(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.)) and dipentamethylenethiuramtetrasulfide (for example, SANCELERTRA (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)); adithioate-based vulcanizing accelerator such as zincdimethyldithiocarbamate, zinc diethyldithiocarbamate, zincdibutyldithiocarbamate (for example, SANCELER PZ, SANCELER BZ andSANCELER EZ (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.)) and tellurium diethyldithio carbamate; a thiourea-basedvulcanizing accelerator such as ethylenethiourea (for example, SANCELERBUR(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.),SANCELER 22-C(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.)), N,N′-diethylthiourea and N,N′-dibutylthiourea; a xanthate-basedvulcanizing accelerator such as zinc dibutylxanthate; others such aszinc white (for example, META-Z102(trade name; produced by Inoue CalciumCorporation, zinc oxide)); and the like.

The blended amount of these vulcanizing accelerator is generally 0.1 to20 parts by weight, preferably 0.2 to 15 parts by weight, still morepreferably 0.5 to 10 parts by weight, relative to the total 100 parts byweight of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer andother polymer(s) (rubber or the like) required to be cross-linked whichis/are blended if necessary. This range results in no bloom being on thesurface of an obtained rubber molded article and in exhibiting excellentcross-linking characteristics.

<Vulcanizing Aid>

The vulcanizing aid in accordance with the present invention 2 is usedwhen the cross-linking agent is a sulfur compound. Examples thereofinclude, for example, zinc oxide (e.g., ZnO#1/zinc oxide No. 2, producedby HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.), magnesium oxide, zinc white (e.g., zinc oxidesuch as “META-Z102” (trade name; produced by Inoue Calcium Corporation))and the like.

The amount of blend thereof is usually 1 to 20 parts by weight based onthe total 100 parts by weight of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer and other polymer(s) (rubber, etc.) which is/areblended as necessary and need(s) to be cross-linked.

<Softener>

Specific examples of softeners according to the present invention 2include petroleum-based softeners such as process oil, lubricating oil,paraffin oil, liquid paraffin, petroleum asphalt and Vaseline; coaltar-based softeners such as coal tar; fatty oil-based softeners such ascastor oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil and coconut oil; waxsuch as beeswax and carnauba wax; fatty acids or salts thereof such asricinoleic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, barium stearate andcalcium stearate; naphthenic acid, pine oil, rosin or derivativesthereof; synthetic polymer materials such as terpene resins, petroleumresins and coumarone indene resins; ester-based softeners such asdioctyl phthalate and dioctyl adipate; and in addition, microcrystallinewax, liquid polybutadiene, modified liquid polybutadiene,hydrocarbon-based synthetic lubricating oil, tall oil, substitute(factice) and the like. Petroleum-based softeners are preferred, and inparticular, process oil is preferred.

The amount of blend of the softener in the rubber composition is, basedon the total 100 parts by weight of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer and other polymer (elastomer, rubber, etc.)component(s) which is/are blended as necessary, generally 2 to 100 partsby weight and preferably 10 to 100 parts by weight.

<Inorganic Filler>

Specific examples of inorganic fillers according to the presentinvention 2 include light calcium carbonate, heavy calcium carbonate,talc, clay and the like, one or two or more types of which are used.Among them, heavy calcium carbonate such as “Whiton SB” (trade name;SHIRAISHI CALCIUM KAISHA, LTD.) is preferred.

When the rubber composition contains an inorganic filler, the amount ofblend of the inorganic filler is, based on the total 100 parts by weightof the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer and otherpolymer(s) (elastomer, rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary,usually 2 to 50 parts by weight and preferably 5 to 50 parts by weight.When the amount of blend is within the above range, the rubbercomposition exhibits excellent kneadability, and a molded article withexcellent mechanical properties can be achieved.

<Reinforcing Agent>

Specific examples of reinforcing agents according to the presentinvention 2 include carbon black, carbon black produced though surfacetreatment with a silane coupling agent, silica, calcium carbonate,activated calcium carbonate, fine powder talc, fine powder silicic acidand the like. When blended, the amount thereof is generally 30 to 200parts by weight, and preferably 50 to 180 parts by weight based on thetotal 100 parts by weight of ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer and other polymer(s) (elastomer, rubber, etc.) as necessary.

<Antioxidant (Stabilizer)>

By blending an antioxidant (stabilizer) into the composition accordingto the present invention 2, the product life of a molded articletherefrom can be increased. Examples of such antioxidants includepreviously known antioxidants, for example, amine-based antioxidants,phenol-based antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants.

Additional examples of antioxidants include aromatic secondaryamine-based antioxidants such as phenylbuthylamine andN,N-di-2-naphthyl-p-phenylenediamine; phenol-based antioxidants such asdibutylhydroxytoluene andtetrakis[methylene(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy)hydrocinnamate]methane;thioether-based antioxidants such asbis[2-methyl-4-(3-n-alkylthiopropionyloxy)-5-t-butylphenyl]sulfide;dithiocarbamate-based antioxidants such as nickeldibutyldithiocarbamate; sulfur-based antioxidants such as2-mercaptobenzoylimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, zinc salt of2-mercaptobenzimidazole, dilauryl thiodipropionate and distearylthiodipropionate and the like.

These antioxidants may be used alone, or two or more types thereof maybe used in combination. The amount of blend thereof is, based on thetotal 100 parts by weight of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer and other polymer(s) (elastomer, rubber, etc.),usually 0.3 to 10 parts by weight, and preferably 0.5 to 7.0 parts byweight. Within this range, a molded article achieved from the resultingrubber composition has no bloom on its surface, and furthermore, theinhibition of vulcanization can be prevented.

<Processing Aid>

For the processing aid according to the present invention 2, thosegenerally blended into rubber as a processing aid can be used widely.

Specific examples of processing aids include ricinoleic acid, stearicacid, palmitic acid, lauric acid, barium stearate, zinc stearate,calcium stearate, esters and the like. Among these, stearic acid ispreferable.

The amount of blend of the processing aid is, based on 100 parts byweight of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer andother polymer(s) than the ethylene-based copolymer (elastomer, rubber,etc.) which are contained in the rubber composition, usually 10 parts byweight or less, and preferably 8.0 parts by weight or less.

<Activator>

Specific examples of activators include amines such as di-n-butylamine,dicyclohexylamine and monoethanolamine; activators such as diethyleneglycol, polyethylene glycol, lecithin, triarylate mellirate and zinccompounds of aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic acids; zinc peroxideadjusted substances; ctadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, synthetichydrotalcite, special quaternary ammonium compounds and the like.

When an activator is contained, the amount of blend thereof is, based on100 parts by weight of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer and other polymer(s) (elastomer, rubber, etc.), usually 0.2 to10 parts by weight and preferably 0.3 to 5 parts by weight.

<Moisture Absorbent>

Specific examples of moisture absorbents include calcium oxide, silicagel, sodium sulfate, molecular sieve, zeolite, white carbon and thelike.

When a moisture absorbent is contained, the amount of blend thereof is,based on 100 parts by weight of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer and other polymer(s) (elastomer, rubber, etc.),usually 0.5 to 15 parts by weight and preferably 1.0 to 12 parts byweight.

<Molded Article>

A molded article obtained from the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer of the present invention 2, the cross-linkedethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer, or a compositioncontaining the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer suchas, for example, a cross-linked molded article or cross-linked foam, canbe employed in a variety of applications.

Specifically, examples of applications include rubber for tires,O-rings, industrial rolls, packings (e.g., condenser packings), gaskets,belts (e.g., heat-insulating belts, printing machine belts), hoses(e.g., water hoses, brake reservoir hoses, radiator hoses), preventionrubber, sponges (e.g., weather strip sponges, heat-insulating sponges,protection sponges, slightly-foamed sponges), cables (ignition cables,cab tire cables, high tension cables), wire coating materials (highvoltage wire coating materials, low voltage wire coating materials,marine wire coating materials), glass run channels, collar surfacematerials, paper feeding rolls, roofing sheets and the like.

[Present Invention 2-1]

The composition for seal packings according to the present invention 2-1contains a particular ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer(ethylene-based copolymer A) as described in the present invention 2.The composition for seal packings containing the ethylene-basedcopolymer A will also be referred to as a composition for seal packingshereinafter.

A seal packing obtained from the composition containing theethylene-based copolymer A exhibits an excellent balance between rubberelasticity at a low temperature and tensile strength at ambienttemperature. Therefore, the composition for seal packings containing theethylene-based copolymer A can be suitably used for automotive sealingcomponents, machine sealing components, sealing components forelectric/electronic parts, gaskets for construction, sealing componentsfor civil engineering and building materials, which may be used in acold climate.

For the composition for seal packings according to the present invention2-1, the content ratio of the ethylene-based copolymer A in thecomposition is usually 20% by mass or more, preferably 20 to 90% bymass, and more preferably 30 to 80% by mass.

<<Other Components>>

The composition for seal packings according to the present invention 2-1contains the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer(ethylene-based copolymer A) described above and is preferred to containa cross-linking agent as other component.

The composition for seal packings according to the present invention 2-1may contain other polymer(s) than the ethylene-based copolymer A.Examples of other polymers that need to be cross-linked include, forexample, cross-linking rubber such as natural rubber, isoprene rubber,butadiene rubber, styrene-butadiene rubber, chloroprene rubber, nitrilerubber, butyl rubber, acrylic rubber, silicone rubber, fluororubber andurethane rubber. Examples of other polymers that do not need to becross-linked include, for example, elastomers such as styrene-basedthermoplastic elastomers (TPS), e.g., styrene-butadiene block copolymers(SBS), polystyrene-poly(ethylene-butylene)-polystyrene(SEBS) andpolystyrene-poly(ethylene-propylene)-polystyrene(SEPS), olefinthermoplastic elastomers (TPO), vinyl chloride elastomers (TPVC),ester-based thermoplastic elastomers (TPC), amide-based thermoplasticelastomers (TPA), urethane thermoplastic elastomers (TPU), and otherthermoplastic elastomers (TPZ). Other polymer(s) can generally beblended in the amount of 100 parts by mass or less, and preferably 80parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-basedcopolymer A.

Furthermore, the composition for seal packings according to the presentinvention 2-1 may contain, in accordance with the purpose, otheradditives, for example, at least one additive selected fromcross-linking aids, vulcanizing accelerators, vulcanizing aids,softeners, reinforcing agents, antioxidants, inorganic fillers,processing aids, activators, moisture absorbents, heat stabilizers,weathering stabilizers, antistatic agents, coloring agents, lubricants,thickeners, foaming agents and foaming aids. In addition, each additivemay be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

The composition for seal packings according to the present invention 2-1can be prepared by kneading the ethylene-based copolymer A and othercomponent(s) blended as necessary at a desired temperature, using akneading machine such as, for example, a mixer, kneader or a roll. Asthe ethylene-based copolymer A has excellent kneadability, thecomposition for seal packings can be prepared favorably.

Specifically, the composition for seal packings according to the presentinvention 2-1 can be prepared by, using a previously known kneadingmachine such as a mixer or a kneader, kneading the ethylene-basedcopolymer A and other component(s) as necessary at a predeterminedtemperature for a predetermined period of time, for example, at 80 to200° C. for 3 to 30 minutes, then, as required, adding to the kneadedmaterial other component(s) such as a cross-linking agent and the likewhich are used as appropriate, and kneading the mixture, using a roll,at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined period of time, forexample at a roll temperature of 30 to 80° C. for 1 to 30 minutes.

<Cross-Linking Agent, Cross-Linking Aid, Vulcanizing Accelerator andVulcanizing Aid>

Examples of cross-linking agents include cross-linking agents which aregenerally used to cross-link rubber such as organic peroxides, phenolresins, sulfur compounds, hydrosilicone compounds, amino resins,quinones or derivatives thereof, amine compounds, azo compounds, epoxycompounds and isocyanate compounds. Among these, organic peroxides andsulfur compounds (also referred to as “vulcanizing agent” hereinafter)are suitable.

Examples of organic peroxides include dicumyl peroxide (DCP),di-tert-butylperoxide, 2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexine-3,1,3-bis(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene,1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane,n-butyl-4,4-bis(tert-butylperoxy)valerate, benzoyl peroxide,p-chlorobenzoyl peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide,tert-butylperoxybenzoate, ert-butylperoxyisopropylcarbonate, diacetylperoxide, lauroyl peroxide, tert-butyl cumyl peroxide and the like.

When an organic peroxide is used as a cross-linking agent, the amount ofblend thereof in the composition for seal packings is, based on thetotal 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and otherpolymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, generally 0.1 to 20 parts bymass, preferably 0.2 to 15 parts by mass and more preferably 0.5 to 10parts by mass. It is suitable that the amount of blend of the organicperoxide is within the above range because the resulting seal packinghas no bloom on its surface and the composition for seal packingsexhibits an excellent cross-linking characteristic.

When an organic peroxide is used as a cross-linking agent, it ispreferred to use a cross-linking aid in combination. Examples ofcross-linking aids include sulfur; quinone dioxime-based cross-linkingaids such as p-quinonedioxime; acrylic cross-linking aids, e.g.,ethylene glycol dimethacrylate and trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate;allyl cross-linking aids, e.g., diallyl phthalate and triallylisocyanurate; maleimide-based cross-linking aids; divinylbenzene; andmetallic oxides such as zinc oxide (e.g., ZnO#1/zinc oxide No. 2 (JIS(K-1410)), produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.), magnesium oxide and zincwhite (e.g., zinc oxide such as “META-Z102” (trade name; produced byInoue Calcium Corporation)).

When a cross-linking aid is used, the amount of blend of thecross-linking aid in the composition for seal packings is usually 0.5 to10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 7 mol and more preferably 1 to 6 mol based on1 mol of the organic peroxide.

Examples of sulfur compounds (vulcanizing agent) include sulfur, sulfurchloride, sulfur dichloride, morpholine disulfide, alkylphenoldisulfide, tetramethylthiuram disulfide and selenium dithiocarbamate.

When a sulfur compound is used as a cross-linking agent, the amount ofblend thereof in the composition for seal packings is, based on thetotal 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and otherpolymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, usually 0.3 to 10 parts bymass, preferably 0.5 to 7.0 parts by mass and more preferably 0.7 to 5.0parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the sulfur compound is withinthe above range, the resulting seal packing has no bloom on its surface,and the composition for seal packings exhibits an excellentcross-linking characteristic.

When a sulfur compound is used as a cross-linking agent, it ispreferable to use a vulcanizing accelerator in combination.

Examples of vulcanizing accelerators include thiazole-based vulcanizingaccelerators, e.g., N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide,N-oxydiethylene-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide,N,N′-diisopropyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole(e.g., Sanceler M (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical IndustryCo., LTD.)), 2-(4-morphorinodithio)benzothiazole (e.g., NOCCELER MDB-P(trade name; produced by OUCHI SHINKO CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD)),2-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)mercaptobenzothiazole,2-(2,6-diethyl-4-morphorinothio)benzothiazole and dibenzothiazyldisulfide (e.g., Sanceler DM (trade name; produced by Sanshin ChemicalIndustry Co., LTD.)); guanidine-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g.,diphenylguanidine, triphenylguanidine, and di-ortho-tolylguanidine;aldehydeamine-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., acetaldehyde⋅anilinecondensate and butylaldehyde⋅aniline condensate; imidazoline-basedvulcanizing accelerators, e.g., 2-mercaptoimidazoline; thiuram-basedvulcanizing accelerators, e.g., tetramethylthiuram monosulfide (e.g.,Sanceler TS (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.)), tetramethylthiuram disulfide (e.g., Sanceler TT (trade name;produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)), tetraethylthiuramdisulfide(e.g., Sanceler TET(trade name; produced by Sanshin ChemicalIndustry Co., LTD.)), tetrabutylthiuram disulfide (e.g., Sanceler TBT(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)) anddipentamethylenethiuram tetrasulfide (e.g., Sanceler TRA (trade name;produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)); dithioic acidsalt-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., zinc dimethyldithiocarbamate,zinc diethyldithiocarbamate, zinc dibutyldithiocarbamate (e.g., SancelerPZ, Sanceler BZ and Sanceler EZ (trade names; produced by SanshinChemical Industry Co., LTD.) and tellurium diethyldithiocarbamate;thiourea-based vulcanizing accelerator, e.g., ethylenethiourea (e.g.,Sanceler BUR (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.), Sanceler 22-C(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical IndustryCo., LTD.), N,N′-diethylthiourea and N,N′-dibutylthiourea; andxanthate-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., zinc dibutylxanthate.

When a vulcanizing accelerator is used, the amount of blend of thevulcanizing accelerators in the composition for seal packings is, basedon the total 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A andother polymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, generally 0.1 to 20 parts bymass, preferably 0.2 to 15 parts by mass and more preferably 0.5 to 10parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the vulcanizing acceleratoris within the above range, the resulting seal packing has no bloom onits surface, and the composition for seal packings exhibits an excellentcross-linking characteristic. When a sulfur compound is used as across-linking agent, a vulcanizing aid can be used in combination.

Examples of vulcanizing aids include zinc oxide (e.g., ZnO#1/zinc oxideNo. 2, produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.), magnesium oxide, and zincwhite (e.g., zinc oxide such as “META-2102” (trade name; produced byInoue Calcium Corporation)).

When a vulcanizing aid is used, the amount of blend of the vulcanizingaid in the composition for seal packings is, based on the total 100parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary andneed(s) to be cross-linked, usually 1 to 20 parts by mass.

<Softener>

Examples of softeners include petroleum-based softeners such as processoil, lubricating oil, paraffin oil, liquid paraffin, petroleum asphaltand Vaseline; coal tar-based softeners such as coal tar; fatty oil-basedsofteners such as castor oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil andcoconut oil; wax such as beeswax and carnauba wax; naphthenic acid, pineoil, rosin or derivatives thereof; synthetic polymer materials such asterpene resins, petroleum resins and coumarone indene resins;ester-based softeners such as dioctyl phthalate and dioctyl adipate; andmicrocrystalline wax, liquid polybutadiene, modified liquidpolybutadiene, hydrocarbon-based synthetic lubricating oil, tall oil,and substitute (factice). Among these, petroleum-based softeners arepreferable, and in particular, process oil is preferable.

When the composition for seal packings contains a softener, the amountof blend of the softener is, based on the total 100 parts by mass of theethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer (elastomer, cross-linkingrubber, etc.) component(s) which is/are blended as necessary, generally2 to 100 parts by mass, and preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass.

<Reinforcing Agent>

Examples of reinforcing agents include carbon black, carbon blackproduced though surface treatment with a silane coupling agent, silica,calcium carbonate, activated calcium carbonate, fine powder talc andfine powder silicic acid.

When the composition for seal packings contains a reinforcing agent, theamount of blend of the reinforcing agent is, based on the total 100parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, generally 5 to 150 parts by mass, and preferably 5 to 100parts by mass.

<Antioxidant (Stabilizer)>

By blending an antioxidant (stabilizer) into the composition for sealpackings according to the present invention 2-1, the product life of aseal packing therefrom can be increased. Examples of such antioxidantsinclude previously known antioxidants, for example, amine-basedantioxidants, phenol-based antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants.

Examples of antioxidants include aromatic secondary amine-basedantioxidants such as phenylbuthylamine andN,N-di-2-naphthyl-p-phenylenediamine; phenol-based antioxidants such asdibutylhydroxytoluene andtetrakis[methylene(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy)hydrocinnamate]methane;thioether-based antioxidants such asbis[2-methyl-4-(3-n-alkylthiopropionyloxy)-5-t-butylphenyl]sulfide;dithiocarbamate-based antioxidants such as nickeldibutyldithiocarbamate; sulfur-based antioxidants such as2-mercaptobenzoylimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, zinc salt of2-mercaptobenzimidazole, dilauryl thiodipropionate, distearylthiodipropionate and the like.

When the composition for seal packings contains an antioxidant, theamount of blend of the antioxidant is, based on the total 100 parts bymass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s) (elastomer,cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary, usually0.3 to 10 parts by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 7.0 parts by mass. Whenthe amount of blend of the antioxidant is within the above range, theresulting seal packing has no bloom on its surface, and moreover, theinhibition of vulcanization can be prevented.

<Inorganic Filler>

Examples of inorganic fillers include light calcium carbonate, heavycalcium carbonate, talc, clay and the like. Among these, heavy calciumcarbonate such as “Whiton SB” (trade name; SHIRAISHI CALCIUM KAISHA,LTD.) is preferred.

When the composition for seal packings contains an inorganic filler, theamount of blend of the inorganic filler is, based on the total 100 partsby mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 2 to 50 parts by mass and preferably 5 to 50 parts bymass. When the amount of blend of the inorganic filler is within theabove range, the composition for seal packings exhibits excellentkneadability, and a seal packing with excellent mechanical propertiescan be achieved.

<Processing Aid>

For a processing aid, for example, those generally blended into rubberas a processing aid can be used widely.

Specific examples of processing aids include fatty acids such asricinoleic acid, stearic acid, palmitic acid and lauric acid, fatty acidsalts such as barium stearate, zinc stearate, calcium stearate as wellas esters. Among these, stearic acid is preferable.

When the composition for seal packings contains a processing aid, theamount of blend of the processing aid is, based on the total 100 partsby mass of ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s) (elastomer,cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary, usually10 parts by mass or less, and preferably 8.0 parts by mass or less.

<Activator>

Examples of activators include amines such as di-n-butylamine,dicyclohexylamine and monoethanolamine; activators such as diethyleneglycol, polyethylene glycol, lecithin, triarylate mellirate and zinccompounds of aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic acids; zinc peroxideadjusted substances; and ctadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, synthetichydrotalcite, special quaternary ammonium compounds.

When the composition for seal packings contains an activator, the amountof blend of the activator is, based on the total 100 parts by mass ofthe ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s) (elastomer,cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary, usually0.2 to 10 parts by mass and preferably 0.3 to 5 parts by mass.

<Moisture Absorbent>

Examples of moisture absorbents include calcium oxide, silica gel,sodium sulfate, molecular sieve, zeolite and white carbon.

When the composition for seal packings contains a moisture absorbent,the amount of blend of the moisture absorbent is, based on the total 100parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and preferably 1.0 to 12parts by mass.

<Foaming Agent and Foaming Aid>

A seal packing formed from the rubber composition for seal packings 1 ofthe present invention 2-1 may be non-foamed material or foamed material.When the seal packing is a foamed material, the rubber composition forseal packings 1 is preferred to contain a foaming agent. For foamingagents, any commercially available foaming agent is suitably used.Examples of such foaming agents include, for example, inorganic foamingagents, e.g., sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, ammoniumbicarbonate, ammonium carbonate and ammonium nitrite; nitroso compounds,e.g., N,N′-dinitrosoterephthalamide andN,N′-dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine; azo compounds, e.g.,azodicarbonamide, azobisisobutyronitrile, azocyclohexylnitrile,azodiaminobenzene and barium azodicarboxylate; sulfonylhydrazidecompounds, e.g., benzenesulfonyl hydrazide, toluenesulfonyl hydrazideand p,p′-oxybis(benzenesulfonylhydrazide)diphenylsulfone-3,3′-disulfonyl hydrazide; and azidecompounds, e.g., calcium azide, 4,4′-diphenyldisulfonylazide andpara-toluenemalfonylazide. Among these, azo compounds, sulfonylhydrazidecompounds, azide compounds are preferably used.

When the rubber composition for seal packings 1 contains a foamingagent, the amount of blend of the foaming agent is selected asappropriate depending on the required performance of the seal packingproduced from the rubber composition for seal packings 1, but usuallyused at a ratio of 0.5 to 30 parts by mass, and preferably 1 to 20 partsby mass based on the total 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-basedcopolymer A and other polymer(s) (elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.)which is/are blended as necessary.

Furthermore, as required, a foaming aid may be used along with a foamingagent. The addition of a foaming aid is advantageous in controlling thedecomposition temperature of the foaming agent, uniforming bubbles, etc.Specific examples of foaming aids include organic acids such assalicylic acid, phthalic acid, stearic acid and oxalic acid as well asurea and derivatives thereof.

When the rubber composition for seal packings 1 contains a foaming aid,the amount of blend of the foaming aid is usually used at a ratio of 1to 100 parts by mass and preferably 2 to 80 parts by mass based on 100parts by mass of the foaming agent.

[Properties of Composition for Seal Packings]

By using the composition for seal packings according to the presentinvention 2-1, a seal packing with excellent mechanical properties atambient temperature and excellent low temperature properties can beformed.

By using the composition for seal packings according to the presentinvention 2-1, compared to those using conventional EPDMs, a sealpacking with superior low temperature flexibility can be obtained, and aseal packing with superior cold resistance can be obtained compared tothose using silicone rubber.

[Seal Packing]

The seal packing according to the present invention 2-1 is formed fromthe composition for seal packings described above.

Methods of producing a seal packing from the composition for sealpackings according to the present invention 2-1 include, for example, amethod in which the composition 1 (uncross-linked composition) is formedin a shape of a desired seal packing, and, simultaneously with or afterthe forming, the composition is cross-linked.

Methods of a cross-linking treatment include, for example, a method inwhich a composition containing a cross-linking agent is used as thecomposition for seal packings and is heated to be cross-linked and amethod in which electron beams are irradiated on the composition forseal packings to cross-link the composition.

In other words, the seal packing according to the present invention 2-1can be prepared by forming a composition for seal packings in anintended shape using a molding machine such as an extruder, calenderroll, press, injection molding machine or transfer molding machine, andthen cross linking the molded article by, simultaneously with or afterthe forming, introducing and heating the molded article in avulcanization bath at 120 to 270° C. for 1 to 30 minutes or irradiatingelectron beams.

For a cross-linking treatment, a mold may be used. Alternatively,cross-linking may be carried out without using a mold. When a mold isnot used, the forming and cross-linking steps are usually performedrepeatedly. For heating methods in vulcanization bath, means such as hotair, glass beads fluidized-bed, UHF (ultra-high frequencyelectromagnetic waves), steam or the like can be used.

In a cross-linking method, when a cross-linking agent is not used andelectron beams are used instead, electron beams usually having energy of0.1 to 10 MeV and preferably 0.3 to 2 MeV may be irradiated on thecomposition for seal packings formed in a predetermined shape such thatthe absorbed dose becomes usually 0.5 to 35 Mrad and preferably 0.5 to10 Mrad.

The seal packing according to the present invention 2-1 can be utilizedsuitably as automotive sealing components, machine sealing components,sealing components for electric/electronic parts, gaskets forconstruction, sealing components for civil engineering and buildingmaterials.

Specific examples of seal packings according to the present invention2-1 include cups for brake master cylinders in hydraulic brakes, cupsfor brake wheel cylinders, seal packings for controlling hydraulicpressure and O-rings for braking, cups for clutch cylinders in clutchesand condenser packings.

[Present Invention 2-2]

The composition of the present invention 2-2 contains particularethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymers (1) and (2).Hereinafter, each of these copolymers is also referred to as “copolymer(1)” and “copolymer (2)” respectively. In addition, a structural unitderived from a monomer [α] is also referred to as “structural unit [α].”

The particular ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (1)used in the present invention 2-2 is the particularethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (ethylene-basedcopolymer A) as described in the present invention 2.

Furthermore, the particular ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer (2) contains a structural unit derived from ethylene [A′], astructural unit derived from a C₃-C₂₀α-olefin [B′] and a structural unitderived from a non-conjugated polyene [C′], and theethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (2) satisfies thefollowing (I).

(I) The B value represented by the equation (i) as below is less than1.20.

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/(2×[E]×([X]+[Y]))  (i)

[In the equation (i), [E], [X] and [Y] represent mole fractions of theethylene [A′], the C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin [B′] and the non-conjugated polyene[C′] respectively, and [EX] represents the ethylene [A′]-C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin[B′] diad chain fraction.

The copolymer (1) (ethylene-based copolymer A) has an excellent balancein stickness, processability and fluidity. Therefore, adhesionperformance and processing performance of the resulting composition canbe improved. In addition, since the copolymer (1) is, like the copolymer(2), an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer, it is easyto control when the copolymer (1) is blended into the copolymer (2) tobe cross-linked and foamed. Therefore, the increase in specific gravityof the resulting molded article can be prevented and the soundinsulation performance can be improved.

For the composition of the present invention 2-2, the total contentratio of copolymers (1) and (2) in the composition is usually 20% bymass or more, preferably 20 to 50% by mass and more preferably 25 to 40%by mass.

For the composition of the present invention 2-2, the mass ratio of thecopolymer (1) to the copolymer (2) [(1)/(2)] is preferably 10/90 to50/50, more preferably 10/90 to 45/55 and more preferably 10/90 to40/60. The composition with the mass ratio within the above rangeexhibits excellent rolling processability and adhesion performance.Furthermore, a molded article with excellent sound insulationperformance and low specific gravity can be obtained by cross-linking(and preferably further foaming) the composition.

<<Ethylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymer (2)>>

The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (2) contains astructural unit derived from ethylene [A′], a structural unit derivedfrom a C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin [B′] and a structural unit derived from anon-conjugated polyene [C′].

For each of the C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin [B′] and non-conjugated polyene [C′],only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used. In otherwords, the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (2)contains a structural unit derived from the ethylene [A′], structuralunits derived from at least one type of C₃-C₂₀ α-olefins [B′] andstructural units derived from at least one type of non-conjugatedpolyenes [C′].

The copolymer (2) has (I) the B value represented by the followingequation (i) which is less than 1.20, preferably in the range of 0.8 to1.2 and, in particular, preferably in the range 0.8 to 1.1.

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/[2×[E]×([X]+[Y])]  (i)

wherein [E], [X] and [Y] are mole fractions of the ethylene [A′], C₃-C₂₀α-olefin(s) [B′] and non-conjugated polyene(s) [C′] respectively, and[EX] exhibits the ethylene [A′]-C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin(s) [B′] diad chainfraction of.

The copolymer (2) with its B value within the above range is believed tohave more crystal structures than a copolymer with a high B value andhigh alternativeness of monomers which constitute the copolymer. When acopolymer having numerous crystal structures is used along with thecopolymer (1), the tensile strength of the resulting composition isincreased, and the foamability is improved (in other words, even withlow specific gravity, a molded article with a high tensile strength canbe achieved).

The content of the structural units derived from the ethylene [A′] is,when the total of the structural units of [A′], [B′] and [C′] is 100% bymole, preferably 44 to 89% by mole and more preferably 44 to 88% bymole. The mole percent can be determined by the intensity measurementwith a ¹H-NMR spectrometer.

Examples of C₃-C₂₀ α-olefins [B′] include, for example, propylene,1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 4-methyl-1-pentene, 1-heptene, 1-octene,1-decene, 1-dodecene, 1-tetradecene, 1-hexadecane and 1-eicosene. Theseα-olefins [B′] may be used alone, or two or more types may be used incombination. Among these, C₃-C₈ α-olefins are preferred, especiallypropylene, 1-butene, 1-hexene, 1-octene and the like are preferred.Particularly, propylene is suitable.

The content of structural units derived from the C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin(s) [B′]is, when the total of the structural units of [A′], [B′] and [C′] is100% by mole, preferably 10 to 50% by mole. The above range is suitablein terms of the flexibility and mechanical properties at a lowtemperature of a cross-linked foam. The mole percent can be determinedby the intensity measurement with a ¹H-NMR spectrometer.

The copolymer (2) preferably (II) contains, as structural units derivedfrom the non-conjugated polyene(s) [C′], a structural unit derived froma non-conjugated polyene [C′-1] including only one partial structurerepresented by the following formula (II-1) or (II-2) in the molecule,and a structural unit derived from a non-conjugated polyene [C′-2]including two or more partial structures in total in the moleculeselected from the following formulas (II-1) and (II-2).

The formula (II-1) is a partial structure of a cyclic olefin.

Examples of non-conjugated polyenes [C′-1] do not include aliphaticpolyenes which have vinyl groups (CH₂═CH—) on both ends of the molecule.Specific examples of non-conjugated polyenes [C′-1] include aliphaticpolyenes and alicyclic polyenes as follows.

Specific examples of aliphatic polyenes include 1,4-hexadiene,1,5-heptadiene, 1,6-octadiene, 1,7-nonadiene, 1,8-decadiene,1,12-tetradecadiene, 3-methyl-1,4-hexadiene, 4-methyl-1,4-hexadiene,5-methyl-1,4-hexadiene, 4-ethyl-1,4-hexadiene,3,3-dimethyl-1,4-hexadiene, 5-methyl-1,4-heptadiene,5-ethyl-1,4-heptadiene, 5-methyl-1,5-heptadiene,6-methyl-1,5-heptadiene, 5-ethyl-1,5-heptadiene, 4-methyl-1,4-octadiene,5-methyl-1,4-octadiene, 4-ethyl-1,4-octadiene, 5-ethyl-1,4-octadiene,5-methyl-1,5-octadiene, 6-methyl-1,5-octadiene, 5-ethyl-1,5-octadiene,6-ethyl-1,5-octadiene, 6-methyl-1,6-octadiene, 7-methyl-1,6-octadiene,6-ethyl-1,6-octadiene, 6-propyl-1,6-octadiene, 6-butyl-1,6-octadiene,7-methyl-1,6-octadiene, 4-methyl-1,4-nonadiene, 5-methyl-1,4-nonadiene,4-ethyl-1,4-nonadiene, 5-ethyl-1,4-nonadiene, 5-methyl-1,5-nonadiene,6-methyl-1,5-nonadiene, 5-ethyl-1,5-nonadiene, 6-ethyl-1,5-nonadiene,6-methyl-1,6-nonadiene, 7-methyl-1,6-nonadiene, 6-ethyl-1,6-nonadiene,7-ethyl-1,6-nonadiene, 7-methyl-1,7-nonadiene, 8-methyl-1,7-nonadiene,7-ethyl-1,7-nonadiene, 5-methyl-1,4-decadiene, 5-ethyl-1,4-decadiene,5-methyl-1,5-decadiene, 6-methyl-1,5-decadiene, 5-ethyl-1,5-decadiene,6-ethyl-1,5-decadiene, 6-methyl-1,6-decadiene, 6-ethyl-1,6-decadiene,7-methyl-1,6-decadiene, 7-ethyl-1,6-decadiene, 7-methyl-1,7-decadiene,8-methyl-1,7-decadiene, 7-ethyl-1,7-decadiene, 8-ethyl-1,7-decadiene,8-methyl-1,8-decadiene, 9-methyl-1,8-decadiene, 8-ethyl-1,8-decadiene,6-methyl-1,6-undecadiene and 9-methyl-1,8-undecadiene. One type of thealiphatic polyenes may be used, or two or more types of aliphaticpolyenes may be used in combination. 7-methyl-1,6-octadiene ispreferably used.

Examples of alicyclic polyenes include polyenes composed of an alicyclicportion having one carbon-carbon double bond (unsaturated bond) and achain portion bounded to the a carbon atom that forms the alicyclicportion by a carbon-carbon double bond (ethylidene, propylidene, etc.).Specific examples thereof include, 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB),5-propylidene-2-norbornene and 5-butylidene-2-norbornene. One type ofthe alicyclic polyenes may be used, or two or more types thereof may beused in combination. In particular, 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) ispreferable. Other examples of alicyclic polyenes include2-methyl-2,5-norbornadiene and 2-ethyl-2,5-norbornadiene.

Examples of non-conjugated polyenes [C′-2] include aliphatic polyenesincluding an alicyclic portion having a carbon-carbon double bond(unsaturated bond) and a chain portion containing a vinyl group whichchain portion is bounded to a carbon atom that forms the alicyclicportion, and aliphatic polyenes which have vinyl groups on both ends ofthe molecule.

Specific examples thereof include 5-alkenyl-2-norbornene such as5-vinyl-2-norbornene (VNB) or 5-allyl-2-norbornene; alicyclic polyenessuch as 2,5-norbornadiene, dicyclopentadiene (DCPD), norbornadiene,tetracyclo[4,4,0,12.5,17.10]deca-3,8-diene; aliphatic polyene such asα,ω-diene, e.g., 1,7-octadiene and 1,9-decadiene. One type of these maybe used, or two or more types thereof may be used in combination. Amongthese, 5-vinyl-2-norbornene (VNB), 5-alkenyl-2-norbornene,dicyclopentadiene, 2,5-norbornadiene, 1,7-octadiene, 1,9-decadiene arepreferred and 5-vinyl-2-norbornene (VNB) is especially preferred.

In particular, it is preferred that the non-conjugated polyene [C′-1] is5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) and the non-conjugated polyene [C′-2] is5-vinyl-2-norbornene (VNB).

The total content of structural units [C′-1] and [C′-2] is, when thetotal of the structural units of [A′], [B′] and [C′] is 100% by mole,preferably 1 to 10% by mole and more preferably 2 to 8% by mole. Theabove range is suitable in terms of easiness to control thecross-linking reaction speed.

The molar ratio of the contents of the structural units [C′-1] to thestructural units [C′-2] ([C′-1]/[C′-2]) is preferably 75/25 to 99.5/0.5and more preferably 78/22 to 97/3. The above range is suitable in termsof the balance between cross-linking reactivity and gas-retainingproperty during the foaming reaction.

These can be determined by the intensity measurement with a ¹H-NMRspectrometer.

The copolymer (2) is preferred to (III) have the Mooney viscosityML₍₁₊₄₎ 100° C. at 100° C. of 20 to 45, and more preferably of 25 to 40.When the Mooney viscosity is the above lower limit or more, the foam asthe resulting composition has an excellent mechanical strength. When theMooney viscosity is the above upper limit or less, a composition withexcellent processability can be obtained, and a foam with a high foamingratio can be achieved.

The copolymer (2) is preferred to (IV) satisfy the following formula(IV-1).

Log {η*(0.01)}/Log {η*(10)}>0.0753×{apparent iodine value derived fromnon-conjugated polyene [C′-2]}+1.32  (IV-1)

In the formula (IV-1), η* (0.01) represents the viscosity (Pa·sec) of0.01 rad/sec at 190° C. and η* (10) represents viscosity (Pa·sec) of 10rad/sec at 190° C.

η* (0.01) and η* (10) can be measured by use of a viscoelasticitymeasuring apparatus. In addition, the apparent iodine value can bespecifically calculated according to the following equation by measuringthe content ratio (% by mass) of structural units derived from thenon-conjugated polyene [C′-2] in the copolymer (2) with an NMR. Themolecular weight of iodine is 253.81.

Apparent iodine value derived from the non-conjugated polyene[C′-2]=[the content ratio (% by mass) of structural units derived fromthe non-conjugated polyene [C′-2]]×Y×253.81/(molecular weight of thenon-conjugated polyene [C′-2] as a monomer).

In the equation, Y represents the number of carbon-carbon double bondscontained in structural units derived from the non-conjugated polyene[C′-2].

For more detailed measurement conditions, η* (0.01) and η* (10) can bemeasured in the method, for example, as described in paragraphs [0143]to [0144] of JP-A-2014-114379, and the apparent iodine value derivedfrom the non-conjugated polyene [C′-2] can be measured in the method,for example, as described in paragraphs [0136] to [0141] ofJP-A-2014-114379.

When the copolymer (2) satisfies the formula (IV-1), even though thenon-conjugated polyene [C′-2] content is small, the copolymer (2) hasmore long chain branches. In other words, long chain branches necessaryfor obtaining excellent shape-retaining property, extrusionprocessability and foamability can be introduced by copolymerizing asmall amount of the non-conjugated polyene [C′-2]. In addition, therubber shaper article has excellent compression set which is achievedbecause of the small content of the remaining non-conjugated polyene[C′-2].

Since the copolymer (2) which satisfies the above (II) to (IV) has a lowMooney viscosity as well as a large amount of long chain branchesuniformly, the composition containing the copolymer (2) has excellentfoamability. Therefore, a cross-linked foam with low specific gravitycan be achieved.

<<Process for Producing Ethylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated PolyeneCopolymer (2)>>

When synthesizing the copolymer (2), it is preferred to use atransition-metal compound. For producing the copolymer (2), the compound(a2) ((a2) transition-metal compound) represented by the followinggeneral formula (IA), (IIA) or (IIIA) is preferred to be used as thetransition-metal compound.

The copolymer (2) can be obtained by the following production process.Specifically, the above-mentioned copolymer (2) can be produced bycopolymerizing ethylene, C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin(s), and non-conjugatedpolyene(s) in the presence of an olefin polymerization catalystincluding an (a2) transition-metal compound as well as (b) at least onecompound selected from (b-1) an organometallic compound, (b-2) anorganoaluminium oxy-compound, and (b-3) a compound which reacts with atransition-metal compound (a2) to form an ion pair.

<Compound (a2)>

The compound (a2) is represented by the following formula (IA), (IIA) or(IIIA).

The compound represented by the formula (IA) will be explained.

In the formula (IA), each R represents independently a group selectedfrom hydrocarbyl, halohydrocarbyl, silyl, germyl and combinationsthereof or a hydrogen atom, and the number of atoms other than hydrogenincluded in the group is 20 or less.

M represents titanium, zirconium, or hafnium.

Y represents —O—, —S—, —NR*— or —PR*—, wherein R* represents a hydrogenatom, a hydrocarbyl group, a hydrocarbyloxy group, a silyl group, ahalogenated alkyl group or a halogenated aryl group, and R* contains upto 20 atoms other than hydrogen when R* is not hydrogen.

Z represents a divalent group including boron or a group 14 element and,in addition, containing nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, or oxygen, and thenumber of atoms other than hydrogen included in the divalent group is 60or less.

X represents, and if present plurally each X independently represents,an anionic ligand having 60 or less atoms (except for a cyclic ligand inwhich π electrons are delocalized).

X′ represents, and if present plurally each X′ independently represents,a neutral linked compound having the number of atoms of 20 or less.

p represents 0, 1 or 2.

q represents 0 or 1.

However, when p is 2 and q is 0, M is in an oxidation state of +4 and Xis an anionic ligand selected from halides, hydrocarbyl, hydrocarbyloxy,di(hydrocarbyl)amide, di(hydrocarbyl)phosphides, hydrocarbylsulfide,silyl groups, halo-substituted derivatives thereof,di(hydrocarbyl)amino-substituted derivatives thereof,hydrocarbyloxy-substituted derivatives thereof anddi(hydrocarbyl)phosphino-substituted derivatives thereof, wherein X hasthe number of atoms other than hydrogen of 20 or less. Furthermore, Inthe case where p is 1 and q is 0, M is in an oxidation state of +3 and Xis an anionic stabilizing ligand selected from allyl,2-(N,N′-dimethylaminomethyl)phenyl and 2-(N,N′-dimethyl)aminobenzyl, oralternatively, M is in an oxidation state of +4 and X is a divalentconjugated diene derivative and forms metallacyclopentene with M. In thecase where p is 0 and q is 1, M is in an oxidation state of +2 and X′ isa neutral conjugated or non-conjugated diene optionally substituted byone or more hydrocarbyl groups, and has 40 or less carbon atoms andforms a 7c complex with M.

The compound represented by the formula (IIA) will be explained.

In the formula (IIA), R¹ and R² are hydrogen atoms or C₁-C₆ alkylgroups, wherein at least one of R¹ and R² is not a hydrogen atom.

R³ to R⁶ are independently a hydrogen atom or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group. R¹ toR⁶ are optionally bound together to form a ring.

M is titanium.

Y is —O—, —S—, —NR*— or —PR*—. Z* is SiR*₂, CR*₂, SiR*₂SiR*₂, CR*2CR*2,CR*═CR*, CR*2SiR*2 or GeR*2, wherein R* is each independently a hydrogenatom, a hydrocarbyl group, a hydrocarbyloxy group, a silyl group, ahalogenated alkyl group or a halogenated aryl group, and R* has up to 20atoms other than hydrogen in the case where R* is not hydrogen. Two R*s(in the case where R* is not hydrogen) bonding to Z* may form a ring, orR* bonding to Z* and R* bonding to Y may form a ring.

p represents 0, 1 or 2.

q represents 0 or 1.

However, in the case where p is 2, q is 0, M is in an oxidation state of+4, and X is each independently a methyl group or a benzyl group. In thecase where p is 1, q is 0, M is in an oxidation state of +3, and X is a2-(N, N′-dimethyl)aminobenzyl group, or alternatively, q is 0, M is inan oxidation state of +4, and X is 1,3-butadienyl. In the case where pis 0, q is 1, M is in an oxidation state of +2, and X′ is1,4-diphenyl-1,3-butadiene, 2,4-hexadiene or 1,3-pentadiene.

The compound represented by the formula (IIIA) will be explained.

In the formula (IIIA), R′ is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbyl group, adi(hydrocarbylamino) group, or a hydrocarbyleneamino group, wherein R′has the number of carbon atoms of 20 or less in the case where R′ has acarbon atom.

R″ is a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbyl group or a hydrogen atom.

M is titanium.

Y is —O—, —S—, —NR*—, —PR*—, —NR₂*, or —PR₂*. Z* is —SiR*₂—, —CR*₂—,—SiR*₂SiR*₂—, —CR*₂CR*₂—, —CR*═CR*—, —CR*₂SiR*₂—, or —GeR*₂—. R* is, andif present plurally each R* is independently, a hydrogen atom or a groupincluding at least one selected from the group consisting ofhydrocarbyl, hydrocarbyloxy, silyl, halogenated alkyl, and halogenatedaryl, wherein R* contains an atom of the atomic number of 2 to 20, andtwo R*s (in the case where R* is not a hydrogen atom) contained in Z*may optionally form a ring, or R* of Z* and R* of Y may form a ring.

X is a monovalent anionic ligand having the number of atoms of 60 orless excluding a cyclic ligand in which π electrons are delocalized.

X′ is a neutral linked group having the number of atoms of 20 or less.

X′ is a divalent anionic ligand having the number of atoms of 60 orless.

p represents 0, 1 or 2.

q represents 0 or 1.

r is 0 or 1.

In the case where p is 2, q and r are 0, M is in an oxidation state of+4 (except when Y is —NR*2 or —PR*₂), or M is in an oxidation state of+3 (provided that Y is —NR*2 or —PR*2), and X is an anionic ligandselected from halide groups, hydrocarbyl groups, hydrocarbyloxy groups,di(hydrocarbyl)amide groups, di(hydrocarbyl)phosphide groups,hydrocarbylsulfide groups and silyl groups, as well as halogenatedgroups of these groups, di(hydrocarbyl)amino-substituted groups of thesegroups, hydrocarbyloxy-substituted groups of these groups anddi(hydrocarbyl)phosphino-substituted groups of these groups, wherein theabove groups have atoms of the atomic number of 2 to 30.

In the case where r is 1, p and q is 0, M is in an oxidation state of+4, and X′ is a dianionic ligand selected from the group consisting ofhydrocarbazyl groups, oxyhydrocarbyl groups and hydrocarbylenedioxygroups, wherein X″ has an atom of the atomic number of 2 to 30. In thecase where p is 1, q and r are 0, M is in an oxidation state of +3, andX is an anionic stabilizing ligand selected from the group consisting ofallyl, 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 2-(N,N-dimethylaminomethyl)phenyl,and 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)benzyl. In the case where p and r are 0, q is1, M is in an oxidation state of +2, and X′ is a neutral conjugateddiene or a neutral diconjugated diene which is optionally substituted byone or more hydrocarbyl groups, wherein X′ has the number of carbonatoms of 40 or less and forms a bond with M by the n-n interaction.

In a more preferable aspect, in the formula (IIIA), in the case where pis 2 and q and r are 0, M is in an oxidation state of +4 and X is eachindependently methyl, benzyl, or halide, in the case where p and q are0, r is 1, M is in an oxidation state of +4, and X″ is a 1,4-butadienylgroup which forms a metallacyclopentene ring with M, in the case where pis 1, q and r are 0, M is in an oxidation state of +3, and X is2-(N,N-dimethylamino)benzyl, and in the case where p and r are 0, q is1, M is in an oxidation state of +2, and X′ is1,4-diphenyl-1,3-butadiene or 1,3-pentadiene.

For the formula (IIIA), a compound represented by the following formula(IIIA′) is especially preferable.

In the formula (IIIA′), R′ is a hydrogen atom or a C₂-C₂₀ hydrocarbylgroup, R″ is a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbyl group or a hydrogen atom, M istitanium, Y is —NR*—, Z* is —SiR*₂—, wherein R* is each independently ahydrogen atom or a C₂-C₂₀ hydrocarbyl group, one of p and q is 0 and theother is 1, wherein in the case where p is 0 and q is 1, M is in anoxidation state of +2, X′ is 1,4-diphenyl-1,3-butadiene or1,3-pentadiene and in the case where p is 1 and q is 0, M is in anoxidation state of +3, X is 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)benzyl.

Examples of C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbyl groups include linear alkyl groups suchas methyl group, ethyl group and butyl group, and branched alkyl groupssuch as t-butyl group and neopentyl group. Examples of hydrocarbyloxygroups include linear alkyloxy groups such as methyloxy group, ethyloxygroup and butyloxy group, and branched alkyloxy groups such ast-butyloxy group and neopentyloxy group. Examples of halogenated alkylgroups include groups produced by chlorinating, brominating andfluorinating the above linear or branched alkyl groups. Examples ofhalogenated aryl groups include chlorophenyl group and chloronaphythylgroup.

In the formula (III′A), R″ is preferably a hydrogen atom or methyl, morepreferably, methyl.

The polymerization by use of the above catalysts allows non-conjugatedpolyenes and the like having a double bond to be copolymerized at a highdegree of conversion, and an appropriate amount of long chain branchescan be introduced in the resulting copolymer (2).

Examples of particularly preferable catalysts include(t-butylamide)dimethyl(η⁵-2-methyl-s-indacen-1-yl)silanetitanium(II)2,4-hexadiene(IV),(t-butylamide)-dimethyl(η⁵-2-methyl-s-indacen-1-yl)silane-titanium(IV)dimethyl(V),(t-butylamide)-dimethyl(η⁵-2,3-dimethylindenyl)silanetitanium(II)1,4-diphenyl-1,3-butadiene(VI),(t-butyl-amide)-dimethyl(η⁵-2,3-dimethyl-s-indacen-1-yl)silanetitanium(IV)dimethyl(VII),(t-butylamide)-dimethyl(η⁵-2-methyl-s-indacen-1-yl)silanetitanium(II)1,3-pentadiene(VIII).Among these,(t-butylamide)-dimethyl(η⁵-2-methyl-s-indacen-1-yl)silanetitanium(II)1,3-pentadiene(VIII)is especially preferable.

The use of a catalyst represented by the above formula (VIII) resultsin, regarding the polymerization reaction to obtain the copolymer (2),excellent copolymerizability of non-conjugated polyenes (e.g., component[C′-1] and component [C′-2]). For example, the double bond at a VNBterminal can be incorporated sufficiently and long chain branches can beintroduced at a high rate. In addition, since the resulting copolymer(2) has narrow molecular weight distribution and compositiondistribution as well as a copolymer having a very uniform molecularstructure, the formation of gel-like blobs on the surface of the rubbermolded article which is a concern along with the production of longchain branches is significantly suppressed. As a result, the rubbermolded article containing such a copolymer exhibits an excellent surfaceappearance due to the absence of gel-like blobs and also has a goodproduction stability due to the excellent shape-retaining property.

(Process for Producing the Compound (a2))

The above compound (a2) can be produced by a known method, and theproduction process is not particularly limited. One example thereofinclude, for example, synthesizing methods described in WO 98/49212.

<Preferable Form when Transition-Metal Compound (a2) is Subjected toCatalyst for Ethylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymer>

A preferable form for the case in which the above transition-metalcompound (a2) is used as a catalyst for theethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (olefinpolymerization catalyst) will be explained.

When the transition-metal compound (a2) is used as an olefinpolymerization catalyst component, the catalyst comprises (a2) thetransition-metal compound, (b) at least one compound selected from (b-1)an organometallic compound, (b-2) an organoaluminium oxy-compound, and(b-3) a compound which reacts with transition-metal compound (a2) toform an ion pair, and, if necessary, (c) a particulate carrier.

For (b-1) an organometallic compound, (b-2) an organoaluminiumoxy-compound, (b-3) a compound which reacts with transition-metalcompound (a2) to form an ion pair and (c) a particulate carrier, (b-1)an organometallic compound, (b-2) an organoaluminium oxy-compound, (b-3)a compound which reacts with a bridged metallocene compound (a) to forman ion pair and (c) particulate carrier, as described in the presentinvention 2 respectively, can be used.

<Process for Polymerizing Monomers in Presence of Catalyst forEthylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymers>

The copolymer (2) can be obtained by copolymerizing ethylene,α-olefin(s) and non-conjugated polyene(s), which can be carried out inthe same method as described in the present invention 2 except that thecompound (a) is changed to the transition-metal compound (a2) describedin the present invention 2-2 and the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] is changed tothe C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin [B′].

<<Other Components>>

The composition of the present invention 2-2 is preferred to contain across-linking agent in addition to the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer (1) and the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer (2).

The composition of the present invention 2-2 may contain otherpolymer(s) than the copolymers (1) and (2). Examples of other polymerswhich need to be cross-linked include cross-linking rubber such asnatural rubber, isoprene rubber, butadiene rubber, styrene-butadienerubber, chloroprene rubber, nitrile rubber, butyl rubber, acrylicrubber, silicone rubber, fluororubber, and urethane rubber. Examples ofother polymers that do not need to be cross-linked include elastomerssuch as styrene-based thermoplastic elastomers (TPS), e.g.,styrene-butadiene block copolymers (SBS),polystyrene-poly(ethylene-butylene)-polystyrene (SEBS) andpolystyrene-poly(ethylene-propylene)-polystyrene(SEPS), olefinthermoplastic elastomers (TPO), vinyl chloride elastomers (TPVC),ester-based thermoplastic elastomers (TPC), amide-based thermoplasticelastomers (TPA), urethane thermoplastic elastomers (TPU), and otherthermoplastic elastomers (TPZ). Other polymer(s) can be, based on thetotal 100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and (2), blended usuallyin an amount of 100 parts by mass or less, and preferably 80 parts bymass or less.

Furthermore, the composition of the present invention 2-2 may containother additives depending on the purpose, for example, at least oneselected from cross-linking aids, vulcanizing accelerators, vulcanizingaids, softeners, inorganic fillers, reinforcing agents, antioxidants,processing aids, activators, moisture absorbents, heat stabilizers,weathering stabilizers, antistatic agents, coloring agents, lubricants,thickeners, foaming agents and foaming aids. Additionally, for eachadditive, one type may be used alone or two or more types may be used incombination.

<Cross-Linking Agent, Cross-Linking Aid, Vulcanizing Accelerator andVulcanizing Aid>

Examples of cross-linking agents include cross-linking agents which aregenerally used to cross-link rubber such as organic peroxides, phenolresins, sulfur compounds, hydrosilicone compounds, amino resins,quinones or derivatives thereof, amine compounds, azo compounds, epoxycompounds and isocyanate compounds. Among these, organic peroxides andsulfur compounds (hereinafter also referred to as “vulcanizing agent”)are suitable.

Examples of organic peroxides include dicumyl peroxide,di-tert-butylperoxide, 2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexine-3,1,3-bis(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene,1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane,n-butyl-4,4-bis(tert-butylperoxy)valerate, benzoyl peroxide,p-chlorobenzoyl peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide,tert-butylperoxybenzoate, ert-butylperoxyisopropylcarbonate, diacetylperoxide, lauroyl peroxide, and tert-butyl cumyl peroxide.

Among these, difunctional organic peroxides such as2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexine-3,1,3-bis(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene,1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, andn-butyl-4,4-bis(tert-butylperoxy)valerate are preferable, and2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane and2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane are the most preferable.

When an organic peroxide is used as a cross-linking agent, the amount ofblend of the organic peroxide in the composition of the presentinvention 2-2 is, based on the total 100 parts by mass of copolymers (1)and (2) and other polymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/areblended as necessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, usually 0.1 to 20parts by mass, preferably 0.2 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably0.5 to 10 parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the organicperoxide is within the above range, the resulting molded article has nobloom on its surface, and the composition of the present invention 2-2exhibits an excellent cross-linking characteristic.

When an organic peroxide is used as a cross-linking agent, it ispreferred to use a cross-linking aid in combination.

Examples of cross-linking aids include sulfur; quinone dioxime basedcross-linking aids such as p-quinonedioxime; acrylic cross-linking aids,e.g., ethylene glycol dimethacrylate and trimethylolpropanetrimethacrylate; allyl cross-linking aids, e.g., diallyl phthalate andtriallyl isocyanurate; maleimide-based cross-linking aids;divinylbenzene; and metallic oxides such as zinc oxide (e.g., ZnO#1/zincoxide No. 2, produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.), magnesium oxide, andzinc white (e.g., zinc oxide such as “META-Z102” (trade name; producedby Inoue Calcium Corporation)).

When a cross-linking aid is used, the amount of blend of thecross-linking aid in the composition of the present invention 2-2 is,based on 1 mol of the organic peroxide, usually 0.5 to 10 mol,preferably 0.5 to 7 mol, and more preferably 1 to 5 mol.

Examples of sulfur compounds (vulcanizing agent) include sulfur, sulfurchloride, sulfur dichloride, morpholine disulfide, alkylphenoldisulfide, tetramethylthiuram disulfide and selenium dithiocarbamate.

When a sulfur compound is used as a cross-linking agent, the amount ofblend of the sulfur compound in the composition of the present invention2-2 is, based on the total 100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and(2) and other polymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/areblended as necessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, usually 0.3 to 10parts by mass, preferably 0.5 to 7.0 parts by mass, and more preferably0.7 to 5.0 parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the sulfurcompound is within the above range, the resulting molded article has nobloom on its surface, and the composition of the present invention 2-2exhibits an excellent cross-linking characteristic.

When a sulfur compound is used as a cross-linking agent, it is preferredto use a vulcanizing accelerator in combination.

Examples of vulcanizing accelerators include thiazole-based vulcanizingaccelerators, e.g., N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide,N-oxydiethylene-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide,N,N′-diisopropyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole(e.g., Sanceler M (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical IndustryCo., LTD.)), 2-(4-morphorinodithio)benzothiazole (e.g., NOCCELER MDB-P(trade name; produced by OUCHI SHINKO CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD)),2-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)mercaptobenzothiazole,2-(2,6-diethyl-4-morphorinothio)benzothiazole and dibenzothiazyldisulfide (e.g., Sanceler DM (trade name; produced by Sanshin ChemicalIndustry Co., LTD.)); guanidine-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g.,diphenylguanidine, triphenylguanidine, and di-ortho-tolylguanidine;aldehydeamine-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., acetaldehyde⋅anilinecondensate and butylaldehyde⋅aniline condensate; imidazoline-basedvulcanizing accelerators, e.g., 2-mercaptoimidazoline; thiuram-basedvulcanizing accelerators, e.g., tetramethylthiuram monosulfide (e.g.,Sanceler TS (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.)), tetramethylthiuram disulfide (e.g., Sanceler TT (trade name;produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)), tetraethylthiuramdisulfide (e.g., Sanceler TET (trade name; produced by Sanshin ChemicalIndustry Co., LTD.)), tetrabutylthiuram disulfide (e.g., Sanceler TBT(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)) anddipentamethylenethiuram tetrasulfide (e.g., Sanceler TRA (trade name;produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)); dithioic acidsalt-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., zinc dimethyldithiocarbamate,zinc diethyldithiocarbamate, zinc dibutyldithiocarbamate (e.g., SancelerPZ, Sanceler BZ and Sanceler EZ (trade names; produced by SanshinChemical Industry Co., LTD.) and tellurium diethyldithiocarbamate;thiourea-based vulcanizing accelerator, e.g., ethylenethiourea (e.g.,Sanceler BUR (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.), Sanceler 22-C(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical IndustryCo., LTD.), N,N′-diethylthiourea and N,N′-dibutylthiourea; andxanthate-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., zinc dibutylxanthate.

When a vulcanizing accelerator is used, the amount of blend of thevulcanizing accelerator in the composition of the present invention 2-2is, based on the total 100 parts by mass of copolymers (1) and (2) andother polymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, usually 0.1 to 20 parts bymass, preferably 0.2 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 10parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the vulcanizing acceleratoris within the above range, the resulting molded article has no bloom onits surface, and the composition of the present invention 2-2 exhibitsan excellent cross-linking characteristic.

When a sulfur compound is used as a cross-linking agent, a vulcanizingaid can be used in combination.

Examples of vulcanizing aids include zinc oxide (e.g., ZnO#1/zinc oxideNo. 2, produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.), magnesium oxide, and zincwhite (e.g., zinc oxide such as “META-2102” (trade name; produced byInoue Calcium Corporation)).

When a vulcanizing aid is used, the amount of blend of the vulcanizingaid in the composition of the present invention 2-2 is, based on thetotal 100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and (2) as well as otherpolymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, usually 1 to 20 parts by mass.

<Softener>

Examples of softeners include petroleum-based softeners such as processoil, lubricating oil, paraffin oil, liquid paraffin, petroleum asphaltand Vaseline; coal tar-based softeners such as coal tar; fatty oil-basedsofteners such as castor oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil andcoconut oil; wax such as beeswax and carnauba wax; naphthenic acid, pineoil, rosin or derivatives thereof; synthetic polymer materials such asterpene resins, petroleum resins and coumarone indene resins;ester-based softeners such as dioctyl phthalate and dioctyl adipate; andmicrocrystalline wax, liquid polybutadiene, modified liquidpolybutadiene, hydrocarbon-based synthetic lubricating oil, tall oil,and substitute (factice). Among these, petroleum-based softeners arepreferable, and process oil is especially preferable.

When the composition of the present invention 2-2 contains a softener,the amount of blend of the softener is, based on the total 100 parts bymass of the copolymers (1) and (2) as well as other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 2 to 100 parts by mass, and preferably 10 to 100parts by mass.

<Inorganic Filler>

Examples of inorganic fillers include light calcium carbonate, heavycalcium carbonate, talc, clay, and the like. Among these, heavy calciumcarbonate such as “Whiton SB” (trade name; produced by SHIRAISHI CALCIUMKAISHA, LTD.) is preferable.

When the composition of the present invention 2-2 contains an inorganicfiller, the amount of blend of the inorganic filler is, based on thetotal 100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and (2) and otherpolymer(s) (elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blendedas necessary, usually 2 to 200 parts by mass, and preferably 5 to 200parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the inorganic filler iswithin the above range, the composition of the present invention 2-2exhibits excellent kneadability, and a molded article with excellentmechanical properties can be obtained.

<Reinforcing Agent>

Examples of reinforcing agents include carbon black, carbon blackproduced though surface treatment with a silane coupling agent, silica,calcium carbonate, activated calcium carbonate, fine powder talc, finepowder silicic acid, etc.

When the composition of the present invention 2-2 contains a reinforcingagent, the amount of blend of the reinforcing agent is, based on thetotal 100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and (2) and otherpolymer(s) (elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blendedas necessary, usually 10 to 200 parts by mass, and preferably 20 to 180parts by mass.

<Antioxidant (Stabilizer)>

By blending an antioxidant (stabilizer) into the composition of thepresent invention 2-2, the product life of a molded article therefromcan be increased. Examples of such antioxidants include previously knownantioxidants, for example, amine-based antioxidants, phenol-basedantioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants.

Examples of antioxidants include aromatic secondary amine-basedantioxidants such as phenylbuthylamine andN,N-di-2-naphthyl-p-phenylenediamine; phenol-based antioxidants such asdibutylhydroxytoluene andtetrakis[methylene(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy)hydrocinnamate]methane;thioether-based antioxidants such asbis[2-methyl-4-(3-n-alkylthiopropionyloxy)-5-t-butylphenyl]sulfide;dithiocarbamate-based antioxidants such as nickeldibutyldithiocarbamate; sulfur-based antioxidants such as2-mercaptobenzoylimidazole, zinc salt of 2-mercaptobenzimidazole,dilauryl thiodipropionate, distearyl thiodipropionate and the like.

When the composition of the present invention 2-2 contains anantioxidant, the amount of blend of the antioxidant is, based on thetotal 100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and (2) and otherpolymer(s) (elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blendedas necessary, usually 0.3 to 10 parts by mass and preferably 0.5 to 7.0parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the antioxidant is within theabove range, the resulting molded article has no bloom on its surface,and the inhibition of vulcanization can be prevented.

<Processing Aid>

For a processing aid, those generally blended into rubber as aprocessing aid can be used widely. Examples of processing aids includefatty acids such as ricinoleic acid, stearic acid, palmitic acid andlauric acid, fatty acid salts such as barium stearate, zinc stearate,calcium stearate, fatty acid esters such as ricinoleic acid esters,stearic acid esters, palmitic acid esters and lauric acid esters, andfatty acid derivatives such as N-substituted fatty acid amides. Amongthese, stearic acid is preferable.

When the composition of the present invention 2-2 contains a processingaid, the amount of blend of the processing aid is, based on the total100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and (2) and other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 10 parts by mass or less, and preferably 8.0 parts bymass or less.

<Activator>

Examples of activators include amines such as di-n-butylamine,dicyclohexylamine and monoethanolamine; activators such as diethyleneglycol, polyethylene glycol, lecithin, triarylate mellirate and zinccompounds of aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic acids; zinc peroxideadjusted substances; and ctadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, synthetichydrotalcite, special quaternary ammonium compounds.

When the composition of the present invention 2-2 contains an activator,the amount of blend of the activator is, based on the total 100 parts bymass of the copolymers (1) and (2) and other polymer(s) (elastomer,cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary, usually0.2 to 10 parts by mass and preferably 0.3 to 5 parts by mass.

<Moisture Absorbent>

Examples of moisture absorbents include calcium oxide, silica gel,sodium sulfate, molecular sieve, zeolite and white carbon.

When the composition of the present invention 2-2 contains a moistureabsorbent, the amount of blend of the moisture absorbent is, based onthe total 100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and (2) and otherpolymer(s) (elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blendedas necessary, usually 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and preferably 1.0 to 12parts by mass.

<Foaming Agent and Foaming Aid>

A molded article obtained from the composition of the present invention2-2 may be non-foamed material or foamed material, but preferably afoamed material. When forming a foamed material, a foaming agent can beused, and examples of such foaming agents include inorganic foamingagents, e.g., sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, ammoniumbicarbonate, ammonium carbonate and ammonium nitrite; nitroso compoundse.g., N,N′-dinitroterephthalamide andN,N′-dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine; azo compounds, e.g.,azodicarbonamide, azobisisobutyronitrile, azocyclohexylnitrile,azodiaminobenzene and barium azodicarboxylate; sulfonylhydrazidecompounds, e.g., benzenesulfonyl hydrazide, toluenesulfonyl hydrazideand p,p′-oxybis(benzenesulfonylhydrazide)diphenylsulfone-3,3′-disulphenyl hydrazide; and azidecompounds, e.g., calcium azide, 4,4′-diphenylsulfonylazide andpara-toluenesulfonylazide.

When the composition of the present invention 2-2 contains a foamingagent, the amount of blend of the foaming agent is appropriatelyselected such that the specific gravity of the foamed material afterbeing cross-linked and foamed is usually 0.01 to 0.9, preferably 0.01 to0.7, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5. The amount of blend of the foamingagent is, based on the total 100 parts by mass of the copolymers (1) and(2) and other polymer(s) (elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) whichis/are blended as necessary, usually 5 to 50 parts by mass andpreferably 10 to 40 parts by mass.

Furthermore, in addition to a foaming agent, a foaming aid may be usedas required. The foaming aid has a function of lowering thedecomposition temperature, accelerating the decomposition, uniformingbubbles or the like with regard to a foaming agent. Examples of foamingaids include organic acids, e.g., salicylic acid, phthalic acid, oxalicacid and citric acid or salts thereof; and urea or derivatives thereof.The amount of blend of the foaming aid is, based on the total 100 partsby mass of the copolymers (1) and (2) as well as other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 0.1 to 5 parts by mass and preferably 0.5 to 4 partsby mass.

Furthermore, physical foaming by high pressure gas is also possible. Inother words, for example, when the composition of the present invention2-2 is extruded, foamed materials can be obtained sequentially byinjecting a volatile or inorganic gas foaming agent through an injectionhole provided in the middle of the extruder and extruding thecomposition from the cap. Specific examples of physical foaming agentsinclude volatile foaming agents such as fron, butane, pentane, hexaneand cyclohexane as well as inorganic gas foaming agents such asnitrogen, air, water, carbon dioxide. Moreover, in extruding and foamingthe composition, a bubble core forming agent such as calcium carbonate,talc, clay and magnesium oxide may be added. The blending ratio of thephysical foaming agent is, based on the total 100 parts by mass of thecopolymers (1) and (2) and other polymer(s) (elastomer, rubber, etc.)which is/are blended as necessary, usually 5 to 60 parts by mass andpreferably 10 to 50 parts by mass.

[Preparation and Property of Composition]

The composition of the present invention 2-2 can be prepared by kneadingthe copolymers (1) and (2) and other component(s) which is/are blendedas necessary at a desired temperature, using a kneading machine, suchas, for example, a mixer, kneader or a roll.

Specifically, the composition of the present invention 2-2 can beprepared by kneading the copolymers (1) and (2) and other component 1which is blended as required at a predetermined temperature for apredetermined period of time, for example, at 80 to 200° C. for 3 to 30minutes, using a previously known kneading machine such as a mixer or akneader, and then adding to the resulting kneaded material othercomponent 2 as required to knead the mixture, using a roll, at apredetermined temperature for a predetermined period of time, forexample, at a toll temperature of 30 to 80° C. for 1 to 30 minutes.

Examples of the other component 1 include at least one selected from,for example, cross-linking aids, vulcanizing accelerators, vulcanizingaids, softeners, inorganic fillers, reinforcing agents, antioxidants,processing aids, activators, moisture absorbents, heat stabilizers,weathering stabilizers, antistatic agents, coloring agents, lubricantsand thickeners as described above. Examples of the other component 2include, for example, cross-linking agents (vulcanizing agents) and atleast one selected from cross-linking aids, vulcanizing accelerators,vulcanizing aids, softeners, inorganic fillers, reinforcing agents,antioxidants, processing aids, activators, moisture absorbents, heatstabilizers, weathering stabilizers, antistatic agents, coloring agents,lubricants, thickeners, foaming agents and foaming aids.

The composition of the present invention 2-2 contains a particularethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (1) with the B valueof 1.20 or more and an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer (2) with the B value less than 1.20.

The composition of the present invention 2-2 exhibits excellentprocessability when uncross-linked since the copolymer (1) as well asthe copolymer (2) are blended. The composition of the present invention2-2 has the Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 100° C. at 100° C. of preferably 60or less and more preferably 5 to 50. Furthermore, the composition of thepresent invention 2-2 has the lowest viscosity (Vm) of preferably 60 orless and more preferably 5 to 50. Measuring conditions of theseproperties are as described in Examples.

Additionally, the composition of the present invention 2-2 whichcontains as a rubber component the copolymer (1) in addition to thecopolymer (2) has improved adhesion performance compared to thecomposition which only contains the copolymer (2) as a rubber component.

The composition of the present invention 2-2 exhibits excellentprocessability and adhesion performance when uncross-linked.Furthermore, by cross-linking (preferably further foaming) thecomposition, a molded article with high sound insulation performance andsmall specific gravity can be achieved. The composition of the presentinvention 2-2 can be used suitably for the use of sound insulationmaterial formation due to the above properties.

[Molded Article]

The molded article of the present invention 2-2 is formed from the abovecomposition.

Methods to produce a molded article from the composition of the presentinvention 2-2 include, for example, a method in which the saidcomposition (uncross-linked composition) is formed in a desired shapeand then cross-linked simultaneously with or after the forming.

For example, a method (I) in which the composition of the presentinvention 2-2 containing a cross-linking agent is used, formed in adesired shape and then cross-linked by a heating treatment and a method(II) in which the composition of the present invention 2-2 is formed ina desired shape and cross-linked by irradiating electron beams on thecomposition are included.

In the forming as described above, an extruder, a calender roll, a pressmolding machine, an injection molding machine or a transfer moldingmachine is used to form the composition of the present invention 2-2 ina desired shape. Examples of shapes of the molded article include ashape of a board.

The molded article of the present invention 2-2 may be a (non-foamed)cross-linked material or a cross-linked foam.

In the above method (I), simultaneously with or after the forming, themolded article is, for example, heated at 50 to 200° C. for 1 to 120minutes. By this heating, cross-linking treatment or foaming treatmentalong with cross-linking treatment is carried out. Examples ofcross-linking baths include steam vulcanization baths, hot airvulcanization baths, glass beads fluidized-beds, molten saltvulcanization baths, and microwave baths. One of these cross-linkingbathes may be used alone, or two or more may be used in combination.

In the above method (II), simultaneously with or after the forming,electron beams having energy of 0.1 to 10 MeV are irradiated on themolded article such that the absorbed dose is usually 0.5 to 35 Mrad andpreferably 0.5 to 20 Mrad. In this case, the foaming treatment iscarried out in the previous or following stage of the irradiation.

In the above method (I), the cross-linking agent as described above isused, and if required, a cross-linking accelerator and/or cross-linkingaid is/are also used in combination. In addition, in order to cross-linkand foam the composition, a foaming agent is usually added to thecomposition.

The cross-linked foam of the present invention 2-2 is formed from theabove composition, and its specific gravity is preferably within therange of preferably 0.01 to 0.9, preferably 0.01 to 0.7, more preferably0.01 to 0.5.

The cross-linked material of the present invention 2-2 exhibitsexcellent sound insulation performance and is suitable for soundinsulation material because of the small Tg and high sound insulationperformance within a broad frequency range in the case of non-foamedcross-linked material, and because of the large sound transmission lossin the case of cross-linked foam, for example.

The cross-linked foam according to the present invention 2-2 has, asdescribed above, excellent sound insulation performance and low specificgravity property. As a result, the said cross-linked foam can be usedsuitably for sound insulation materials, heat insulation materials,sealing materials, and foamed material rolls, for example. Sealingmaterials are those used to be installed in masonry joints and spaces ofstructures such as, for example, building and civil engineeringproducts, electric devices, automobiles, vehicles, ships, and householdequipment.

Examples of cross-linked foams include, specifically, weather stropsponges, e.g., sponges for door sponges, sponges for opening trim,sponges for hood sealing and sponges for tank sealing; and highly foamedsponge materials such as heat insulation sponges and dam rubbers.

[Present Invention 2-3]

The composition for hose forming of the present invention 2-3 contains aparticular ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer(ethylene-based copolymer A) as described in the present invention 2.Hereinafter, the composition for hose forming containing theethylene-based copolymer A is also referred to as the composition forhose forming.

The ethylene-based copolymer A has flexibility at a low temperature andexhibits a good balance between rubber elasticity at a low temperatureand tensile strength at ambient temperature because the compression setat a low temperature is small and the results of a torsion test at a lowtemperature are good. Therefore, the composition for hose formingcontaining the ethylene-based copolymer A can be used suitably for theapplications of automobiles, motor bikes, industrial machines,construction machines, agricultural machines and the like which can beused in a cold climate.

For the composition for hose forming of the present invention 2-3, thecontent ratio of the ethylene-based copolymer A in the composition isusually 20% by mass or more, preferably 20 to 50% by mass, and morepreferably 25 to 40% by mass.

<<Other Components>>

The composition for hose forming of the present invention 2-3 preferablycontains a cross-linking agent in addition to the above-mentionedethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer (ethylene-basedcopolymer A).

The composition for hose forming of the present invention 2-3 maycontain other polymer(s) than the ethylene-based copolymer A. Examplesof polymers which need to be cross-linked include cross-linking rubbersuch as natural rubber, isoprene rubber, butadiene rubber, styrenebutadiene rubber, chloroprene rubber, nitrile rubber, butyl rubber,acrylic rubber, silicone rubber, fluororubber, and urethane rubber.Examples of other polymers which do not need to be cross-linked includeelastomers such as styrene-based thermoplastic elastomers (TPS), e.g.,styrene-butadiene block copolymers (SBS),polystyrene-poly(ethylene-butylene)-polystyrene(SEBS) andpolystyrene-poly(ethylene-propylene)-polystyrene(SEPS), olefinthermoplastic elastomers (TPO), vinyl chloride elastomers(TPVC),ester-based thermoplastic elastomers (TPC), amide-based thermoplasticelastomers (TPA), urethane thermoplastic elastomers (TPU) and otherthermoplastic elastomers (TPZ). Other polymer(s) can be usually blendedin an amount of 100 parts by mass or less, and preferably 80 parts bymass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymerA.

Furthermore, the composition for hose forming of the present invention2-3 may contain other additives depending on the purpose, for example,at least one selected from cross-linking aids, vulcanizing accelerators,vulcanizing aids, softeners, inorganic fillers, reinforcing agents,antioxidants, processing aids, activators, moisture absorbents, heatstabilizers, weathering stabilizers, antistatic agents, coloring agents,lubricants, thickeners and foaming agents. In addition, for eachadditive, one type alone may be used or two or more types may be used incombination.

The composition for hose forming of the present invention 2-3 can beprepared by, kneading the ethylene-based copolymer A and othercomponent(s) blended as required at a desired temperature, using akneading machine such as, for example, a mixer, kneader or a roll. Thecomposition for hose forming can be prepared favorably since theethylene-based copolymer A has excellent kneadability.

Specifically, the composition for hose forming of the present invention2-3 can be prepared by kneading the ethylene-based copolymer A and othercomponent 1 as necessary at a predetermined temperature for apredetermined period of time, for example, 80 to 200° C. for 3 to 30minutes, using a previously known kneading machine such as a mixer or akneader, and then adding to the resulting kneaded material othercomponent 2 as necessary such as a cross-linking agent, using a roll, ata predetermined temperature for a predetermined period of time, forexample, at a roll temperature of 30 to 80° C. for 1 to 30 minutes.

Examples of the other component 1 include at least one selected fromother polymers, cross-linking aids, vulcanizing accelerators,vulcanizing aids, softeners, inorganic fillers, reinforcing agents,antioxidants, processing aids, activators, moisture absorbents, heatstabilizers, weathering stabilizers, antistatic agents, coloring agents,lubricants and thickeners. Examples of other component 2 include, forexample, cross-linking agents (vulcanizing agents) and at least oneselected from cross-linking aids, vulcanizing accelerators, vulcanizingaids, softeners, inorganic fillers, reinforcing agents, antioxidants,processing aids, activators, moisture absorbents, heat stabilizers,weathering stabilizers, antistatic agents, coloring agents, lubricants,thickeners and foaming agents.

<Cross-Linking Agent, Cross-Linking Aid, Vulcanizing Accelerator andVulcanizing Aid>

Examples of cross-linking agents include cross-linking agents which aregenerally used to cross-link rubber such as organic peroxides, phenolresins, sulfur compounds, hydrosilicone compounds, amino resins,quinones or derivatives thereof, amine compounds, azo compounds, epoxycompounds and isocyanate compounds. Among these, organic peroxides andsulfur compounds (hereinafter also referred to as “vulcanizing agent”)are suitable.

Examples of organic peroxides include dicumyl peroxide,di-tert-butylperoxide, 2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexine-3,1,3-bis(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene,1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane,n-butyl-4,4-bis(tert-butylperoxy)valerate, benzoyl peroxide,p-chlorobenzoyl peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide,tert-butylperoxybenzoate, ert-butylperoxyisopropylcarbonate, diacetylperoxide, lauroyl peroxide, and tert-butyl cumyl peroxide.

Among these, difunctional organic peroxides such as2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane,2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexine-3,1,3-bis(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene,1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, andn-butyl-4,4-bis(tert-butylperoxy)valerate are preferable, and2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane and2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane are the most preferable.

When an organic peroxide is used as a cross-linking agent, the amount ofblend of the organic peroxide in the composition for hose forming is,based on the total 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer Aand other polymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blendedas necessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, usually 0.1 to 20 parts bymass, preferably 0.2 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 10parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the organic peroxide iswithin the above range, the resulting hose has no bloom on its surface,and the composition for hose forming exhibits an excellent cross-linkingcharacteristic.

When an organic peroxide is used as a cross-linking agent, it ispreferred that a cross-linking aid is used in combination.

Examples of cross-linking aids include sulfur; quinone dioxime basedcross-linking aids such as p-quinonedioxime; acrylic cross-linking aids,e.g., ethylene glycol dimethacrylate and trimethylolpropanetrimethacrylate; allyl cross-linking aids, e.g., diallyl phthalate andtriallyl isocyanurate; maleimide-based cross-linking aids;divinylbenzene; and metallic oxides such as zinc oxide (e.g., ZnO#1/zincoxide No. 2, produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.), magnesium oxide, andzinc white (e.g., zinc oxide such as “META-Z102” (trade name; producedby Inoue Calcium Corporation)).

When a cross-linking aid is used, the amount of blend of thecross-linking aid in the composition for hose forming is, based on 1 molof the organic peroxide, usually 0.5 to 10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 7 mol,and more preferably 1 to 5 mol.

Examples of sulfur compounds (vulcanizing agent) include sulfur, sulfurchloride, sulfur dichloride, morpholine disulfide, alkylphenoldisulfide, tetramethylthiuram disulfide and selenium dithiocarbamate.

When a sulfur compound is used as a cross-linking agent, the amount ofblend of the sulfur compound in the composition for hose forming is,based on the total 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer Aand other polymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blendedas necessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, usually 0.3 to 10 parts bymass, preferably 0.5 to 7.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.7 to5.0 parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the sulfur compound iswithin the above range, the resulting hose has no bloom on its surface,and the composition for hose forming exhibits an excellent cross-linkingcharacteristic.

When a sulfur compound is used as a cross-linking agent, it is preferredto use a vulcanizing accelerator in combination.

Examples of vulcanizing accelerators include thiazole-based vulcanizingaccelerators such as N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide,N-oxydiethylene-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide,N,N′-diisopropyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole(e.g., Sanceler M (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical IndustryCo., LTD.)), 2-(4-morphorinodithio)benzothiazole (e.g., NOCCELER MDB-P(trade name; produced by OUCHI SHINKO CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD)),2-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)mercaptobenzothiazole,2-(2,6-diethyl-4-morphorinothio)benzothiazole and dibenzothiazyldisulfide (e.g., Sanceler DM (trade name; produced by Sanshin ChemicalIndustry Co., LTD.)); guanidine-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g.,diphenylguanidine, triphenylguanidine, and di-ortho-tolylguanidine;aldehydeamine-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., acetaldehyde⋅anilinecondensate and butylaldehyde⋅aniline condensate; imidazoline-basedvulcanizing accelerators, e.g., 2-mercaptoimidazoline; thiuram-basedvulcanizing accelerators, e.g., tetramethylthiuram monosulfide (e.g.,Sanceler TS (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.)), tetramethylthiuram disulfide(e.g., Sanceler TT (trade name;produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)), tetraethylthiuramdisulfide (e.g., Sanceler TET (trade name; produced by Sanshin ChemicalIndustry Co., LTD.)), tetrabutylthiuram disulfide (e.g., Sanceler TBT(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)) anddipentamethylenethiuram tetrasulfide(e.g., Sanceler TRA (trade name;produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., LTD.)); dithioic acidsalt-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., zinc dimethyldithiocarbamate,zinc diethyldithiocarbamate, zinc dibutyldithiocarbamate (e.g., SancelerPZ, Sanceler BZ and Sanceler EZ (trade names; produced by SanshinChemical Industry Co., LTD.) and tellurium diethyldithiocarbamate;thiourea-based vulcanizing accelerator, e.g., ethylenethiourea (e.g.,Sanceler BUR (trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.), Sanceler 22-C(trade name; produced by Sanshin Chemical IndustryCo., LTD.), N,N′-diethylthiourea and N,N′-dibutylthiourea; andxanthate-based vulcanizing accelerators, e.g., zinc dibutylxanthate.

When a vulcanizing accelerator is used, the amount of blend of thevulcanizing accelerator in the composition for hose forming is, based onthe total 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and otherpolymer(s) (cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary and need(s) to be cross-linked, usually 0.1 to 20 parts bymass, preferably 0.2 to 15 parts by mass and more preferably 0.5 to 10parts by mass. When the amount of blend of the vulcanizing acceleratoris within the above range, the resulting hose has no bloom on itssurface, and the composition for hose forming exhibits an excellentcross-linking characteristic.

When a sulfur compound is used as a cross-linking agent, a vulcanizingaid can be used in combination.

Examples of vulcanizing aids include zinc oxide (e.g., ZnO#1/zinc oxideNo. 2, produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.), magnesium oxide, and zincwhite (e.g., zinc oxide such as “META-2102” (trade name; produced byInoue Calcium Corporation)).

When a vulcanizing aid is used, the amount of blend of the vulcanizingaid in the composition for hose forming is, based on the total 100 partsby mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary andneed(s) to be cross-linked, usually 1 to 20 parts by mass.

<Softener>

Examples of softeners include petroleum-based softeners such as processoil, lubricating oil, paraffin oil, liquid paraffin, petroleum asphaltand Vaseline; coal tar-based softeners such as coal tar; fatty oil-basedsofteners such as castor oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil andcoconut oil; wax such as beeswax and carnauba wax; naphthenic acid, pineoil, rosin or derivatives thereof; synthetic polymer materials such asterpene resins, petroleum resins and coumarone indene resins;ester-based softeners such as dioctyl phthalate and dioctyl adipate; andmicrocrystalline wax, liquid polybutadiene, modified liquidpolybutadiene, hydrocarbon-based synthetic lubricating oil, tall oil,and substitute (factice). Among these, petroleum-based softeners arepreferable, and process oil is especially preferable.

When the composition for hose forming contains a softener, the amount ofblend of the softener is, based on the total 100 parts by mass of theethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s) (elastomer,cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary, usually 2to 100 parts by mass, and preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass.

<Inorganic Filler>

Examples of inorganic fillers include light calcium carbonate, heavycalcium carbonate, talc, clay and the like. Among these, heavy calciumcarbonate such as “Whiton SB” (trade name; SHIRAISHI CALCIUM KAISHA,LTD.) is preferable.

When the composition for hose forming contains an inorganic filler, theamount of blend of the inorganic filler is, based on the total 100 partsby mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 2 to 100 parts by mass, and preferably 5 to 100 partsby mass. When the amount of blend of the inorganic filler is within theabove range, the composition for hose forming has excellentkneadability, and a hose with excellent mechanical properties can beobtained.

<Reinforcing Agent>

Examples of reinforcing agents include carbon black, carbon blackproduced though surface treatment with a silane coupling agent, silica,calcium carbonate, activated calcium carbonate, fine powder talc, finepowder silicic acid and the like.

When the composition for hose forming contains a reinforcing agent, theamount of blend of the reinforcing agent is, based on the total 100parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 30 to 200 parts by mass, and preferably 50 to 180parts by mass.

<Antioxidant (Stabilizer)>

By blending an antioxidant (stabilizer) into the composition for hoseforming of the present invention, the product life of a hose therefromcan be increased. Examples of such antioxidants include previously knownantioxidants, for example, amine-based antioxidants, phenol-basedantioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants.

Examples of antioxidants include aromatic secondary amine-basedantioxidants such as phenylbuthylamine andN,N-di-2-naphthyl-p-phenylenediamine; phenol-based antioxidants such asdibutylhydroxytoluene andtetrakis[methylene(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy)hydrocinnamate]methane;thioether-based antioxidants such asbis[2-methyl-4-(3-n-alkylthiopropionyloxy)-5-t-butylphenyl]sulfide;dithiocarbamate-based antioxidants such as nickeldibutyldithiocarbamate; sulfur-based antioxidants such as2-mercaptobenzoylimidazole, zinc salt of 2-mercaptobenzimidazole,dilauryl thiodipropionate and distearyl thiodipropionate.

When the composition for hose forming contains an antioxidant, theamount of blend of the antioxidant is, based on the total 100 parts bymass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s) (elastomer,cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary, usually0.3 to 10 parts by mass and preferably 0.5 to 7.0 parts by mass. Whenthe amount of blend of the antioxidant is within the above range, theresulting hose has no bloom on its surface, and the inhibition ofvulcanization can be prevented.

<Processing Aid>

For processing aids, those which are generally blended in rubber asprocessing aids can be widely used. Examples of processing aids includefatty acids such as ricinoleic acid, stearic acid, palmitic acid andlauric acid, fatty acid salts such as barium stearate, zinc stearate andcalcium stearate, fatty acid esters such as ricinoleic acid esters,stearic acid esters, palmitic acid esters, lauric acid esters and fattyacid derivatives such as N-substituted fatty acid amide. Among these,stearic acid is preferable.

When the composition for hose forming contains a processing aid, theamount of blend of the processing aid is, based on the total 100 partsby mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 10 parts by mass or less, and preferably 8.0 parts bymass or less.

<Activator>

Examples of activators include amines such as di-n-butylamine,dicyclohexylamine, and monoethanolamine; activators such as diethyleneglycol, polyethylene glycol, lecithin, triarylate mellirate, and zinccompounds of aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic acids; zinc peroxideadjusted substances; ctadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, synthetichydrotalcite, and special quaternary ammonium compounds.

When the composition for hose forming contains an activator, the amountof blend of the activator is, based on the total 100 parts by mass ofthe ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s) (elastomer,cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended as necessary, usually0.2 to 10 parts by mass and preferably 0.3 to 5 parts by mass.

<Moisture Absorbent>

Examples of moisture absorbents include calcium oxide, silica gel,sodium sulfate, molecular sieve, zeolite and white carbon.

When the composition for hose forming contains a moisture absorbent, theamount of blend of the moisture absorbent is, based on the total 100parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymer A and other polymer(s)(elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) which is/are blended asnecessary, usually 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and preferably 1.0 to 12parts by mass.

<Foaming Agent>

A hose made from the rubber composition for forming a hose of thepresent invention 2-3 may be a non-foamed material or may be a foamedmaterial. When forming a foamed material, a foaming agent can be used,and examples thereof include, for example, inorganic foaming agents,e.g., sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, ammonium bicarbonate,ammonium carbonate, and ammonium nitrite; nitroso compounds such asN,N′-dinitroterephthalamide and N,N′-dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine;azo compounds such as azodicarbonamide, azobisisobutyronitrile,azocyclohexylnitrile, azodiaminobenzene, and barium azodicarboxylate;sulfonylhydrazide compounds such as benzenesulfonyl hydrazide,toluenesulfonyl hydrazide, and p,p′-oxybis(benzenesulfonylhydrazide)diphenylsulfone-3,3′-disulphenyl hydrazide; and azidecompounds such as calcium azide, 4,4′-diphenylsulfonylazide andpara-toluenesulfonylazide.

When the composition for hose forming contains a foaming agent, theamount of blend of the foaming agent is appropriately selected such thatthe specific gravity of the foamed material after being cross-linked andfoamed is usually 0.01 to 0.9. The amount of blend of the foaming agentis, based on the total 100 parts by mass of the ethylene-based copolymerA and other polymer(s) (elastomer, cross-linking rubber, etc.) whichis/are blended as necessary, usually 0.5 to 30 parts by mass, andpreferably 1 to 20 parts by mass.

[Properties of the Composition for Hose Forming]

By using the composition for hose forming of the present invention 2-3,a hose with excellent mechanical properties at ambient temperature andexcellent low temperature properties can be formed. For example, a hosewhich has a great tensile strength at ambient temperature as well assmall compression set at a low temperature and good results of a torsiontest at a low temperature can be obtained.

[Hoses]

The hose of the present invention 2-3 has layers formed from the abovecomposition for hose forming. The hose of the present invention 2-3 maybe a hose of a single layer or two layers which only contains a layer(s)formed from the composition for hose forming as described above, andalso may contain other layers, for example, one layer or two or morelayers selected from layers made from natural rubber, fabric layers,thermoplastic resin layers and thermosetting resin layers.

Examples of methods of producing a hose from the composition for hoseforming of the present invention 2-3 include a method of forming thesaid composition (uncross-linked composition) in a desired hose shapeand, simultaneously with or after the forming, cross-linking the saidcomposition.

For example, a method (I) in which the composition for hose forming ofthe present invention 2-3 containing a cross-linking agent is used andformed in a desired shape and then cross-linked by heating and a method(II) in which the composition for hose forming of the present invention2-3 is formed in a desired shape and cross-linked by the irradiation ofelectron beams are included.

In the formation as described above, the composition for hose forming ofthe present invention 2-3 is formed in a hose shape having a hollowportion using an extruder, calender roll, press molding machine,injection molding machine, transfer molding machine or the like.

In the above method (I), simultaneously with or after the formation, themolded article is heated, for example, at 50 to 200° C. for 1 to 120minutes. By this heating, the molded article is cross-linked orcross-linked as well as foamed. Examples of cross-linking baths includesteam vulcanization baths, hot air vulcanization baths, glass beadsfluidized-beds, molten salt vulcanization baths, and microwave bathes.One type alone of these cross-linking baths or two types or more thereofin combination may be used.

In the above method (II), simultaneously with or after the formation,electron beams having energy of 0.1 to 10 MeV are irradiated on themolded article such that the absorbed dose is usually 0.5 to 35 Mrad,and preferably 0.5 to 20 Mrad.

Additionally, shaping treatment may be carried out in which a mandrel isinserted in the hollow portion of the hose thus obtained to heat thehose. After the shaping treatment, the hose is cooled. In the shapingtreatment, since the final shaping is performed after the mandrel isinserted in the cross-linked hose, scratches on the surface or crushedend portions at the time of the insertion of the mandrel can beprevented, whereby reducing the occurrence of defective products. Thus,a hose can be produced effectively even if the hose has a complicatedshape.

The hose of the present invention 2-3 can be suitably employed as hosesfor automobiles, motor bikes, industrial machines, constructionmachines, agricultural machines and the like. Particularly, the hose ofthe present invention 2-3 can be suitably used as a variety of hosessuch as radiator hoses for cooling an engine, drain hoses for radiatoroverflow, heater hoses for a room heater, air conditioning drain hoses,water supply hoses for a windshield wiper, roof drain hoses, and prolacthoses.

EXAMPLES

For the present invention 1, the present invention will be describedbelow more in detail by use of Examples, but the present invention 1 isnot to be limited to these Examples.

Structures of a bridged metallocene compound and a precursor thereofwere determined by measuring the ¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, JEOL LTD.,GSH-270), FD-mass (hereinafter, FD-MS) spectrum (JEOL LTD., SX-102A) andthe like.

A component of the bridged metallocene compound,η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl group represents a1,1,4,4,7,7,10,10-octamethyl-(5a,5b,11a,12,12a-η⁵)-1,2,3,4,7,8,9,10-octahydrodibenzo[b,h]fluorenylgroup. Therefore, for example,[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride represents astructure of the following formula.

Properties/characteristics of the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer were measured in the following manner.

[Ethylene Content, Propylene Content, ENB Content of theEthylene/Propylene/5-Ethylidene-2-Norbornene (ENB) Copolymer]

The measurement solvent was o-dichlorobenzene/benzene-d₆(4/1[vol/vol%]), and the ¹³C NMR spectrum thereof was measured and calculated underthe measurement condition of a measurement temperature of 120° C., aspectral width of 250 ppm, a pulse repetition time of 5.5 seconds and apulse width of 4.7 μsec (a 45 degree pulse) (100 MHz, JEOL LTD.,ECX400P) or under the measurement condition of a measurement temperatureof 120° C., a spectral width of 250 ppm, a pulse repetition time of 5.5seconds and a pulse width of 5.0 μsec (a 45 degree pulse) (125 MHz,Bruker BioSpin K.K., AVANCEIIIcryo-500).

The calculated contents (mol %) were rounded off to one decimal place.

[Ethylene Content, 1-Butene Content, ENB Content ofEthylene/1-Butene/5-Ethylidene-2-Norbornene (ENB) Copolymer]

The measurement solvent was o-dichlorobenzene-d₄, and the ¹H NMRspectrum thereof was measured and calculated under the measurementcondition of a measurement temperature of 120° C., with spectral widthof 20 ppm, a pulse repetition time of 7.0 seconds and a pulse width of6.15 μsec (a 45 degree pulse) (400 MHz, JEOL LTD., ECX400P).

The calculated contents (mol %) were rounded off to one decimal point.

[B Value]

The measurement solvent was o-dichlorobenzene/benzene-d₆ (4/1 [vol/vol%]), and the ¹³C NMR spectrum thereof was measured under the measurementcondition of a measurement temperature of 120° C., with a spectral widthof 250 ppm, a pulse repetition time of 5.5 seconds and a pulse width of4.7 μsec (a 45 degree pulse) (100 MHz, JEOL LTD., ECX400P) or under themeasurement condition of a measurement temperature of 120° C., with aspectral width of 250 ppm, a pulse repetition time of 5.5 seconds and apulse width of 5.0 μsec (a 45 degree pulse) (125 MHz, Bruker BioSpinK.K.AVANCEIIIcryo-500) and calculated according to the following generalequation [XVII].

B value=(c+d)/[2×a×(e+f)  [XVII]

(In the equation [XVII], a, e and f are respectively the mole fractionof the ethylene, the mole fraction of the α-olefin and the mole fractionof the non-conjugated polyene in the ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer, c is the ethylene-α-olefin diad mole fraction, and dis the ethylene-non-conjugated polyene diad mole fraction.)

[Weight Average Molecular Weight (Mw), Number Average Molecular Weight(Mn)]

The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number averagemolecular weight (Mn) were measured as follows, using a gel permeationchromatograph, Alliance GPC 2000 produced by Waters. TSKgel GMH6-HT×2and TSKgel GMH6-HTL×2 (both produced by TOSOH CORPORATION) were used asseparation columns with the column size of 7.5 mm in diameter and 300 mmin length and the column temperature of 140° C. The mobile phase waso-dichlorobenzene (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, LTD.) as well as 0.025wt % of BHT (Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited) as an antioxidantand pumped at a rate of 1.0 ml/min. The sample concentration was 15mg/10 ml, and the sample injection amount was 500 μl. A differentialrefractometer was used as a detector. For standard polystyrenes,polystyrenes produced by TOSOH CORPORATION were used for those with amolecular weight of Mw<1000 and Mw>4×10⁵, and polystyrenes produced byPressure Chemical Company were used for those of 1000≤Mw≤4×10⁵. Eachaverage molecular weight was calculated as a polystyrene equivalentmolecular weight according to a general calibration procedure.

[Ratio of Weight Average Molecular Weight to Number Average MolecularWeight (Mw/Mn)]

The ratio was calculated by dividing the Mw as measured by the abovemeasurement by the Mn as also measured by the above measurement.

[Limiting Viscosity ([η])]

A decalin solvent was used and measured at 135° C. About 20 mg of thepolymer was resolved in 15 ml of decalin, and the specific viscosityη_(sp) was measured in an oil bath at 135° C. After this decalinsolution was diluted by the addition of 5 ml of the decalin solvent, thespecific viscosity η_(sp) was measured in the same way. The dilution wasrepeated two more times and the value η_(sp)/C obtained by extrapolatingthe concentration (C) to 0 was used as the limiting viscosity.

[η]=lim(η_(sp) /C)(C→0)

Synthesis Example A1 Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 30 ml ofdehydrated t-butylmethyl ether, and 0.725 g (3.26 mmol) of2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene were introduced. To this solution, in an icewater bath, 2.05 ml (3.34 mmol) of a hexane solution of n-butyllithium(1.63 M) was dropwise added over a period of 5 minutes. The mixture wasstirred at 40° C. for 2 hours. 0.893 g (3.46 mmol) of6,6-bis(4-methylphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture was stirred underreflux for 15 hours. To the reaction solution, a saturated aqueousammonium chloride solution was introduced to separate the organic layer.The aqueous layer was subjected to extraction with 100 ml of hexane and100 ml of toluene. The extract combined with the organic layerpreviously obtained was washed with water and a saturated aqueous sodiumchloride solution. The organic layer washed was dried with magnesiumsulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The resultant solid waswashed with hexane. As a result, bis4-(methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained as a flesh-colorpowder. The yielded amount was 0.645 g, and the yield was 41%.bis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identified by FD-MS spectrum.A measured value thereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 480 (M1

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 30 ml Schlenk flask, 0.300 g (0.624 mmol)of bis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 0.147 g (1.27 mmol) ofα-methylstyrene, and 0.628 g of dehydrated cyclopentylmethyl ether wereintroduced. 0.78 ml (1.3 mmol) of a 1.63 M n-butyllithium hexanesolution was dropwise added over a period of 10 minutes. After thetemperature was elevated to 70° C., the mixture was stirred for 4 hours.After the mixture was cooled in an ice/acetone bath, the pressure insidethe system was reduced for 5 minutes, and was returned to normalpressure with nitrogen. 0.209 g (0.652 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloridewas added. The mixture was allowed to react at room temperature for 17hours. The solvent was distilled off, and the resultant solid was washedwith dehydrated hexane. About 10 ml of dehydrated dichloromethane wasadded to extract soluble components. The resultant solution wasconcentrated, and about 3 ml of dehydrated hexane was added. A solidprecipitated was collected by filtration. As a result,[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as agolden yellow powder. The yielded amount was 0.233 g, and the yield was51%. [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shownbelow.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): 5/ppm 7.88 (s, 2H), 7.78 (dd, J=7.9,2.3 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (dd, J=7.9, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.12(d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.25 (t, J=2.8 Hz, 2H), 6.14 (s, 2H), 5.66 (t, J=2.8Hz, 2H), 2.49 (s, 6H), 2.34 (s, 6H), 2.05 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 728 (M⁺)

Synthesis Example A2 Synthesis of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis of6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 500 ml three-neck flask, 8.28 g (115 mmol)of lithium cyclopentadienide, and 200 ml of dehydrated THF were added.With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 13.6 g (119 mmol) of DMI wasadded. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes.Thereafter, 25.3 g (105 mmol) of 4,4′-dimethoxybenzophenone was added.The mixture was stirred under heat refluxing for 1 week. With themixture cooled in an ice bath, 100 ml of water was gradually added, andfurther, 200 ml of dichloromethane was added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 30 minutes. The resultant two-layer solution wastransferred to a 500 ml separating funnel. The organic layer was washedthree times with 200 ml of water. The organic layer washed was driedwith anhydrous magnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solventwas distilled off under reduced pressure. As a result, an orange-brownsolid was obtained, which was then subjected to separation with silicagel chromatograph (700 g, hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1). As a result, a redsolution was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. As a result, 9.32 g (32.1 mmol, 30.7%) of6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was obtained as an orange solid.6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.28-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.92-6.87 (m,4H), 6.59-6.57 (m, 2H), 6.30-6.28 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 6H)

(ii) Synthesis of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 500 mg (2.25 mmol)of 2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene, and 40 ml of dehydrated t-butylmethylether were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 1.45 ml (2.36mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63M) was gradually added.The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. 591 mg (2.03mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture wassubjected to heat refluxing for 3 days. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 50 ml of water was gradually added. The resultant solution wastransferred to a 300 ml separating funnel, to which 50 ml ofdichloromethane was added. The mixture was shaken several times toseparate off the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed three timeswith 50 ml of water. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a smallamount of diethyl ether. As a result, a white solid was obtained.Further, the solvent of the washing liquid was distilled off underreduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a small amount ofdiethyl ether to collect a white solid, which was combined with thewhite solid previously obtained. The resultant solid was dried underreduced pressure. As a result, 793 mg (1.55 mmol, 76.0%) ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained. bis(4-methoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identifiedby FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 512 (M⁺)

(iii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 272 mg (0.531 mmol)of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 20 ml of dehydrated toluene, and90 ml (1.1 mmol) of THF were sequentially added. With the mixture cooledin an ice bath, 0.68 ml (1.1 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution(1.63 M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 5hours. As a result, a red solution was obtained. The solvent wasdistilled off under reduced pressure, and 20 ml of dehydrated diethylether was added to provide a red solution again. With the solutioncooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 164 mg (0.511 mmol) of hafniumtetrachloride was added. While the temperature was gradually elevated toroom temperature, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. As a result, ayellow slurry was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. The resultant solid was transferred into a glove box, washedwith hexane, and thereafter extracted with dichloromethane. The solventwas distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solid wasallowed to dissolve in a small amount of dichloromethane, and hexane wasadded to perform recrystallization at −20° C. A solid precipitated wascollected, washed with hexane, and dried under reduced pressure. As aresult, 275 mg (0.362 mmol, 70.8%) of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow solid. [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shownbelow.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.87 (s, 2H), 7.80-7.66 (m, 4H),6.94-6.83 (m, 4H), 6.24 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (s, 2H), 5.65 (t, J=2.6Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.05 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 760 (M⁺)

Synthesis Example A3 Synthesis of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis of6,6-bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]fulvene

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml three-neck flask, 3.06 g (42.4 mmol)of lithium cyclopentadienide, 10.1 g (37.5 mmol) of4,4′-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone, and 100 ml of dehydrated DME wereadded. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 4.86 g (42.6 mmol) of DMIwas added. Thereafter, the mixture was subjected to under heat refluxingfor 8 days. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 50 ml of water wasgradually added, and further, 50 ml of dichloromethane was added. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The resultanttwo-layer solution was transferred to a 300 ml separating funnel. Theorganic layer was washed three times with 100 ml of water. The organiclayer washed was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate for 30 minutes.Thereafter, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, whichwas followed by extraction with a hexane/ethyl acetate mixed solvent(4:1). The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, andrecrystallization was performed in ethanol. As a result, 1.04 g (3.29mmol, 8.8%) of 6,6-bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]fulvene was obtained as ared-brown solid. 6,6-bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]fulvene was identifiedby ¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shownbelow.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.29-7.25 (m, 4H), 6.71-6.65 (m,4H), 6.57-6.54 (m, 2H), 6.36-6.34 (m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 12H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 316 (M⁺)

(ii) Synthesis of bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 1.50 g (6.75 mmol)of 2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene, and 80 ml of dehydratedcyclopentylmethyl ether were added. With the mixture cooled at −20° C.,4.50 ml (7.08 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.58 M) wasgradually added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20hours. The reaction liquid was again cooled to −20° C., and thereafter,2.27 g (7.17 mmol) of 6,6-bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]fulvene was added.While gradually returned to room temperature, the mixture was stirredfor 4 hours. An aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to separateoff the aqueous layer, and the residue was washed with water.Thereafter, the solvent was distilled off. The resultant solid waswashed with methanol. As a result, 2.14 g (3.97 mmol, 58.9%) ofbis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained as a pale-yellowwhite solid. bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum.A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.22 (s), 7.12 (br), 6.73 (br),6.51 (br), 6.16 (br), 5.19 (s), 2.86 (s), 2.20 (s), 2.06 (s)

(iii) Synthesis of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 50 ml Schlenk flask, 0.800 g (1.48 mmol) ofbis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 10 ml of dehydrated toluene, and0.4 g of dehydrated THF were added. With the mixture cooled at −20° C.,1.90 ml (2.97 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.58 M) wasgradually added, with stirring. After returned to room temperature, themixture was heated to 45° C., and stirred for 4 hours. The reactionsolution was allowed to return to room temperature. The solvent wasdistilled off, and to the resultant solid, 80 ml of dehydrated diethylether was added. The mixture was cooled to −20° C. While the mixture wasstirred, 0.470 g (1.47 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride was added. Whilethe temperature was gradually elevated to room temperature, the mixturewas stirred for 16 hours. Thereafter, the solvent was distilled off. Theresultant solid was washed with dehydrated diethyl ether, and extractedwith dehydrated dichloromethane. The solvent was distilled off. Theresultant solid was washed with a small amount of dehydrated diethylether. As a result, 0.520 g (0.661 mmol, 44.7%) of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow-orange solid.[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H NMR spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.85 (s, 2H), 7.67-7.60 (m, 4H),6.72-6.69 (m, 4H), 6.23-6.21 (m, 4H), 5.66 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (s,12H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.05 (s, 6H)

Synthesis Example A4 Synthesis of[bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis of3,3′,4,4′-tetramethoxybenzophenone

To a 300 ml three-neck flask, 17.3 g (125.2 mmol) of1,2-dimethoxybenzene, and 200 ml of polyphosphoric acid were added, andstirred at room temperature. Further, 22.8 g (125.2 mmol) of3,4-dimethoxybenzoic acid was added. The mixture was heated at 100° C.,and stirred for 6 hours. Thereafter, the reaction product was added towater to filter off insoluble substances. The resultant solid was washedwith ethanol. As a result, 26.2 g (69%) of3,3′,4,4′-tetramethoxybenzophenone was obtained as a white powder.3,3′,4,4′-tetramethoxybenzophenone was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.42 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36(dd, J=8.2, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (s, 6H), 3.93 (s,6H)

(ii) Synthesis of 6,6-bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)fulvene

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml three-neck flask, 1.74 g (19.8 mmol)of cyclopentadiene sodium salt, and 100 ml of dehydrated THF wereintroduced. Thereto, in an ice water bath, 3.0 ml (27.3 mmol) of1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and 4.65 g (15.38 mmol) of3,3′,4,4′-tetramethoxybenzophenone were added. The mixture was stirredunder heat refluxing at 60° C. for 3 days. Thereafter, to the reactionsolution, an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution was added to separatethe organic layer. This was followed by extraction with ethyl acetate.The resultant organic layer was washed one time with a saturated aqueoussodium bicarbonate solution, one time with water, and one time with asaturated saline solution. The organic layer washed was dried withmagnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The resultantsolid was purified by column chromatography. As a result, 3.0 g (56%) of6,6-bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)fulvene was obtained as an orange powder.6,6-bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)fulvene was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 6.89-6.87 (m, 6H), 6.59 (d,J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 6.32 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 6H), 3.82 (s, 6H)

(iii) Synthesis of bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 1.0 g (4.5 mmol)of 2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene, and 80 ml of dehydratedcyclopentylmethyl ether were introduced. With the mixture cooled in adry ice methanol bath to −20° C., 2.9 ml (4.7 mmol) of an-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.66 M) was slowly dropwise added. Whilegradually returned to room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 20hours. Thereafter, with the mixture cooled again in a dry ice methanolbath to −20° C., 1.51 g (4.3 mmol) of6,6-bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture was stirredat room temperature for 20 hours. Thereafter, to the reaction solution,a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to separate theorganic layer, and the aqueous layer was subjected to extraction withdiethyl ether. The resultant organic layers were combined and washedthree times with water, and the solvent was distilled off. The resultantsolid was washed with a small amount of diethyl ether. The resultantsolid was dried. As a result, 1.2 g (46.6%) of bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained asa pale-pink white powder. bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum.A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.4-8.3 (br), 7.5-7.1 (br),7.1-6.2 (br), 5.3-5.1 (br), 4.0-3.7 (br), 3.7-3.3 (br), 3.2-3.0 (br),3.0-2.8 (br), 2.4-2.0 (br), 1.7-1.4 (br)

(iv) Synthesis of[bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 50 ml Schlenk flask, 0.6 g (1.1 mmol) ofbis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 30 ml of dehydrated toluene, and0.2 g of dehydrated THF were added. With the mixture cooled in a dry icebath, 1.3 ml (2.1 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.60 M) wasgradually added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, heated at 45° C., and stirred for 4 hours. After thetemperature of the reaction solution returned to room temperature, thesolvent was distilled off. To the resultant solid, 80 ml of dehydrateddiethyl ether was added, followed by cooling to −20° C., and 0.49 g (1.1mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride⋅bis(diethyl ether) complex was added.While the temperature was gradually elevated to room temperature, themixture was stirred for 16 hours. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff. The resultant solid was extracted with dehydrated dichloromethane.The extract was concentrated again, and extracted with dehydratedtoluene. As a result, 0.32 g (20.9%) of[bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow solid. [bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H NMR spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below. ¹H NMRspectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.92-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.10 (m, 6H),6.96-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.35-6.10 (m, 4H), 5.74-5.60 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.83 (m,9H), 3.68-3.59 (m, 3H), 2.55-2.44 (m, 6H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 6H)

Synthesis Example A5 Synthesis of[bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis ofbis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 0.7 g (3.2 mmol)of 2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene, and 100 ml of dehydratedcyclopentylmethyl ether were introduced. With the mixture cooled in adry ice methanol bath to −20° C., 2.1 ml (3.3 mmol) of an-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.60 M) was slowly dropwise added. Whilegradually returned to room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 20hours. Thereafter, with the mixture cooled again in a dry ice methanolbath to −20° C., 1.3 g (3.2 mmol) of6,6-bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture was stirredat room temperature for 4 hours. Thereafter, to the reaction solution, asaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to separate theorganic layer, and the aqueous layer was subjected to extraction withdiethyl ether. The resultant organic layers were combined and washedthree times with water, and the solvent was distilled off. The resultantsolid was washed with methanol, and dried. As a result, 1.3 (69.0%) ofbis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained as an ocher-whitepowder. bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum.A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.4-7.0 (br), 6.8-6.5 (br),6.4-6.0 (br), 5.3-5.1 (br), 4.0-3.7 (br), 3.3-3.2 (br), 3.2-2.8 (br),2.4-2.2 (br), 2.2-1.9 (br)

(ii) Synthesis of[bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 50 ml Schlenk flask, 0.7 g (1.1 mmol) ofbis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 30 ml of dehydrated toluene, and0.2 g of dehydrated THF were added. With the mixture cooled in a dry icebath, 1.4 ml (2.2 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.60 M) wasgradually added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, heated at 45° C., and stirred for 4 hours. After thetemperature of the reaction solution returned to room temperature, thesolvent was distilled off. To the resultant solid, 50 ml of dehydrateddiethyl ether was added, followed by cooling to −20° C., and 0.52 g (1.1mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride⋅bis(diethyl ether) complex was added.While the temperature was gradually elevated to room temperature, themixture was stirred for 16 hours. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff, which was followed by extraction with diethyl ether. The extractwas concentrated again, and washed with a small amount of dehydrateddiethyl ether. As a result, 0.37 g (37.8%) of[bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η³-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow solid. [bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H NMR spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.86 (s, 2H), 7.79-7.59 (m, 4H),6.95-6.79 (m, 4H), 6.27-6.21 (m, 2H), 6.20-6.13 (m, 2H), 5.69-5.57 (m,2H), 3.94-3.73 (m, 8H), 3.22-2.98 (m, 8H), 2.54-2.41 (m, 6H), 2.10-1.96(m, 6H)

Comparative Synthesis Example A1 Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis of bis(4-methylphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml three-neck flask, 1.72 g (10.3 mmol)of fluorene, and 30 ml of dehydrated THF were added. With the mixturecooled in an ice bath, 6.5 ml (10.6 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexanesolution (1.63M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred for 3hours. With the mixture cooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, a solution of3.22 g (12.5 mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methylphenyl)fulvene dissolved in 50 mlof dehydrated THF was added. While the temperature was graduallyelevated to room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 19 hours. Theorganic phase was extracted and washed with 100 ml of hydrochloric acid(2M), with 100 ml of a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution(two times), and subsequently with 100 ml of a saturated aqueous sodiumchloride solution, and dehydrated with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Thesolvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. As a result, a redsolid was obtained. The resultant solid was washed with hexane andmethanol, and dried under reduced pressure. As a result, 2.52 g (5.95mmol, 57.6%) of bis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(fluorenyl)methane was obtained as a yellow powder. bis(4-methylphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl)methane was identified by FD-MS. Ameasured value thereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 424 (M⁺)

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-fluoren yl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 805 mg (1.90 mmol) ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (fluorenyl)methane, and 50 ml ofdehydrated diethyl ether were added. With the mixture cooled in amethanol/dry ice bath, 2.5 ml (4.1 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexanesolution (1.63M) was gradually added, and at room temperature themixture was stirred for 22 hours. With the mixture cooled in amethanol/dry ice bath, 602 mg (1.88 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride wasadded. While the temperature was gradually elevated to room temperature,the mixture was stirred for 22 hours. As a result, an orange slurry wasobtained. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Theresultant solid was transferred into a glove box, and extracted withdiethyl ether. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Tothe resultant solid, a small amount of dichloromethane and hexane wasadded. The mixture was allowed to be left at −20° C. As a result, ayellow solid was precipitated out. This solid was collected byfiltration, washed with a small amount of hexane, and dried underreduced pressure. As a result, 273 mg (406 μmol, 21.6%) of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as a yellow solid.[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by ¹H NMR and FD-MS. A measuredvalue thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.16-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.67 (m,4H), 7.55-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.01-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.52-6.48(m, 2H), 6.29 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 5.72 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 672 (M1

Comparative Synthesis Example A2 Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml three-neck flask, 876 mg (4.51 mmol)of 2,7-dimethylfluorene, and 20 ml of dehydrated THF were added. Withthe mixture cooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 3.0 ml (4.9 mmol) of an-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63 M) was gradually added. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. With the mixture cooled ina methanol/dry ice bath, a solution of 1.28 g (4.96 mmol) of6,6-bis(4-methylphenyl)fulvene dissolved in 25 ml of THF solution wasadded. While the temperature was gradually elevated to room temperature,the mixture was stirred for 23 hours. As a result, an orange slurry wasobtained. The organic phase was extracted and washed with 100 ml of asaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, with 100 ml of a saturatedaqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and subsequently with 100 ml of asaturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and dehydrated withanhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. As a result, a yellow solid was obtained. The resultant solidwas washed with hexane and methanol, and dried under reduced pressure.As a result, 880 mg (1.94 mmol, 43.1%) of bis(4-methylphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained as ayellow powder. bis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,7-dimethylfluorenyl) methane was identified by FD-MS spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 453 (M⁺)

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 843 mg (1.86 mmol) of4,4′-ditolyl(cyclopentadienyl) (2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)methane, and 50 mlof dehydrated diethyl ether were added. With the mixture cooled in amethanol/dry ice bath, 2.5 ml (4.0 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexanesolution (1.59M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 24 hours. With the mixture cooled in a methanol/dry icebath, 594 mg (1.86 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride was added. While thetemperature was gradually elevated to room temperature, the mixture wasstirred for 19 hours. As a result, an orange slurry was obtained. Thesolvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solidwas transferred into a glove box, and extracted with methylene chloride.The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. To the resultantsolid, a small amount of methylene chloride and hexane was added. Themixture was allowed to be left at −20° C. As a result, a yellow solidwas precipitated out. This solid was collected by filtration, washedwith a small amount of hexane, and dried under reduced pressure. As aresult, 670 mg (957 μmol, 51.6%) of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as a yellowsolid. [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by ¹H NMRspectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.96 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.76(dd, J=8.1 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (dd,J=8.6 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (br d, J=7.8 Hz,2H), 6.28 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (br s, 2H), 5.68 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H),2.33 (s, 6H), 2.12 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 700 (M⁺)

Comparative Synthesis Example A3 Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 684 g (1.27 mmol) ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (2,7-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane, and 50 ml of dehydrated diethyl ether were added. With themixture cooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 1.7 ml (2.8 mmol) of an-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63 M) was gradually added. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 17 hours. With the mixture cooled ina methanol/dry ice bath, 406 mg (1.27 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride wasadded. While the temperature was gradually elevated to room temperature,the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. As a result, an orange slurry wasobtained. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Theresultant solid was transferred into a glove box, and extracted withdiethyl ether. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Tothe resultant solid, a small amount of methylene chloride and hexane wasadded. The mixture was allowed to be left at −20° C.

As a result, a yellow solid was precipitated out. This solid wascollected by filtration, washed with a small amount of hexane, and driedunder reduced pressure. As a result, 131 mg (167 μmol, 13.2%) of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as a yellow solid.[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by ¹H NMR spectrumand FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.99 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.80(dd, J=8.0 Hz, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (dd,J=8.9 Hz, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (br d, J=8.6 Hz,2H), 6.36 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 2H) 6.26 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 5.60 (t, J=2.7 Hz,2H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 1.03 (s, 18H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 784 (M⁺)

Comparative Synthesis Example A4 Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-3,6-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis of bis(4-methylphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-dimethylfluorenyl) methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 30 ml Schlenk flask, 20 ml of dehydratedt-butylmethyl ether, and 0.399 g (2.06 mmol) of 3,6-dimethylfluorenewere introduced. To this solution, in an ice water bath, 1.31 ml (2.08mmol) of a hexane solution of n-butyllithium (1.59 M) was dropwise addedover a period of 10 minutes. The mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 18 hours. 0.539 g (2.08 mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methylphenyl)fulvene wasadded. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. To thereaction solution, a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution wasintroduced to separate the organic layer. The aqueous layer wassubjected to extraction with 100 ml of hexane and 60 ml of toluene. Theextract combined with the organic layer previously obtained was washedwith water and a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The organiclayer washed was dried with magnesium sulfate, and filtered throughsilica gel. The solvent was distilled off, and the resultant solid waswashed with ethanol. As a result, 0.741 g (1.64 mmol, 80%) ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-dimethylfluorenyl)methanewas obtained. bis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(3,6-dimethylfluorenyl)methane was identified by FD-MS spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 452 (M⁺)

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-dim ethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 30 ml Schlenk flask, 0.350 g (0.773 mmol)of a ligand, 0.183 g (1.55 mmol) of α-methylstyrene, 0.774 g ofcyclopentylmethyl ether, and 18.0 g of toluene were introduced. 0.98 ml(1.6 mmol) of a 1.59 M n-butyllithium hexane solution was dropwise addedover a period of 10 minutes. After the temperature was elevated to 70°C., the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. After the mixture was cooled inan ice/acetone bath, the pressure inside the system was reduced for 5minutes, and was returned to normal pressure with nitrogen. 0.249 g(0.776 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride was added. The mixture was allowedto react at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was distilledoff, and the resultant solid was washed with hexane. About 10 ml ofdichloromethane was added to extract soluble components. The resultantsolution was concentrated, and about 3 ml of hexane was added. A solidprecipitated was collected by filtration. As a result, 0.450 g (0.642mmol, 83.1%) of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-dim ethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained.[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-3,6-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum andFD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.92 (t, J=0.8 Hz, 2H), 7.76(dd, J=7.9, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.1, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (dd, J=8.1,1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (dd, J=8.2, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.83 (dd, J=8.9, 1.6 Hz, 2H),6.36 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.26 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 5.67 (t, J=2.8 Hz, 2H),2.57 (s, 6H), 2.32 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 700 (M⁺)

Comparative Synthesis Example A5 Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl) methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml three-neck flask, 2.50 g (8.98 mmol)of 3,6-di-t-butylfluorene, and 150 ml of dehydrated THF were added andstirred. With this solution cooled to −20° C., 5.9 ml (9.26 mmol) of an-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.57 M) was gradually added. Thereafter,the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. The resultantsolution was cooled again to −20° C. Thereafter, a THF solution of 2.78g (10.76 mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methylphenyl)fulvene was dropwise added.Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours.Thereafter, the reaction solution was quenched with a saturated aqueousammonium chloride solution, and extraction was performed with diethylether. The resultant organic layer was washed one time with a saturatedaqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, one time with water, and one timewith a saturated saline solution. The organic layer washed was driedwith magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The resultantsolid was washed with methanol. As a result, 3.45 g (72%) ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl) methanewas obtained as a white solid. bis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl methane was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below.

H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.5-6.7 (m),5.38 (s), 3.0-2.8(br), 2.3 (br),1.3 (s)

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 50 ml Schlenk flask, 0.565 g (1.05 mmol) ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane, 10 ml of dehydrated toluene, and 0.3 g of dehydrated THF wereadded. With the mixture cooled in a dry ice bath, 1.3 ml (2.11 mmol) ofa n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.66 M) was gradually added. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and thereafter,heated at 40° C., and stirred for 4 hours. After the reaction solutionwas returned to room temperature, the solvent was distilled off. To theresultant solid, 80 ml of dehydrated diethyl ether was added, followedby cooling to −20° C., and 0.318 g (1.0 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloridewas added. While the temperature was gradually elevated to roomtemperature, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. Thereafter, thesolvent was distilled off, and the resultant solid was extracted withdehydrated diethyl ether and dehydrated dichloromethane, and thereafterthe solvent was distilled off. The resultant solid was washed with asmall amount of dehydrated diethyl ether. As a result, 0.32 g (38%) of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as a yellow solid.[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum.A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.05 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 2H),7.76-7.70 (m, 4H), 7.19-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.07 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.39 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.25 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 5.67 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 2.32 (s,6H), 1.40 (s, 18H)

Comparative Synthesis Example A6 Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml three-neck flask, 1.45 g (4.73 mmol)of 2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorene, and 100 ml of dehydrated THFwere introduced. Thereto, in an ice water bath, 3.1 ml (5.14 mmol) of1.66 M n-butyllithium hexane solution was slowly dropwise added. Whilegradually returned to room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 20hours. After the mixture was cooled to −20° C., 1.5 g (5.8 mmol) of6,6-bis(4-methylphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 2 hours. Thereafter, the reaction solution wasquenched with an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and extraction wasperformed with diethyl ether. The resultant organic layer was washed onetime with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, one time withwater, and one time with a saturated saline solution. The organic layerwashed was dried with magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilledoff. The resultant solid was washed with methanol. As a result, 2.2 g(83%) of bis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane was obtained as a whitepowder. bis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane was identified by ¹H NMRspectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.43 (s), 7.12 (s), 6.68 (br s),6.32 (br s), 5.22 (s), 3.73 (s), 2.97 (br s), 2.84 (br s), 2.32 (s),1.38 (s)

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dim ethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 1.0 g (1.77 mmol) ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane, 20 ml of dehydratedtoluene, and 0.5 g of dehydrated THF were added. With the mixture cooledin a dry ice bath, 2.1 ml (3.54 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexanesolution (1.66 M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 30 minutes, and thereafter, heated at 40° C., andstirred for 4 hours. After the reaction solution was returned to roomtemperature, the solvent was distilled off. To the resultant solid, 30ml of dehydrated diethyl ether was added, followed by cooling to −20°C., and 0.59 g (1.84 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride was added. While thetemperature was gradually elevated to room temperature, the mixture wasstirred for 16 hours. Thereafter, the solution was subjected tofiltration, concentration, solidification by drying, and thereafterextraction with dehydrated hexane. The extract was again concentrated,solidified by drying, and thereafter washed with a small amount ofdehydrated hexane and dehydrated diethyl ether. As a result, 0.53 g(37%) of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow solid. [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dim ethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasidentified by ¹H NMR. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.04 (s, 2H), 7.78-7.66 (m, 4H),7.20-7.07 (m, 4H), 6.24 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 6.09 (s, 2H), 5.61 (t, J=2.6Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 6H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 1.49 (s, 18H)

Comparative Synthesis Example A7 Synthesis of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i)Synthesis of [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml Schlenk flask, 3.07 g (4.76 mmol) ofbis(4-methylphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane, 80 ml of dehydratedtoluene, and 0.80 ml (9.9 mmol) of dehydrated THF were sequentiallyadded. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 6.00 ml (9.90 mmol) of an-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.65M) was gradually added. The mixturewas stirred at 45° C. for 5 hours. The solvent was distilled off underreduced pressure, and 100 ml of dehydrated diethyl ether was added toprovide a solution again. With the solution cooled in a methanol/dry icebath, 1.43 g (4.46 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride was added. While thetemperature was gradually elevated to room temperature, the mixture wasstirred for 15 hours. As a result, an orange slurry was obtained. Thesolvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solidwas transferred into a glove box, washed with hexane, and thereafterextracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was distilled off underreduced pressure. The resultant was allowed to dissolve in a smallamount of dichloromethane again. Hexane was added, and thereafter thesolvent was distilled off little by little under reduced pressure. As aresult, an orange solid was precipitated out, and collected. The solidwas washed with hexane, and dried under reduced pressure. As a result,3.14 g (3.51 mmol, 78.7%) of[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtainedas an orange solid. [bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasidentified by ¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured valuethereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.02 (s, 2H), 7.82-7.69 (m, 4H),7.25-7.10 (m, 4H), 6.22 (s, 2H), 6.19 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (t, J=2.6Hz, 1H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 1.7-1.5 (br m, 8H), 1.46 (s, 6H), 1.39 (s, 6H),0.94 (s, 6H), 0.83 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 892 (M⁺)

Comparative Synthesis Example A8 Synthesis of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml three-neck flask, 1.06 g (3.80 mmol)of 3,6-di-t-butylfluorene, and 80 ml of dehydrated t-butylmethyl etherwere added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 2.50 ml (4.08 mmol)of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63M) was gradually added.Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours.1.01 g (3.46 mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was added. Themixture was subjected to heat refluxing for 40 hours. With the mixturecooled in an ice bath, 50 ml of water was gradually added. The resultanttwo-layer solution was transferred to a 500 ml separating funnel, towhich 50 ml of diethyl ether was added. The mixture was shaken severaltimes to remove the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed threetimes with 100 ml of water, and one time with 100 ml of a saturatedsaline solution. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. As a result, an orange solid was obtained.The solid was washed with diethyl ether, and extracted withdichloromethane. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.The resultant solid was allowed to dissolve in a small amount ofdichloromethane. This solution was allowed to flow through a smallamount of silica gel. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. As a result, 698 mg (1.23 mmol, 35.4%) of bis(4-methoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane was obtained as apale yellow solid. bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane was identified by FD-MS spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 568 (M⁺)

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 651 mg (1.14 mmol) ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane, and 40 ml of dehydrated diethyl etherwere sequentially added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 1.50 ml(2.45 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63 M) was graduallyadded. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Withthe mixture cooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 334 mg (1.04 mmol) ofhafnium tetrachloride was added. While the temperature was graduallyelevated to room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. Thesolvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solidwas transferred into a glove box, washed with hexane, and thereafterextracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was distilled off underreduced pressure. As a result, 740 mg (907 μmol, 86.9%) of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene (η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as a yellowsolid. [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene (η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by ¹H NMRspectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.06 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 2H),7.80-7.69 (m, 4H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.86 (m, 4H), 6.41 (d, J=9.2Hz, 2H), 6.26 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 5.67 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H),1.41 (s, 18H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 816 (M⁺)

Comparative Synthesis Example A9 Synthesis of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene (η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl) (2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 1.2 g (3.92 mmol)of 2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorene, and 40 ml of dehydratedcyclopentylmethyl ether were introduced. Thereto, in an ice water bath,2.5 ml (4.11 mmol) of a 1.66 M n-butyllithium hexane solution was slowlydropwise added. While gradually returned to room temperature, themixture was stirred for 20 hours. Thereto, in an ice water bath, 1.25 g(4.31 mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Thereafter, the reactionsolution was quenched with an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, andextraction was performed with diethyl ether. The resultant organic layerwas washed one time with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonatesolution, one time with water, and one time with a saturated salinesolution. The organic layer washed was dried with magnesium sulfate, andthe solvent was distilled off. The resultant solid was washed withhexane. As a result, 1.7 g (74%) of bis(4-methoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane wasobtained as a white powder. bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane was identified by ¹H NMRspectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.43 (s), 7.12 (s), 6.68 (br s),6.32 (br s), 5.22 (s), 3.73 (s), 2.97 (br s), 2.84 (br s), 2.32 (s),1.38 (s)

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-di methyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 0.8 g (1.22 mmol) ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane, 20 ml of dehydratedtoluene, and 0.5 g of dehydrated THF were added. With the mixture cooledin a dry ice bath, 1.7 ml (2.75 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexanesolution (1.66 M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 30 minutes, and thereafter, heated at 40° C., andstirred for 4 hours. After the reaction solution was returned to roomtemperature, the solvent was distilled off. To the resultant solid, 30ml of dehydrated diethyl ether was added, followed by cooling to −20°C., and 0.41 g (1.28 mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride was added. While thetemperature was gradually elevated to room temperature, the mixture wasstirred for 16 hours. Thereafter, the solvent was distilled off. Theresultant solid was washed with dehydrated hexane, and thereafter wasextracted with dehydrated diethyl ether and dehydrated dichloromethane.The dichloromethane solution was concentrated again, and washed withdehydrated diethyl ether. As a result, 0.70 g (79.1%) of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow solid. [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-di methyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasidentified by ¹H NMR spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.05 (s, 2H), 7.80-7.66 (m, 4H),6.96-6.84 (m, 4H), 6.25 (t, J=2.8 Hz, 2H), 6.12 (s, 2H), 5.61 (t, J=2.8Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 1.49 (s, 18H)

Comparative Synthesis Example A10 Synthesis of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i)Synthesis of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml three-neck flask, 1.33 g (3.45 mmol)of octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorene, and 100 ml of dehydratedt-butylmethyl ether were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath,2.30 ml (3.75 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63M) wasgradually added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4hours. 0.909 g (3.13 mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was added.The mixture was subjected to heat refluxing for 40 hours. With themixture cooled in an ice bath, 50 ml of water and 50 ml of diethyl etherwere gradually added. The resultant solution was transferred to a 500 mlseparating funnel. The mixture was shaken several times to separate offthe aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed three times with 100 mlof water, and one time with 100 ml of a saturated saline solution. Theorganic layer washed was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate for 30minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure, which was followed by separation with silica gel chromatograph(150 g, hexane:ethyl acetate=19:1). As a result, a colorless solutionwas obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. As aresult, 2.06 g (3.04 mmol, 97.3%) of bis(4-methoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane wasobtained as a pale yellow solid. bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane was identified by FD-MSspectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 676 (M⁺)

(ii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 1.06 g (1.57 mmol) ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane, 40 ml of dehydratedtoluene, and 270 μl (3.33 mmol) of dehydrated THF were sequentiallyadded. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 2.00 ml (3.28 mmol) of an-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.64M) was gradually added. The mixturewas stirred at 45° C. for 5 hours. As a result, a red solution wasobtained. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and 40ml of dehydrated diethyl ether was added to provide a red solutionagain. With the solution cooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 718 mg (1.53mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride⋅bis(diethyl ether) complex was added.While the temperature was gradually elevated to room temperature, themixture was stirred for 17 hours. As a result, an orange slurry wasobtained. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Theresultant solid was transferred into a glove box, washed with hexane,and thereafter extracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. The resultant solid was allowed to dissolvein toluene, hexane was added, and the solvent was distilled off littleby little under reduced pressure. As a result, an orange solid wasprecipitated out. This solid was collected by filtration, washed withhexane, and dried under reduced pressure. As a result, 984 mg (1.06mmol, 69.4%) of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtainedas an orange solid. [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasidentified by ¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured valuethereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.02 (s, 2H), 7.83-7.69 (m, 4H),6.98-6.85 (m, 4H), 6.27 (s, 2H), 6.20 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (t, J=2.6Hz, 1H), 3.79 (s, 6H), 1.7-1.5 (br m, 8H), 1.46 (s, 6H), 1.40 (s, 6H),0.98 (s, 6H), 0.86 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 924 (M⁺)

Comparative Synthesis Example A11 Synthesis of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i) Synthesis ofbis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 867 mg (3.12 mmol)of 3,6-di-t-butylfluorene, and 50 ml of dehydrated t-butylmethyl etherwere added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 2.10 ml (3.34 mmol)of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.59M) was gradually added.Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 19 hours.988 mg (3.12 mmol) of 6,6-bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]fulvene was added.The mixture was subjected to heat refluxing for 2 days. With the mixturecooled in an ice bath, 50 ml of water was gradually added. The resultanttwo-layer solution was transferred to a 300 ml separating funnel, towhich 100 ml of diethyl ether was added. The mixture was shaken severaltimes to remove the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed threetimes with 50 ml of water, and one time with 50 ml of a saturated salinesolution. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrous magnesiumsulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilled off underreduced pressure. As a result, a brown solid was obtained, which wasthen recrystallized from hexane. As a result, 1.07 g (1.81 mmol, 58.0%)of bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane was obtained as a white solid.bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane was identified by FD-MS spectrum. A measured valuethereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 594 (M⁺)

(ii) Synthesis of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 501 mg (841 μmol) ofbis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl) (3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)methane, 30 ml of dehydrated toluene, and 0.14 ml (1.7 mmol)of dehydrated THF were sequentially added. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 1.10 ml (1.75 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution(1.59M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 5hours. As a result, a red solution was obtained. The solvent wasdistilled off under reduced pressure, and 30 ml of dehydrated diethylether was added to provide a red solution again. With the solutioncooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 235 mg (735 μmol) of hafniumtetrachloride was added. While the temperature was gradually elevated toroom temperature, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. The solvent wasdistilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solid wastransferred into a glove box, washed with hexane, and thereafterextracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was distilled off underreduced pressure, and the resultant was concentrated. A small amount ofhexane was added, and thereafter recrystallization was performed at −20°C. A solid precipitated was washed with a small amount of hexane, anddried under reduced pressure. As a result, 459 mg (545 μmol, 74.2%) of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as a yellowsolid. [bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by ¹H NMRspectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.04 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 2H),7.70-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.08-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.72-6.69 (m, 4H), 6.52-6.48 (m,2H), 6.24 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 5.68 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (s, 12H), 1.40(s, 18H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 842 (M⁺)

Comparative Synthesis Example A12 Synthesis of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (i)Synthesis of bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl)(octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 500 ml three-neck flask, 3.69 g (9.53 mmol)of octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorene, and 250 ml of dehydratedcyclopentylmethyl ether were added. With the mixture cooled in an icebath, 6.10 ml (10.1 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.65 M)was gradually added. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 24 hours. 3.00 g (9.48 mmol) of 6,6-bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]fulvene was added. The mixture was subjected toheat refluxing for 6 days. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 200ml of water was gradually added. The resultant two-layer solution wastransferred to a 1 L separating funnel, to which 200 ml of diethyl etherwas added. The mixture was shaken several times to remove the aqueouslayer. The organic layer was washed three times with 200 ml of water,and one time with 200 ml of a saturated saline solution. The organiclayer washed was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate for 30 minutes.Thereafter, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. As aresult, an orange-brown solid was obtained, which was thenrecrystallized from acetone. As a result, 4.63 g (6.58 mmol, 69.4%) ofbis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl](cyclopentadienyl)(octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane was obtained as a paleyellow solid. bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl](cyclopentadienyl)(octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane was identified by FD-MSspectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below.

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 702 (M⁺)

(ii) Synthesis of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 200 ml Schlenk flask, 3.08 g (4.39 mmol) ofbis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl] (cyclopentadienyl)(octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)methane, 80 ml of dehydratedtoluene, and 0.74 ml (9.1 mmol) of dehydrated THF were sequentiallyadded. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 5.50 ml (9.08 mmol) of an-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.65 M) was gradually added. The mixturewas stirred at 45° C. for 5 hours. As a result, a red solution wasobtained. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and 80ml of dehydrated diethyl ether was added to provide a red solutionagain. With the solution cooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 1.37 g (4.27mmol) of hafnium tetrachloride was added. While the temperature wasgradually elevated to room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 16hours. As a result, an orange slurry was obtained. The solvent wasdistilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solid wastransferred into a glove box, washed with hexane, and thereafterextracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was distilled off underreduced pressure, and a small amount of toluene was added to provide aslurry. Hexane was added, and the solvent was distilled off little bylittle under reduced pressure. As a result, an orange solid wascollected. This solid was washed with hexane, and dried under reducedpressure. As a result, 2.49 g (2.62 mmol, 61.4%) of[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtainedas an orange solid.

[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasidentified by ¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured valuethereof is shown below.

¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 8.00 (s, 2H), 7.74-7.61 (m, 4H),6.80-6.69 (m, 4H), 6.35 (s, 2H), 6.18 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 5.52 (t, J=2.6Hz, 2H), 2.90 (s, 12H), 1.7-1.5 (br m, 8H), 1.46 (s, 6H), 1.39 (s, 6H),0.99 (s, 6H), 0.86 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 950 (M⁺)

Example A1 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.375 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 4.77 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 71.1 mol %, the propylene content was 26.3 mol %,the ENB content was 2.6 mol %, Mw=1,860,000, Mn=578,000, and Mw/Mn=3.22.

Example A2 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.375 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 5.22 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 72.4 mol %, the propylene content was 24.9 mol %,the ENB content was 2.7 mol %, Mw=1,820,000, Mn=599,000, and Mw/Mn=3.04.

Comparative Example A1 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for 10 minutes. The autoclave was sealed, andkept at 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa wasintroduced. Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G withethylene. First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminumwas injected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected. Subsequently, 0.375 ml of a toluenesolution of 0.004 triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)boratewas injected. Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15minutes. During the polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at80° C., and the pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80MPa-G. Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2ml of methanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate thepolymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 1.57 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 66.1 mol %, the propylene content was 31.4 mol %,the ENB content was 2.4 mol %, Mw=1,130,000, Mn=404,000, and Mw/Mn=2.80.

Comparative Example A2 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for 10 minutes. The autoclave was sealed, andkept at 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa wasintroduced. Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G withethylene. First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminumwas injected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected. Subsequently, 0.375 mlof a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 2.60 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 69.1 mol %, the propylene content was 28.4 mol %,the ENB content was 2.5 mol %, Mw=1,600,000, Mn=549,000, and Mw/Mn=2.91.

Comparative Example A3 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C.

Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced. Thereafter,the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.1 ml ofa toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected.Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0010[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.

Subsequently, 0.25 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 2.15 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 67.2 mol %, the propylene content was 30.8 mol %,the ENB content was 2.0 mol %, Mw=977,000, Mn=389,000, and Mw/Mn=2.51.

Comparative Example A4 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-3,6-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015 M[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-3,6-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected. Subsequently, 0.375 mlof a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 1.58 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 67.8 mol %, the propylene content was 29.3 mol %,the ENB content was 2.9 mol %, Mw=1,280,000, Mn=485,000, and Mw/Mn=2.64.

Comparative Example A5 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected. Subsequently, 0.375ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 1.90 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 68.6 mol %, the propylene content was 29.2 mol %,the ENB content was 2.2 mol %, Mw=1,600,000, Mn=481,000, and Mw/Mn=3.33.

Comparative Example A6 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.375 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 3.65 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 70.6 mol %, the propylene content was 27.1 mol %,the ENB content was 2.3 mol %, Mw=2,170,000, Mn=683,000, and Mw/Mn=3.18.

Comparative Example A7 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015 M[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.375 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 0.89 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 65.0 mol %, the propylene content was 33.1 mol %,the ENB content was 1.9 mol %, Mw=1,600,000, Mn=501,000, and Mw/Mn=3.19.

Comparative Example A8 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0010[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.25 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 2.59 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 71.7 mol %, the propylene content was 25.9 mol %,the ENB content was 2.3 mol %, Mw=2,080,000, Mn=641,000, and Mw/Mn=3.24.

Comparative Example A9 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 1 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 470 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 4.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. By feeding ethylene at a rate of 100 l/h, the liquid phase and thegas phase were saturated for minutes. The autoclave was sealed, and keptat 80° C. Propylene at a partial pressure of 0.20 MPa was introduced.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 0.80 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.1 ml of a toluene solution of 0.0015 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.375 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 80° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 0.80 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 1.30 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 69.1 mol %, the propylene content was 28.9 mol %,the ENB content was 2.9 mol %, Mw=2,550,000, Mn=709,000, and Mw/Mn=3.60.

Example A3 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.3 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.3 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 6.03 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 73.3 mol %, the propylene content was 23.6 mol %,the ENB content was 3.2 mol %, and [η]=4.40 dl/g.

Example A4 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.2 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.2 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 4.31 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 73.6 mol %, the propylene content was 23.3 mol %,the ENB content was 3.1 mol %, and [η]=4.78 dl/g.

Example A5 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.2 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.2 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 8.67 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 74.5 mol %, the propylene content was 22.5 mol %,the ENB content was 3.0 mol %, and [ii]=4.82 dl/g.

Example A6 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.2 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001[bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.2 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 2.76 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 72.3 mol %, the propylene content was 24.0 mol %,the ENB content was 3.7 mol %, and [η]=5.03 dl/g.

Example A7 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.4 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.4 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 13.64g of an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 78.2 mol %, the propylene content was 18.2 mol %,the ENB content was 3.6 mol %, and [η]=6.21 dl/g.

Comparative Example A10 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.4 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected. Subsequently, 0.4 ml ofa toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 5.56 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 70.6 mol %, the propylene content was 26.5 mol %,the ENB content was 2.9 mol %, and [η]=3.84 dl/g.

Comparative Example A11 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.25 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.25 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 1.47 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 70.2 mol %, the propylene content was 27.1 mol %,the ENB content was 2.6 mol %, and [η]=4.14 dl/g.

Comparative Example A12 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.3 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.3 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 1.95 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 72.6 mol %, the propylene content was 24.6 mol %,the ENB content was 2.8 mol %, and [η]=5.22 dl/g.

Comparative Example A13 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.6 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.6 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 3.84 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 66.1 mol %, the propylene content was 31.7 mol %,the ENB content was 2.2 mol %, and [ii]=3.63 dl/g.

Comparative Example A14 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.6 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.6 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 5.25 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 71.3 mol %, the propylene content was 26.3 mol %,the ENB content was 2.5 mol %, and [ii]=4.35 dl/g.

Comparative Example A15 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.55 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 1.5 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasinjected. Subsequently, 1.5 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 13.14g of an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 68.7 mol %, the propylene content was 29.3 mol %,the ENB content was 2.0 mol %, and [η]=3.83 dl/g.

Example A8 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 10.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 120° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced, and 400 ml of hydrogen wasintroduced. Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 1.60 MPa-G withethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminumwas injected. Subsequently, 0.15 ml of a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.15 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 120° C., andthe pressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G.Fifteen minutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml ofmethanol was injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerizationreaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 6.21 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 79.0 mol %, the propylene content was 17.9 mol %,the ENB content was 3.1 mol %, and [η]=2.58 dl/g.

Example A9 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.15 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.15 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 6.21 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 73.0 mol %, the propylene content was 24.4 mol %,the ENB content was 2.7 mol %, and [η]=9.88 dl/g.

Example A10 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.25 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.25 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 16.83g of an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 74.7 mol %, the propylene content was 22.5 mol %,the ENB content was 2.8 mol %, and [η]=10.0 dl/g.

Comparative Example A16 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.3 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected. Subsequently, 0.3 ml ofa toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 8.98 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 70.0 mol %, the propylene content was 27.6 mol %,the ENB content was 2.4 mol %, and [η]=8.06 dl/g.

Comparative Example A17 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.3 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.3 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 4.91 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 69.8 mol %, the propylene content was 27.9 mol %,the ENB content was 2.3 mol %, and [_(h)]=8.51 dl/g.

Comparative Example A18 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.2 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.2 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 2.72 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 73.0 mol %, the propylene content was 24.7 mol %,the ENB content was 2.3 mol %, and [η]=10.8 dl/g.

Comparative Example A19 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.6 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.6 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 5.45 gof an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 66.9 mol %, the propylene content was 31.3 mol %,the ENB content was 1.8 mol %, and [η]=9.48 dl/g.

Comparative Example A20 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 0.6 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.6 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 12.79g of an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 71.4 mol %, the propylene content was 26.4 mol %,the ENB content was 2.3 mol %, and [η]=8.50 dl/g.

Comparative Example A21 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced. Thereafter, the pressure wasincreased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluenesolution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum was injected. Subsequently, 1.0 mlof a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride wasinjected. Subsequently, 1.0 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 14.37g of an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 70.0 mol %, the propylene content was 28.0 mol %,the ENB content was 1.9 mol %, and [η]=10.2 dl/g.

Example A11 Ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 940 ml of n-heptane from which impurities had beenremoved with activated alumina and 12.0 ml of ENB were introduced at 25°C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C. Propylene at a partialpressure of 0.45 MPa was introduced, and 400 ml of hydrogen wasintroduced. Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 1.60 MPa-G withethylene. First, 0.3 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminumwas injected. Subsequently, 0.15 ml of a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.15 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/propylene/ENBcopolymer precipitated was collected by filtration, and was dried for 10hours under the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 13.75g of an ethylene/propylene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which theethylene content was 73.2 mol %, the propylene content was 24.2 mol %,the ENB content was 2.7 mol %, and [η]=3.31 dl/g.

Example A12

Ethylene/1-butene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 750 ml of n-hexane (produced by Kanto Chemical Co.,Inc., hexane (dehydrated)), 10.0 ml of ENB, and 350 ml of 1-butene wereintroduced at 25° C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.3 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.2 ml of a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.2 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/1-butene/ENBcopolymer precipitated out was collected, and was dried for 10 hoursunder the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 5.91 g of anethylene/1-butene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which the ethylenecontent was 62.0 mol %, the 1-butene content was 36.6 mol %, the ENBcontent was 1.5 mol %, and [η]=7.60 dl/g.

Example A13 Ethylene/1-butene/ENB copolymerization using[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 750 ml of n-hexane (produced by Kanto Chemical Co.,Inc., hexane (dehydrated)), 350 ml of 1-butene, and 10.0 ml of ENB wereintroduced at 25° C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.3 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.22 ml of a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-fluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.22 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1[vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/1-butene/ENBcopolymer precipitated out was collected, and was dried for 10 hoursunder the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 7.58 g of anethylene/1-butene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which the ethylenecontent was 63.3 mol %, the 1-butene content was 35.2 mol %, the ENBcontent was 1.5 mol %, and [η]=8.26 dl/g.

Example A14 Ethylene/1-butene/ENB copolymerization using[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

To a stainless (SUS) autoclave with an inner volume of 2 L sufficientlynitrogen-purged, 750 ml of n-hexane (produced by Kanto Chemical Co.,Inc., hexane (dehydrated)), 350 ml of 1-butene, and 10.0 ml of ENB wereintroduced at 25° C. The autoclave was sealed, and kept at 95° C.Thereafter, the pressure was increased to 1.60 MPa-G with ethylene.First, 0.3 ml of a toluene solution of 1 M triisobutylaluminum wasinjected. Subsequently, 0.2 ml of a toluene solution of 0.001 M[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was injected.Subsequently, 0.2 ml of a toluene solution of 0.004 Mtriphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate was injected.Thereby, polymerization reaction was performed for 15 minutes. Duringthe polymerization reaction, the temperature was kept at 95° C., and thepressure was kept with ethylene pressurization at 1.60 MPa-G. Fifteenminutes after the start of the polymerization reaction, 2 ml of methanolwas injected with nitrogen to terminate the polymerization reaction.

The resultant polymerization solution was mixed into 1 L of amethanol/acetone mixed solution (1/1 [vol/vol %]) containing 5 ml ofconcentrated hydrochloric acid. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred anddeashed for 1 hour at room temperature. An ethylene/1-butene/ENBcopolymer precipitated out was collected, and was dried for 10 hoursunder the conditions of 130° C. and −600 mmHg. As a result, 10.11 g ofan ethylene/l-butene/ENB copolymer was obtained in which the ethylenecontent was 64.4 mol %, the 1-butene content was 34.1 mol %, the ENBcontent was 1.5 mol %, and [η]=8.41 dl/g.

Examples A1 and A2, and Comparative Examples A1 to A9 are shown in Table1; Examples A3 to Al1, and Comparative Examples A10 to A21 are shown inTable 2; and Examples A12 to A14 are shown in Table 3.

TABLE 1 Polymerization Results of Ethylene/Propylene/ENB CopolymersPropylene Component (B) Total Partial ENB Hydrogen PolymerizationPolymerization Component (A) (B-1) (B-3) Pressure Pressure Load LoadTemperature Time Type*¹⁾ mmol Type*²⁾ mmol Type*³⁾ mmol Mpa-G MPa ml ml° C. min Example A1 i 0.00015 a 0.1 b 0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 ExampleA2 ii 0.00015 a 0.1 b 0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Comparative iii 0.00015a 0.1 b 0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A1 Comparative iv 0.00015 a0.1 b 0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A2 Comparative v 0.00010 a 0.1b 0.0010 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A3 Comparative vi 0.00015 a 0.1 b0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A4 Comparative vii 0.00015 a 0.1 b0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A5 Comparative viii 0.00015 a 0.1 b0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A6 Comparative ix 0.00015 a 0.1 b0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A7 Comparative x 0.00010 a 0.1 b0.0010 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A8 Comparative xi 0.00015 a 0.1 b0.0015 0.8 0.2 4.0 0 80 15 Example A9 Ethylene/Propylene/ENB PolymerYield mileage Contents ENB Content g kg/mmol-Hf mol %/mol %/mol %*⁴⁾ wt% Mw Mn Mw/Mn*⁵⁾ B value Example A1 4.77 31.8 71.1/26.3/2.6 9.21,860,000 578,000 3.2 1.18 Example A2 5.22 34.8 72.4/24.9/2.7 9.61,820,000 599,000 3.0 1.18 Comparative 1.57 10.5 66.1/31.4/2.4 8.41,130,000 404,000 2.8 Example A1 Comparative 2.60 17.4 69.1/28.4/2.5 8.71,600,000 549,000 2.9 Example A2 Comparative 2.15 21.5 67.2/30.8/2.0 7.0977,000 389,000 2.5 Example A3 Comparative 1.58 10.5 67.8/29.3/2.9 10.11,280,000 485,000 2.6 Example A4 Comparative 1.90 12.7 68.6/29.2/2.2 7.71,600,000 481,000 3.3 Example A5 Comparative 3.65 24.3 70.6/27.1/2.3 8.22,170,000 683,000 3.2 Example A6 Comparative 0.89 5.9 65.0/33.1/1.9 6.61,600,000 501,000 3.2 1.12 Example A7 Comparative 2.59 25.971.7/25.9/2.3 8.3 2,080,000 641,000 3.2 Example A8 Comparative 1.30 8.769.1/28.9/2.9 7.0 2,550,000 709,000 3.6 Example A9 Note¹⁾ As component(A), bridged metallocene compounds shown below were used. i:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride ii:[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride iii:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-fluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride iv:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride v:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride vi:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride vii:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride viii:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride ix:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride x:[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride xi:[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride Note²⁾ As component (B-1), an organometallic metal compoundshown below was used. a: triisobutylaluminum Note³⁾ As component (B-3),a compound which reacts with a bridged metallocene compound (A) to forman ion pair, shown below, was used. b:triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate Note⁴⁾ Valuesindicated have been rounded to the first decimal place. Note⁵⁾ Valuesindicated have been rounded to the first decimal place.

TABLE 2 Polymerization Results of Ethylene/Propylene/ENB CopolymersPropylene Component (B) Total Partial ENB Hydrogen PolymerizationPolymerization Component (A) (B-1) (B-3) Pressure Pressure Load LoadTemperature Time Type*¹⁾ mmol Type*²⁾ mmol Type*³⁾ mmol Mpa-G MPa ml ml° C. min Example A3 i 0.0003 a 0.3 b 0.0012 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15Example A4 ii 0.0002 a 0.3 b 0.0008 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Example A8 ii0.00015 a 0.3 b 0.0006 1.60 0.45 10 400 120 15 Example A9 ii 0.00015 a0.3 b 0.0006 1.60 0.45 12 0 95 15 Example A11 ii 0.00015 a 0.3 b 0.00061.60 0.45 12 400 95 15 Example A5 xii 0.0002 a 0.3 b 0.0008 1.60 0.55 100 120 15 Example A10 xii 0.00025 a 0.3 b 0.0010 1.60 0.45 12 0 95 15Example A6 xvi 0.0002 a 0.3 b 0.0008 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Example A7xvii 0.0004 a 0.3 b 0.0016 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Comparative iv 0.0004 a0.3 b 0.0016 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Example A10 Comparative iv 0.0003 a0.3 b 0.0012 1.60 0.45 12 0 95 15 Example A16 Comparative xiii 0.00025 a0.3 b 0.0010 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Example A11 Comparative xiii 0.0003 a0.3 b 0.0012 1.60 0.45 12 0 95 15 Example A17 Comparative x 0.0003 a 0.3b 0.0012 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Example A12 Comparative x 0.0002 a 0.3 b0.0008 1.60 0.45 12 0 95 15 Example A18 Comparative xi 0.0006 a 0.3 b0.0024 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Example A13 Comparative xi 0.0006 a 0.3 b0.0024 1.60 0.45 12 0 95 15 Example A19 Comparative xiv 0.0006 a 0.3 b0.0024 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Example A14 Comparative xiv 0.0006 a 0.3 b0.0024 1.60 0.45 12 0 95 15 Example A20 Comparative xv 0.0015 a 0.3 b0.0060 1.60 0.55 10 0 120 15 Example A15 Comparative xv 0.0010 a 0.3 b0.0040 1.60 0.45 12 0 95 15 Example A21 Ethylene/Propylene/ENB PolymerYield mileage Contents ENB Content [η] g kg/mmol-Hf mol %/mol %/mol %*⁴⁾wt % dl/g Example A3 6.03 20.1 73.3/23.6/3.2 11.1 4.40 Example A4 4.3121.6 73.6/23.3/3.1 11.0 4.78 Example A8 6.21 41.4 79.0/17.9/3.1 11.02.58 Example A9 6.21 41.4 73.0/24.4/2.7 9.4 9.88 Example A11 13.75 91.773.2/24.2/2.7 9.4 3.31 Example A5 8.67 43.4 74.5/22.5/3.0 10.6 4.82Example A10 16.83 67.3 74.7/22.5/2.8 9.9 10.0 Example A6 2.76 13.872.3/24.0/3.7 12.8 5.03 Example A7 13.64 34.1 78.2/18.2/3.6 12.8 6.21Comparative 5.56 13.9 70.6/26.5/2.9 10.1 3.84 Example A10 Comparative8.98 29.9 70.0/27.6/2.4 8.5 8.06 Example A16 Comparative 1.47 5.970.2/27.1/2.6 9.2 4.14 Example A11 Comparative 4.91 16.4 69.8/27.9/2.38.0 8.51 Example A17 Comparative 1.95 6.5 72.6/24.6/2.8 9.7 5.22 ExampleA12 Comparative 2.72 13.6 73.0/24.7/2.3 8.3 10.8 Example A18 Comparative3.84 6.4 66.1/31.7/2.2 7.6 3.63 Example A13 Comparative 5.45 9.166.9/31.3/1.8 6.3 9.48 Example A19 Comparative 5.25 8.8 71.3/26.3/2.58.7 4.35 Example A14 Comparative 12.79 21.3 71.4/26.4/2.3 8.0 8.50Example A20 Comparative 13.14 8.8 68.7/29.3/2.0 7.1 3.83 Example A15Comparative 14.37 14.4 70.0/28.0/1.9 6.9 10.2 Example A21 Note¹⁾ Ascomponent (A), bridged metallocene compounds shown below were used. i:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride ii:[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride iv:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride x :[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,7-dimethyl-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride xi: [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride xii:[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride xiii:[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride xiv:[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-3,6-di-t-butylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride xv:[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-octamethyloctahydrodibenzofluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride xvi:[bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride xvii:[bis(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride Note²⁾ As component (B-1), an organometallic metal compoundshown below was used. a: triisobutylaluminum Note³⁾ As component (B-3),a compound which reacts with a bridged metallocene compound (A) to forman ion pair, shown below, was used. b:triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate Note⁴⁾ Valuesindicated have been rounded to the first decimal place.

TABLE 3 Polymerization Results of Ethylene/1-Butene/ENB CopolymersComponent (B) Total 1-Butene ENB Hydrogen Polymerization PolymerizationComponent (A) (B-1) (B-3) Pressure Load Load Load Temperature TimeType*¹⁾ mmol Type*²⁾ mmol Type*³⁾ mmol Mpa-G ml ml ml ° C. min Example12 i 0.0002 a 0.3 b 0.0008 1.60 350 10 0 95 15 Example 13 ii 0.00022 a0.3 b 0.00088 1.60 350 10 0 95 15 Example 14 xii 0.0002 a 0.3 b 0.00081.60 350 10 0 95 15 Ethylene/1-Butene /ENB Polymer Yield mileage ContentENB Content [η] g kg/mmol-Hf mol %/mol %/mol %*⁴⁾ wt % dl/g Example 125.91 29.6 62.0/36.6/1.5 4.4 7.60 Example 13 7.58 34.5 63.3/35.2/1.5 4.58.26 Example 14 10.11 50.6 64.4/34.1/1.5 4.6 8.41 Note¹⁾ As component(A), bridged metallocene compounds shown below were used. i:[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride ii:[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride xii:[bis[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafniumdichloride Note²⁾ As component (B-1), an organometallic metal compoundshown below was used. a: triisobutylaluminum Note³⁾ As component (B-3),a compound which reacts with a bridged metallocene compound (A) to forman ion pair, shown below, was used. b:triphenylcarbeniumtetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate Note⁴⁾ Valuesindicated have been rounded to the first decimal place.

For the present invention 2, the present invention will be describedbelow more in detail by use of Examples, but the present invention 2 isnot to be limited to these Examples.

Evaluation methods for each property in Example B and ComparativeExample B are as follows.

<<Properties of Ethylene-Based Copolymer>>

[Molar Amounts of Structural Units Derived from Ethylene [A] andStructural Units Derived from α-Olefin [B]]

They were determined by the intensity measurement with a ¹H-NMRspectrometer.

[Molar Amount of Structural Units Derived from Non-Conjugated Polyene[C]]

It was determined by the intensity measurement with a ¹H-NMRspectrometer.

[Mooney Viscosity]

The Mooney viscosity (ML₁₊₄ (125° C.) was measured according to JIS K6300 (1994), using a Mooney viscometer (SHIMADZU CORPORATION, ModelSMV202).

[B Value]

The measurement solvent was o-dichlorobenzene-d₄/benzene-d₆ (4/1[v/v]),and the ¹³C-NMR spectrum thereof was measured (100 MHz, produced by JEOLLTD., ECX400P) at a measurement temperature of 120° C. and calculatedaccording to the following general equation (i).

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/[2×[E]×([X]+[Y])]  (i)

wherein [E], [X] and [Y] are the mole fractions of the ethylene [A], theC₄-C₂₀α-olefin [B] and the non-conjugated polyene [C] respectively, and[EX] is the ethylene [A]-C₄-C₂₀α-olefin [B] diad chain fraction.

<<Ethylene Copolymer Composition and Properties of Molded Article>>[Preparation of Ethylene-Based Copolymer Composition]

For the composition before vulcanization with respect to the compositioncontaining the ethylene-based copolymer of the present invention,MIXTRON BB MIXER (produced by Kobe Steel, LTD., Model BB-2, volume 1.7L, rotor 2WH) was used, and zinc oxide, “zinc oxide No. 2” (trade name;produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.) serving as a vulcanizing aid, stearicacid serving as a processing aid, carbon black, “Asahi #60G” (tradename; produced by ASAHI CARBON CO., LTD.) serving as a reinforcing agentand paraffin-based process oil, “Diana process oil PS-430” (trade name;produced by Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd) serving as a softener were blendedin the amounts shown in Table 4 based on 100 parts by weight of theethylene-based copolymer and then the mixture was kneaded. As for thekneading condition, the number of revolutions of the rotor was 40 rpm,the floating weight pressure was 3 kg/cm², the kneading time was 5minutes, and the kneading discharge temperature was 144° C.

Subsequently, after it was ascertained that the temperature of the abovecompound reached the temperature of 40° C., using a 6-inch roll,2-mercaptobenzothiazole, “Sanceler M” (trade name; produced by SANSHINCHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO., LTD.), tetramethylthiuram disulfide, “SancelerTT” (trade name; produced by SANSHIN CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO., LTD.) anddipentamethylenethiuram tetrasulfide, “Sanceler TRA” (trade name;produced by SANSHIN CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO., LTD.) serving as avulcanizing accelerator as well as sulfur as a cross-linking agent(vulcanizing agent) were added in the amounts shown in Table 4 and themixture was kneaded.

As for the kneading condition, the roll temperature of the frontroll/rear roll was 50° C./50° C., the roll peripheral speed of the frontroll/rear roll was 18 rpm/15 rpm, and the roll gap was 3 mm. Sheetingwas performed after 8 minutes of kneading.

Sequentially, the compound was vulcanized at 160° C. for 20 minutes toprepare a sheet having a thickness of 2 mm, using a press moldingmachine. A Rubber block for the compression set test was prepared byvulcanizing the compound at 160° C. for 25 minutes. With regard to theunvulcanized material and the resulting vulcanized material,unvulcanized material properties, tension test, hardness test andcompression set test were carried out in the following manner.

[Hardness Test (Durometer-A)]

Flat portions of the vulcanized molded articles were piled to have athickness of 12 mm, and hardness (JIS-A) was measured according to JIS K6253.

[Tension Test]

The tension test was performed on the vulcanized molded articleaccording to JIS K 6251 under the condition of a measurement temperatureof 23° C. and a pulling rate of 500 mm/min, and the strength at break(TB) and the elongation at break (EB) were measured.

[Compression Set Test]

For a test piece for compression set (CS) measurement, a rightcylindrical test piece having a thickness of 12.7 mm and a dimeter of 29mm was obtained by the vulcanization at 160° C. for 25 minutes. After a−40° C.×22-hour treatment, the resulting test piece was measured for thecompression set according to JIS K 6262 (1997).

Synthesis of Transition-Metal Compound Synthesis of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (catalyst-a1) (i)Synthesis of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 500 ml three-neck flask, 8.28 g (115 mmol)of lithium cyclopentadienide, and 200 ml of dehydrated THF were added.With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 13.6 g (119 mmol) of DMI wasadded. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes.Thereafter, 25.3 g (105 mmol) of 4,4′-dimethoxybenzophenone was added.The mixture was stirred under heat refluxing for 1 week. With themixture cooled in an ice bath, 100 ml of water was gradually added, andfurther, 200 ml of dichloromethane was added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 30 minutes. The resultant two-layer solution wastransferred to a 500 ml separating funnel. The organic layer was washedthree times with 200 ml of water. The organic layer washed was driedwith anhydrous magnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solventwas distilled off under reduced pressure. As a result, an orange-brownsolid was obtained, which was then subjected to separation with silicagel chromatograph (700 g, hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1). As a result, a redsolution was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. As a result, 9.32 g (32.1 mmol, 30.7%) of6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was obtained as an orange solid.6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum.

A measured value thereof is shown below. ¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz,CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.28-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.92-6.87 (m, 4H), 6.59-6.57 (m, 2H),6.30-6.28 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 6H)

(ii) Synthesis of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 500 mg (2.25 mmol)of 2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene, and 40 ml of dehydrated t-butylmethylether were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 1.45 ml (2.36mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63M) was gradually added.The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. 591 mg (2.03mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture wassubjected to heat refluxing for 3 days. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 50 ml of water was gradually added. The resultant solution wastransferred to a 300 ml separating funnel, to which 50 ml ofdichloromethane was added. The mixture was shaken several times toseparate off the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed three timeswith 50 ml of water. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a smallamount of diethyl ether. As a result, a white solid was obtained.Further, the solvent of the washing liquid was distilled off underreduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a small amount ofdiethyl ether to collect a white solid, which was combined with thewhite solid previously obtained. The resultant solid was dried underreduced pressure. As a result, 793 mg (1.55 mmol, 76.0%) ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained. bis(4-methoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identifiedby FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below. FD-MSspectrum: M/z 512 (M⁺)

(iii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6, 7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 272 mg (0.531 mmol)of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 20 ml of dehydrated toluene, and90 μl (1.1 mmol) of THF were sequentially added. With the mixture cooledin an ice bath, 0.68 ml (1.1 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution(1.63 M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 5hours. As a result, a red solution was obtained. The solvent wasdistilled off under reduced pressure, and 20 ml of dehydrated diethylether was added to provide a red solution again. With the solutioncooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 164 mg (0.511 mmol) of hafniumtetrachloride was added. While the temperature was gradually elevated toroom temperature, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. As a result, ayellow slurry was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. The resultant solid was transferred into a glove box, washedwith hexane, and thereafter extracted with dichloromethane. The solventwas distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solid wasallowed to dissolve in a small amount of dichloromethane, and hexane wasadded to perform recrystallization at −20° C. A solid precipitated wascollected, washed with hexane, and dried under reduced pressure. As aresult, 275 mg (0.362 mmol, 70.8%) of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow solid. [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shownbelow. ¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.87 (s, 2H), 7.80-7.66(m, 4H), 6.94-6.83 (m, 4H), 6.24 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (s, 2H), 5.65(t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.05 (s, 6H) FD-MSspectrum: M/z 760 (M⁺)

Example B1 <Production of Ethylene-Based Copolymer>

A polymerization reactor having a volume of 300 L and provided with amixing blade was used, and polymerization reaction of a tertiarycopolymer composed of ethylene, 1-butene as an α-olefin (B), and5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) as a non-conjugated polyene (C) wasconducted at 95° C. continuously.

Hexane (feed amount: 31.9 L/h) was used as a polymerization solvent, andethylene in an amount of feed of 3.1 Kg/h, 1-butene in an amount of feedof 13 Kg/h, ENB in an amount of feed of 520 g/h and hydrogen in anamount of feed of 0.5 NL/h were continuously fed into the polymerizationreactor.

The polymerization pressure and the polymerization temperature weremaintained at 1.6 MPa and 95° C. respectively, and the catalystmentioned above (catalyst-a1) as a main catalyst was fed continuously inan amount of feed of 0.042 mmol/h. In addition, (C₆₁H₅)₃CB(C₆F₅)₄ as acocatalyst and triisobutylaluminum (TIBA) as an organoaluminium compoundwere fed continuously in an amount of feed of 0.21 mmol/h and in anamount of feed of 5 mmol/h, respectively.

Thus, an ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer composed of ethylene, 1-buteneand ENB was obtained in a solution state of 12.9 wt %. To thepolymerization reaction liquid drawn from the lower portion of thepolymerization reactor was added a small amount of methanol to terminatethe polymerization reaction. Ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer rubber was separated from the solvent by a steam strippingtreatment and then was dried at 80° C. under reduced pressure for onewhole day and night.

By the above procedure, the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-1)formed from ethylene, butene and ENB was obtained at a rate of 4.8 Kgper hour.

Properties of the resulting EBDM-1 were measured by the method describedabove. The results are shown in Table 5.

<Preparation of Ethylene-Based Copolymer Composition>

A compound was obtained in the amounts of blend shown in Table 5according to the method described above and then vulcanized to obtain asheet. Properties of the resulting sheet was measured in the methoddescribed above. The results are shown in Table 5.

Examples B2 and 3

Ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymers (EBDM-2 and EBDM-3) were obtainedrespectively in the same method as in Example B1 except that thepolymerization conditions were changed to those shown in Table 4. Then,compounds were obtained in the amounts of blend shown in Table 5 andthen vulcanized to obtain sheets. Properties of the resulting sheetswere measured by the method described above. The results are shown inTable 5.

Comparative Examples B1 to 3

Ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymers (EBDM-4 and EBDM-5) were obtainedrespectively in the same way as in Example B1 except that thecatalyst-a1, the main catalyst used in Example B1 was changed to(t-butylamide)dimethyl(η5-2-methyl-s-indacen-1-yl)silanetitanium(II)1,3-pentadiene(catalyst-2) and that the polymerization conditions were changed tothose shown in Table 4. Then, compounds were obtained in the amounts ofblend shown in Table 5 and then vulcanized to obtain sheets. Propertiesof the resulting sheets were measured in the method described above. Theresults are shown in Table 5.

TABLE 4 EBDM-1 EBDM-2 EBDM-3 EBDM-4 EBDM-5 EBDM-6 <PolymerizationConditions> Main Catalyst — Catalyst-a1 Catalyst-a1 Catalyst-a1Catalyst-2 Catalyst-2 Catalyst-2 Polymerization Temperature ° C. 95 9595 80 60 90 Polymerization Pressure MPaG 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 Feed ofHexane L/h 31.9 31.9 33.3 37 28 35.9 Feed of Ethylene kg/h 3.1 3.2 3.44.5 5.2 4.8 Feed of Butene kg/h 13 12 10.8 14.5 14.9 10.1 FEED OF ENBg/h 520 520 450 700 700 850 Feed of Hydrogen NL/h 0.5 0 1 0.5 1.5 5 Feedof Main Catalyst mmol/h 0.042 0.03 0.02 0.015 0.01 0.01 FEED OF CB-3mmol/h 0.21 0.15 0.1 0.075 0.05 0.05 Feed of TiBA mmol/h 5 10 10 10 1010 Polymer Concentration wt % 12.9 14.9 13.7 16.6 18.4 20.3 ProductionRate (Load) kg/h 4.8 5.4 5 7.4 7.3 7.8 <Condition of Drying UnderReduced Pressure> Drying Temperature ° C. 80 80 80 80 80 80

TABLE 5 Comparative Comparative Comparative Unit Example B1 Example B2Example B3 Example B1 Example B2 Example B3 Ethylene-based CopolymersEBDM-1 EBDM-2 EBDM-3 EBDM-4 EBDM-5 EBDM-6 <Copolymer Properties> ML(1 +4)125° C. — 53 83 82 35 52 34 Ethylene Content/1-Butene Molar Ratio50.2/49.8 55.2/44.8 60.5/39.5 55.0/45.0 56.0/44.0 63.5/36.5 Content ENBContent mol % 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.8 1.6 2.2 B value 1.28 1.29 1.28 1.11 1.111.10 <Compound> Ethylene-based Copolymers phr 100 100 100 100 100 100Zinc Oxide phr 5 5 5 5 5 5 Stearic Acid phr 1 1 1 1 1 1 FEF Carbon(Asahi 60G) phr 80 80 80 80 80 80 Paraffin Oil (PS-430) phr 50 50 50 5050 50 Sanceler M phr 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Sanceler TT phr 1 1 1 1 1 1Sulfur phr 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 <Sheet Properties> 160° C. × 20 minHardness (Durometer-A) — 62 62 62 63 62 65 M100 MPa 2.63 2.73 2.68 2.342.31 2.91 TB MPa 11.0 11.7 11.9 10.1 11.6 11.1 EB % 403 407 414 427 475390 <CS>160° C. × 25 min −40° C. × 22 h % 35 35 35 46 42 49

For the present invention 2-1, the present invention will be describedmore in detail below by use of Examples, but the present invention 2-1is not to be limited to these Examples.

In the description of Example C, “parts” means “parts by mass” unlessotherwise specified.

<<Ethylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymer>> [Molar Amount ofEach Structural Unit]

Molar amounts of the structural units derived from ethylene [A], thestructural units derived from the α-olefin [B] and the structural unitsderived from the non-conjugated polyene [C] of theethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer were determined bythe intensity measurement with a ¹H-NMR spectrometer.

[Mooney Viscosity]

Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C. of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer was measured according to JIS K 6300 (1994), using theMooney viscometer (SHIMADZU CORPORATION, Model SMV202).

[B Value]

The measurement solvent was o-dichlorobenzene-d₄/benzene-d₆ (4/1 [v/v]).The ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyene copolymer was measured forthe ¹³C-NMR spectrum (100 MHz, produced by JEOL LTD., ECX400P) at ameasurement temperature of 120° C. to calculate a B value according tothe following equation (i).

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/[2×[E]×([X]+[Y])]  (i)

wherein, [E], [X] and [Y] are mole fractions of the ethylene [A], theC₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] and the non-conjugated polyene [C] respectively, and[EX] is the ethylene [A]-C₄-C₂₀α-olefin [B] diad chain fraction.

[Limiting Viscosity]

The limiting viscosity [η] of the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer is a value measured at 135° C., using a decalinsolvent.

Specifically, about 20 mg of ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer was dissolved in 15 ml of decalin, and the specific viscosityηsp was measured in an oil bath at 135° C. After the decalin solutionwas diluted by the addition of 5 ml of decalin solvent, the specificviscosity ηsp was measured in a similar manner. The dilution wasrepeated two more times. By extrapolating the concentration (C) to 0,the value ηsp/C was obtained as the limiting viscosity (see thefollowing equation).

[η]=lim(ηsp/C)(C->0)]

Synthesis of Transition-Metal Compound Synthesis of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (catalyst-a1) (i)Synthesis of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 500 ml three-neck flask, 8.28 g (115 mmol)of lithium cyclopentadienide, and 200 ml of dehydrated THF(tetrahydrofuran) were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath,13.6 g (119 mmol) of DMI (1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone) was added. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Thereafter, 25.3g (105 mol) of 4,4′-dimethoxybenzophenone was added. The mixture wasstirred under heat refluxing for 1 week. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 100 ml of water was gradually added, and further, 200 ml ofdichloromethane was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 30 minutes. The resultant two-layer solution was transferred to a500 ml separating funnel, and the organic layer was washed three timeswith 200 ml of water. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. As a result, an orange-brown solid wasobtained, which was then subjected to separation with silica gelchromatograph (700 g, hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1). As a result, a redsolution was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. As a result, 9.32 g (32.1 mmol, 30.7%) of6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was obtained as an orange solid.6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was identified by ¹H-NMR spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below. ¹H-NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃):δ/ppm 7.28-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.92-6.87 (m, 4H), 6.59-6.57 (m, 2H), 6.30-6.28(m, 2H),3.84 (s, 6H)

(ii) Synthesis of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 500 mg (2.25 mmol)of 2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene, and 40 ml of dehydrated t-butylmethylether were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 1.45 ml (2.36mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63M) was gradually added.The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. 591 mg (2.03mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture wassubjected to heat refluxing for 3 days. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 50 ml of water was gradually added. The resultant solution wastransferred to a 300 ml separating funnel, to which 50 ml ofdichloromethane was added. The mixture was shaken several times toseparate off the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed three timeswith 50 ml of water. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a smallamount of diethyl ether. As a result, a white solid was obtained.Further, the solvent of the washing liquid was distilled off underreduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a small amount ofdiethyl ether to collect a white solid, which was combined with thewhite solid previously obtained. The resultant solid was dried underreduced pressure. As a result, 793 mg (1.55 mmol, 76.0%) ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained. bis(4-methoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identifiedby FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below. FD-MSspectrum: M/z 512 (M⁺)

(iii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 272 mg (0.531 mmol)of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 20 ml of dehydrated toluene, and90 μl (1.1 mmol) of THF were sequentially added. With the mixture cooledin an ice bath, 0.68 ml (1.1 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution(1.63 M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 5hours. As a result, a red solution was obtained. The solvent wasdistilled off under reduced pressure, and 20 ml of dehydrated diethylether was added to provide a red solution again. With the solutioncooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 164 mg (0.511 mmol) of hafniumtetrachloride was added. While the temperature was gradually elevated toroom temperature, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. As a result, ayellow slurry was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. The resultant solid was transferred into a glove box, washedwith hexane, and thereafter extracted with dichloromethane. The solventwas distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solid wasallowed to dissolve in a small amount of dichloromethane, and hexane wasadded to perform recrystallization at −20° C. A solid precipitated wascollected, washed with hexane, and dried under reduced pressure. As aresult, 275 mg (0.362 mmol, 70.8%) of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl) (η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as a yellowsolid. [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H-NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shownbelow.

¹H-NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.87 (s, 2H), 7.80-7.66 (m, 4H),6.94-6.83 (m, 4H), 6.24 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H),6.15 (s, 2H), 5.65 (t, J=2.6Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.05 (s, 6H)

FD-MS spectrum: M/z 760 (M⁺)

Synthesis Example C1

A polymerization reactor having a volume of 300 L and provided with amixing blade was used, and polymerization reaction of ethylene, 1-buteneand 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) was conducted at 95° C.continuously.

Hexane (feed amount: 31 L/h) was used as a polymerization solvent, andethylene in an amount of feed of 3.8 Kg/h, 1-butene in an amount of feedof 7 Kg/h, ENB in an amount of feed of 390 g/h and hydrogen in an amountof feed of 3 NL/h were continuously fed into the polymerization reactor.

The polymerization pressure and the polymerization temperature weremaintained at 1.6 MPaG and 95° C. respectively. The catalyst-a1mentioned above was used as a main catalyst and fed continuously intothe polymerization reactor in an amount of feed of 0.020 mmol/h. Inaddition, (C₆H₅)₃CB(C₆H₅)₄ (CB-3) as a cocatalyst andtriisobutylaluminum (TiBA) as an organoaluminium compound were fedcontinuously into the polymerization reactor in an amount of feed of0.100 mmol/h and in an amount of feed of 10 mmol/h respectively.

Thus, a solution containing 14% by mass of the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENBcopolymer composed of ethylene, 1-butene and ENB was obtained. To thepolymerization reaction liquid drawn from the lower portion of thepolymerization reactor was added a small amount of methanol to terminatethe polymerization reaction. The ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer wasseparated from the solvent by a steam stripping treatment and then wasdried at 80° C. under reduced pressure for one whole day and night.

By the above procedure, the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-1)formed from ethylene, butene and ENB was obtained at a rate of 4.5 Kgper hour.

Properties of the resulting EBDM-1 were measured by the method describedabove. The results are shown in Table 6.

Synthesis Examples C2 to 6

An ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer(EBDM-2) for Synthesis Example C2, anethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-3) for Synthesis Example C3, anethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-4) for Synthesis Example C4, anethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-5) for Synthesis Example C5, andan ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer(EBDM-6) for Synthesis Example C6 wereobtained in the same method as in Synthesis Example C1 except that thepolymerization conditions were changed to those shown in Table 6. Theresults are shown in Table 6.

TABLE 6 Synthesis Synthesis Synthesis Synthesis Synthesis SynthesisExample C1 Example C2 Example C3 Example C4 Example C5 Example C6Ethylene-based Copolymers EBDM-1 EBDM-2 EBDM-3 EBDM-4 EBDM-5 EBDM-6<Polymerization Conditions> Main Catalyst — Catalyst-a1 Catalyst-a1Catalyst-a1 Catalyst-a1 Catalyst-a1 Catalyst-a1 Reactor Volume L 300 300300 300 300 300 Polymerization Temperature ° C. 95 95 95 95 95 95Polymerization Pressure MPaG 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 Feed of Hexane L/h31 32 27 27 27 27 Feed of Ethylene kg/h 3.8 2.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Feed ofButene kg/h 7 14 13 13 13 13 FEED OF ENB g/h 390 520 1100 1100 1100 1400Feed of Hydrogen NL/h 3 0.5 7 4 1 1.5 Feed of Main Catalyst mmol/h 0.0200.035 0.070 0.088 0.062 0.083 FEED OF CB-3 mmol/h 0.100 0.175 0.3500.440 0.310 0.415 Feed of TiBA mmol/h 10 10 10 10 10 10 PolymerConcentration wt % 14 12 21 19 20 22 Production Rate (Load) kg/h 4.5 4.47.4 6.7 6.9 7.5 <Condition of Drying Under Reduced Pressure> DryingTemperature ° C. 80 80 80 80 80 80 <Copolymer Properties> EthyleneContent wt % 51.6 30.7 35.2 36.5 35.3 35.4 Ethylene Content mol % 69.147.7 53.6 55.2 53.8 54.2 (1) Ethylene Content/1-Butene Molar 70.2/29.848.3/51.7 55.1/44.9 56.7/43.3 55.3/44.7 56.0/44.0 Content Ratio ENBContent wt % 4.2 3.5 7.5 7.7 7.7 9.0 (2) ENB Content mol % 1.32 1.272.66 2.72 2.75 3.22 (3) ML₍₁₊₄₎125° C. — 29 15 9 14 20 12 (4) B value —1.28 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29

Example C1 <<Composition for Seal Packings>>

Using MIXTRON BB MIXER (produced by Kobe Steel, LTD., Model BB-2, volume1.7 L, rotor 2WH), 100 parts of EBDM-1 obtained from Synthesis ExampleC1 was blended with 5 parts of zinc oxide (ZnO#1/zinc oxide No. 2 (JIS(K-1410)), produced by HakusuiTech Co., Ltd.) serving as a cross-linkingaid, 1 part of stearic acid serving as a processing aid, 40 parts ofcarbon black, “Asahi #60G” (trade name; produced by ASAHI CARBON CO.,LTD.) serving as a reinforcing agent, two parts of Sandant MB(2-mercaptobenzimidazole, produced by SANSHIN CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO.LTD.) serving as an antioxidant, and 1 part of Irganox 1010(dibutylhydroxytoluene,tetrakis[methylene(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy)hydrocinnamate]methane,produced by BASF) serving as an antioxidant and then the mixture waskneaded to obtain a compound 1.

As for the kneading condition, the number of revolutions of the rotorwas 40 rpm, the floating weight pressure was 3 kg/cm², the kneading timewas 5 minutes, and the kneading discharge temperature was 144° C.

Then, after it was ascertained that the compound 1 reached thetemperature of 40° C., using a 6 inch-roll, Kayakumiru D-40C (dicumylperoxide, 40% by mass, produced by Kayaku Akzo Co., Ltd.) in an amountof blend of 6.8 parts was added as a cross-linking agent (vulcanizingagent) to the compound 1 and the mixture was kneaded to obtain acompound 2 (composition for seal packings).

As for the kneading condition, the roll temperature of the frontroll/rear roll was 50° C./50° C., the roll peripheral speed of the frontroll/rear roll was 18 rpm/15 rpm, and the roll gap was 3 mm. Sheetingwas performed after 8 minutes of kneading to obtain the compound 2.

[Property Test of Unvulcanized Material 1: Mooney Viscosity]

The compound 2 was measured for the Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 100° C.according to JIS K 6300 (1994), using the Mooney viscometer (SHIMADZUCORPORATION, Model SMV202).

[Property Test of Unvulcanized Material 2: Vulcanization CharacteristicEvaluation]

The compound 2 was measured for the vulcanization induction time (TS1)and vulcanization rate (TC90) as follows, using a vulcanizationmeasurement device: MDR2000 (produced by ALPHA TECHNOLOGIES).

The changes in torque obtained under the condition of a certaintemperature and a certain shear rate were measured.

The vulcanization induction time (TS1; min) was the time required toincrease the minimum torque value by 1 point of torque (1 dNm).

TC90 (min) was defined by the time required for the torque value toachieve 90% of the difference between the maximum torque value (S′Max)and the minimum torque value (S′Min). With regard to the measurementcondition, the temperature was 180° C. and the time was 15 minutes. Asmaller TC 90 indicated a faster rate of vulcanization.

<<Evaluation of Vulcanized Material (Cross-Linked Material)>>

The compound 2 was cross-linked at 180° C. for 10 minutes, using a pressmolding machine, thereby preparing a sheet (vulcanized material) havinga thickness of 2 mm.

According to the following methods, the hardness test, tension test,calculation of cross-linking density, thermal aging resistance test,Gehman torsion test, T-R test, low temperature flexibility test, andstorage modulus test were performed on the resulting sheet.

The compound 2 was vulcanized at 180° C. for 13 minutes, using a pressmolding machine equipped with a cylindrical die to produce a rightcylindrical test piece having a thickness of 12.7 mm and a diameter of29 mm. A test piece for a compression set (CS) test (vulcanizedmaterial) was thus obtained.

The resulting test piece for the compression set (CS) test was used toevaluate the compression set according to the following method.

The results are shown in Table 8.

[Hardness Test: Hardness (Durometer-A)]

The hardness of the sheet was measured according to the description of“7: Hardness test” in JIS K 7312 (1996), “Physical testing methods formolded products of thermosetting polyurethane elastomers” and thedescription of Test type A of “6: Durometer hardness test” in JIS K 6253(2006), “Rubber, vulcanized or thermoplastic-Determination of hardness.”

[Tension Test: Modulus, Tensile Stress at Break, Tensile Elongation atBreak]

The modulus, tensile stress at break, and tensile elongation at break ofthe sheet were measured in the following manner.

The sheet was stamped out to prepare a dumbbell shaped No. 3 test pieceas described in JIS K 6251 (1993). This test piece was used to carry outa tension test, according to the method as provided in JIS K 6251,Article 3, under the condition of a measurement temperature of 25° C.and a pulling rate of 500 mm/min, thereby measuring the tensile strengthat an elongation rate of 25% (25% modulus (M25)), the tensile strengthat an elongation rate of 50% (50% modulus (M50)), the tensile strengthat an elongation rate of 100% (100% modulus (M100)), the tensilestrength at an elongation rate of 200% (200% modulus (M200)), tensilestress at break (TB), and tensile elongation at break (EB).

[Calculation of Cross-Linking Density]

The cross-linking density ν of the sheet was calculated from thefollowing equation of Flory-Rehner (a) which utilizes equilibriumswelling.

The cross-linked sheet of 2 mm was extracted with toluene under thecondition of 37° C.×72 h to determine the VR in the equation (a).

     [Num.  1] $\begin{matrix}{\mspace{76mu}{{{v\left\lbrack {{cross}\text{-}{linkage}\text{/}{cc}} \right\rbrack} = {\frac{V_{R} + {{Ln}\left( {1 - V_{R}} \right)} + {\mu\; V_{R}^{2}}}{- {V_{0}\left( {V_{R}^{1\text{/}3} - {V_{R}\text{/}2}} \right)}} \times A}}{V_{R}\text{:}\mspace{14mu}{Volume}\mspace{14mu}{ratio}\mspace{14mu}{of}\mspace{14mu}{pure}\mspace{14mu}{rubber}\mspace{14mu}{in}\mspace{14mu}{swollen}\mspace{14mu}{cross}\text{-}{linking}\mspace{14mu}{rubber}}\mspace{76mu}{V_{0}\text{:}\mspace{14mu}{Molecular}\mspace{14mu}{volume}\mspace{14mu}{in}\mspace{14mu}{solvent}\mspace{14mu}\left( {108.15{{cc}@37}{^\circ}\mspace{14mu}{C.}} \right)}{\mu\text{:}\mspace{14mu}{Interaction}\mspace{14mu}{constant}\mspace{14mu}{between}\mspace{14mu}{rubber}\mspace{14mu}{and}\mspace{14mu}{solvent}\mspace{14mu}\left( {{EBDM}\text{-}{toluene}\text{:}\mspace{14mu} 0.49\mspace{76mu} A\text{:}\mspace{14mu}{Avogadro}\mspace{14mu}{constant}} \right.}}} & (1)\end{matrix}$

[Thermal Aging Resistance Test]

A thermal aging test was performed on the sheet according to JIS K 6257in which the temperature was maintained at 150° C. for 168 h. Hardness,tensile stress at break, tensile elongation at break of the sheet afterthermal aging test were measured in the same way as in the [Hardness(Durometer-A)] section described above and the [Modulus, tensile stressat break, tensile elongation at break] section described above.

AH (Duro-A) was obtained from the difference of hardness before andafter the thermal aging test. On the basis of the tensile stress atbreak (TB) and tensile elongation at break (EB) before and after thethermal aging test, the change rates of the values before the thermalaging test to those after the test were obtained as Ac(TB) and Ac(EB)respectively,

[Lehman Torsion Test (Low Temperature Torsion Test)]

A low temperature torsion test was performed according to JIS K 6261(1993), and using a Gehman torsion test machine, T₂ (° C.), T₅(° C.),and T₁₀(° C.) of the sheets were measured. These temperatures areconsidered as an indicator of low temperature flexibility of vulcanizedrubber. For example, the lower T₂ is, the better low temperatureflexibility is.

[T-R Test (Low Temperature Resilience Test)]

T-R test (low temperature resilience test) was performed on the sheetaccording to JIS K 6261 to measure the cold resistance.

In the test, the elongated sheet is frozen, and the temperature isincreased continuously, thereby measuring the resilience of theelongated sheet (temperatures when the length of the test piece shrinks(resilient) due to the temperature increase by 10%, 30%, 50% and 70% aredesignated as TR10, TR30, TR50 and TR70 respectively). It can be judgedthat as the TR10

(unit: ° C.) is low, the cold resistance is superior.

[Low Temperature Flexibility Test: Tan δ-Tg (Low TemperatureFlexibility)]

A strip-shaped sample having a width of 10 mm, a thickness of 2 mm and alength of 30 mm was prepared from the sheet.

Using this sample, the temperature dispersion (−70° C. to 25° C.) of theviscoelasticity was measured under the condition of the strain of 0.5%and the frequency of 1 Hz by use of RDS-II produced by RheometricScientific. tan δ-Tg (° C.) was obtained by reading the peak temperaturefrom the temperature-dependent curve tan δ.

[Storage Modulus Test: Storage Modulus (−40° C.)]

Using RDS-II produced by Rheometric Scientific, the sheet was measuredin the torsion mode (twist) of a width of 10 mm and a length of 38 mmfrom −100° C. to 100° C. at an increasing rate of 2° C./min at 10 Hz,and the value of the storage modulus G′ (Pa) at −40° C. was obtained.

[Compression Set]

For a test sample for the compression set (CS) measurement, thecompression set after a 125° C.×72 hour-treatment and a 0° C., −40° C.or −50° C.×22 hour-treatment was measured according to JIS K 6262(1997).

Examples C2 to 10

For Examples C2 to 10, the compound 1 and the compound 2 were obtainedfor each Example in the same way as in Example C1 except that the typesof EBDM and the amounts of carbon black, “Asahi #60G” were changed asdescribed in Table 7.

A sheet was created in the same way as in Example C1, the hardness test,tension test, the calculation of cross-linking density, thermal agingresistance test, Gehman torsion test, T-R test, low temperatureflexibility test and storage modulus test were performed. Further, as inExample C1, a test piece for the compression set (CS) test was created,and the compression set was measured. The results are shown in Table 8.

The type of EBDM and the amount of carbon black, “Asahi #60G” for eachExample C are shown in Table 7.

TABLE 7 Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- pleC1 ple C2 ple C3 ple C4 ple C5 ple C6 ple C7 ple C8 ple C9 ple C10 EBDMEBDM-1 EBDM-2 EBDM-3 EBDM-4 EBDM-4 EBDM-4 EBDM-4 EBDM-4 EBDM-5 EBDM-6Asahi #60G[parts] 40 40 40 10 20 40 60 80 40 40

Comparative Examples C1, 2

The compound 1 and the compound 2 were obtained for Comparative ExamplesC1 and 2 each in the same way as in Example C1 except that EBDM-1 waschanged to EPDM 14030 (Comparative Example C1) and EP331 (ComparativeExample C2).

A sheet was created in the same way as in Example C1, the hardness test,tension test, the calculation of cross-linking density, thermal agingresistance test, Gehman torsion test, T-R test, low temperatureflexibility test and storage modulus test were performed. Further, as inExample C1, a test piece for the compression set (CS) test was created,and the compression set was measured. The results are shown in Table 9.

EPDM 14030 is an ethylene⋅propylene⋅ENB copolymer produced by MitsuiChemicals, Inc., in which the Mooney viscosity (ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C.)=17, theMooney viscosity (ML₍₁₊₄₎ 100° C.)=26, the ethylene content=51% by mass,and the ENB content=8.1% by mass.

EP331 is an ethylene⋅propylene⋅ENB copolymer produced JSR Corporation,in which the Mooney viscosity (ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C.)=23, the Mooney viscosity(ML₍₁₊₄₎ 100° C.)=35, the ethylene content=47%, the ENB content=11.3%,and the amount of oil extension=0 (PHR).

Comparative Examples C3 to 6

Sheeting was performed after 8 minute-kneading of 100 parts by mass ofsilicone rubber and 2 parts by mass of a gray paste (produced byShin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) containing2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(tertiarybutylperoxy)hexane by about 25%, whereinthe roll temperature of the front roll/rear roll was 30° C./30° C., theroll peripheral speed of the front roll/rear roll was 18 rpm/15 rpm, andthe roll gap was 3 mm, to obtain a silicone rubber compound(compound).The resulting compound was measured for the Mooney viscosity and thevulcanization characteristic evaluation in the same way as in ExampleC1.

This compound was cross-linked at 180° C. for 10 minutes, using apress-molding machine to prepare a sheet (vulcanized material) having athickness of 2 mm. For the resulting sheet, as in Example C1, thehardness test, tension test, thermal aging resistance test, Gehmantorsion test, T-R test, low temperature flexibility test and storagemodulus test were performed.

In addition, a molding machine equipped with a cylindrical die was usedto vulcanize the compound at 180° C. for 13 minutes to create a rightcylindrical test piece having a thickness of 12.7 mm and a diameter of29 mm, and a test piece for the compression set (CS) test (vulcanizedmaterial) was obtained to measure the compression set as in Example C1.

For silicone rubber, KE-941-U (density(23° C.) 1.11 g/cm³) (ComparativeExample C3), KE-951-U (density(23° C.) 1.14 g/cm³) (Comparative ExampleC4), KE-971-U (density(23° C.) 1.30 g/cm³) (Comparative Example C5), andKE-981-U (density (23° C.) 1.42 g/cm³) (Comparative Example C6) (all ofwhich are produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) were used.

The results are shown in Table 9.

TABLE 8 Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- ple C1 ple C2 ple C3 ple C4 ple C5<<Unvulcanized Rubber Properties>> ML(1 + 4)100° C. — 74 45 26 18 22MDR(180° C. × 15 min) TC90 min 3.1 3.0 3.4 3.9 3.6 TS1 min 0.4 0.4 0.40.7 0.6 S′Max-S′Min dNm 21.8 11.9 16.8 10.1 12.3 <<Vulcanized RubberProperties>> Hardness(Duro-A) — 66 58 63 46 50 M25 MPa 0.94 0.61 0.750.42 0.50 M50 MPa 1.51 0.94 1.24 0.68 0.82 M100 MPa 2.98 1.69 2.45 1.081.38 M200 MPa 8.46 4.63 6.85 2.14 3.45 TB MPa 15.5 12.0 11.7 4.2 6.6 EB% 309 395 297 301 296 <Cross-linking Density> Cross-  1.4E+20  7.6E+19 1.1E+20  8.1E+19  9.2E+19 linkage/cc <Thermal Aging Resistance> 150° C.× 168 h Hardness (Duro-A) — 70 65 70 49 56 TB MPa 15.9 13.0 12.8 4.7 7.8EB % 314 411 285 303 303 AH (Duro-A) — 4 7 7 3 6 Ac (TB) % 2 8 9 13 17Ac (EB) % 2 4 −4 1 2 <Gehman Torsion Test> T2 ° C. −51 −40 −40 −45 −44T5 ° C. −59 −47 −46 −49 −48 T10 ° C. −61 −50 −49 −50 −50 <CompressionSet> 125° C. × 72 h % 9 14 16 9 8 0° C. × 22 h % 11 11 11 8 8 −40° C. ×22 h % 40 43 40 27 27 −50° C. × 22 h % 67 76 77 62 68 <T-R Test> TR10 °C. −62 −52 −51 −52 −52 TR30 ° C. −57 −48 −47 −49 −48 TR50 ° C. −50 −42−42 −46 −45 TR70 ° C. −38 −35 −34 −39 −39 <tanδ-Tg> ° C. −51 −41 −41 −41−41 <Storage Pa 9.3.E+06 3.8.E+07 4.5.E+07 1.5.E+07 1.8.E+07 Modulus>−40° C. Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- ple C6 ple C7 ple C8 ple C9 pleC10 <<Unvulcanized Rubber Properties>> ML(1 + 4)100° C. — 36 64 — 50 38MDR(180° C. × 15 min) TC90 min 3.4 3.3 4.1 2.9 3.3 TS1 min 0.4 0.3 0.30.4 0.4 S′Max-S′Min dNm 18.1 23.7 26.4 17.6 18.1 <<Vulcanized RubberProperties>> Hardness(Duro-A) — 64 74 78 63 65 M25 MPa 0.79 1.18 1.640.80 0.79 M50 MPa 1.29 2.03 3.39 1.31 1.30 M100 MPa 2.65 4.87 9.40 2.682.70 M200 MPa 7.51 13.22 7.69 7.00 TB MPa 12.8 15.8 17.6 12.2 12.8 EB %287 243 168 273 280 <Cross-linking Density> Cross-  1.2E+20  1.5E+20 2.1E+20  1.3E+20  1.2E+20 linkage/cc <Thermal Aging Resistance> 150° C.× 168 h Hardness (Duro-A) — 70 81 85 71 71 TB MPa 13.4 16.9 17.2 14.413.4 EB % 278 228 155 290 269 AH (Duro-A) — 6 7 7 8 6 Ac (TB) % 5 7 −217 5 Ac (EB) % −3 −6 −8 6 −4 <Gehman Torsion Test> T2 ° C. −41 −39 −36−41 −39 T5 ° C. −47 −46 −45 −46 −45 T10 ° C. −50 −50 −49 −57 −47<Compression Set> 125° C. × 72 h % 15 9 8 10 11 0° C. × 22 h % 10 9 8 88 −40° C. × 22 h % 36 32 34 28 32 −50° C. × 22 h % 74 79 80 73 79 <T-RTest> TR10 ° C. −52 −51 −51 −52 −49 TR30 ° C. −48 −46 −45 −48 −45 TR50 °C. −44 −42 −40 −44 −42 TR70 ° C. −37 −34 −33 −38 −35 <tanδ-Tg> ° C. −41−41 −40 −41 −39 <Storage Pa 3.7.E+07 7.8.E+07 9.6.E+07 4.5.E+07 7.6.E+07Modulus> −40° C.

TABLE 9 Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative ComparativeComparative Example C1 Example C2 Example C3 Example C4 Example C5Example C6 <<Unvulcanized Rubber Properties>> ML(1 + 4) 100° C. — 51 6316 19 29 61 MDR (180° C. × 15 min) TC90 min 4.0 3.9 1.4 1.1 1.0 0.9 TS1min 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 S′Max-S′Min dNm 23.2 24.2 7.2 10.3 19.8 31.0<<Vulcanized Rubber Properties>> Hardness (Duro-A) — 68 68 35 47 68 81M25 MPa 1.00 0.99 0.28 0.40 0.99 2.24 M50 MPa 1.82 1.68 0.44 0.64 1.853.94 M100 MPa 3.34 3.84 0.75 1.21 3.22 5.48 M200 MPa 9.60 12.27 1.702.75 4.83 TB MPa 16.5 15.7 8.5 8.2 6.2 5.6 EB % 273 231 523 410 276 119<Cross-linking Density> Cross-  1.5E+20  1.9E+20 linkage/cc <ThermalAging Resistance> 150° C. × 168 h Hardness (Duro-A) — 72 74 37 50 71 86TB MPa 16.5 18.0 7.9 7.9 6.9 8.0 EB % 274 237 467 369 240 88 AH(Duro-A)— 4 6 2 3 3 5 Ac(TB) % 0 15 −7 −4 11 43 Ac(EB) % 0 3 −11 −10 −13 −26<Gehman Torsion Test> T2 ° C. −44 −40 −44 −44 −45 −46 T5 ° C. −50 −44−45 −45 −46 −50 T10 ° C. −57 −45 −46 −47 −49 −51 <Compression Set> 125°C. × 72 h % 10 8 8 8 7 21 0° C. × 22 h % 10 9 4 4 4 7 −40° C. × 22 h %49 39 9 8 19 13 −50° C. × 22 h % 89 97 94 98 99 98 <T-R Test> TR10 ° C.−51 −45 −41 −41 −41 −49 TR30 ° C. −46 −42 −41 −40 −39 −43 TR50 ° C. −40−39 −40 −40 −38 −42 TR70 ° C. −33 −35 −40 −39 −37 −40 <tanδ-Tg> ° C. −41−36 <Storage Modulus>−40° C. Pa 1.9.E+07 1.8.E+08 2.8.E+07 1.9.E+073.9.E+07 3.5.E+07

The comparison of Example C with Comparative Example C (ComparativeExamples C1, 2) in which EPDM was used shows that when Example C1 andComparative Examples C1, 2 have the similar values for hardness, theresulting sheet in Example C1 has lower T₂(° C.), T₅(° C.), and T₁₀(°C.) in Gehman torsion test, which indicates that the resulting sheet inExample 1 is superior in low temperature flexibility. The results of theT-R test (especially the results of TR10) show that the resulting sheetin Example C1 is superior in cold resistance.

Furthermore, the comparison of Example C with Comparative Example C(Comparative Examples C3 to 6) in which a silicone rubber compound wasused indicates that when Example C and Comparative Example C havesimilar values for hardness, as seen in the results of the T-R test(especially the results of TR10), the resulting sheets in Example C aresuperior in cold resistance, and TB and EB also tend to have goodresults.

Hereinafter, for the present invention 2-2, the present invention willbe described more in detail by use of Examples, the present invention2-2 is not to be limited to these Examples.

In the description below of Example D, “parts” means “parts by mass”unless otherwise specified.

<<Ethylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymers (1), (2)>> [MolarAmount of Each Structural Unit]

For the copolymers (1) and (2), molar amounts of the structural unitsderived from the ethylene, the structural units derived from theα-olefin, and the structural units derived from the non-conjugatedpolyene were determined by the intensity measurement with a ¹H-NMRspectrometer.

[Mooney Viscosity]

Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C. and Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 100° C.were measured according to JIS K 6300(1994), using a Mooney viscometer(produced by SHIMADZU CORPORATION, Model SMV202).

[B Value]

The measurement solvent was o-dichlorobenzene-d₄/benzene-d₆ (4/1[v/v]).The 13C-NMR spectrum (100 MHz, produced by JEOL LTD., ECX400P) wasmeasured according to the following equation (i) to determine the Bvalue.

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/[2×[E]×([X]+[Y])]  (i)

In the case of the above copolymer (1), [E], [X] and [Y] are molefractions of the ethylene [A], a C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] and anon-conjugated polyene [C] respectively, and [EX] is the ethylene[A]-C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] diad chain fraction; and in the case of abovecopolymer (2), [E], [X] and [Y] are mole fractions of ethylene [A′],C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin(s) [B′], and non-conjugated polyene(s) [C′]respectively, and [EX] is the ethylene [A′]-C₃-C₂₀ α-olefin(s) [B′] diadchain fraction.

Synthesis of Transition-Metal Compound Synthesis of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (catalyst-a1) (i)Synthesis of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 500 ml three-neck flask, 8.28 g (115 mmol)of lithium cyclopentadienide, and 200 ml of dehydrated THF(tetrahydrofuran) were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath,13.6 g (119 mmol) of DMI (1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone) was added. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Thereafter, 25.3g (105 mol) of 4,4′-dimethoxybenzophenone was added. The mixture wasstirred under heat refluxing for 1 week. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 100 ml of water was gradually added, and further, 200 ml ofdichloromethane was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 30 minutes. The resultant two-layer solution was transferred to a500 ml separating funnel. The organic layer was washed three times with200 ml of water. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. As a result, an orange-brown solid wasobtained, which was then subjected to separation with silica gelchromatograph (700 g, hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1). As a result, a redsolution was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. As a result, 9.32 g (32.1 mmol, 30.7%) of6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was obtained as an orange solid.6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below. ¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃):δ/ppm 7.28-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.92-6.87 (m, 4H), 6.59-6.57 (m, 2H), 6.30-6.28(m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 6H)

(ii) Synthesis of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 500 mg (2.25 mmol)of 2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene, and 40 ml of dehydrated t-butylmethylether were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 1.45 ml (2.36mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63M) was gradually added.The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. 591 mg (2.03mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture wassubjected to heat refluxing for 3 days. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 50 ml of water was gradually added. The resultant solution wastransferred to a 300 ml separating funnel, to which 50 ml ofdichloromethane was added. The mixture was shaken several times toseparate off the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed three timeswith 50 ml of water. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a smallamount of diethyl ether. As a result, a white solid was obtained.Further, the solvent of the washing liquid was distilled off underreduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a small amount ofdiethyl ether to collect a white solid, which was combined with thewhite solid previously obtained. The resultant solid was dried underreduced pressure. As a result, 793 mg (1.55 mmol, 76.0%) ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained. bis(4-methoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identifiedby FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below. FD-MSspectrum: M/z 512 (M1

(iii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 272 mg (0.531 mmol)of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 20 ml of dehydrated toluene, and90 μl (1.1 mmol) of THF were sequentially added. With the mixture cooledin an ice bath, 0.68 ml (1.1 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution(1.63 M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 5hours. As a result, a red solution was obtained. The solvent wasdistilled off under reduced pressure, and 20 ml of dehydrated diethylether was added to provide a red solution again. With the solutioncooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 164 mg (0.511 mmol) of hafniumtetrachloride was added. While the temperature was gradually elevated toroom temperature, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. As a result, ayellow slurry was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. The resultant solid was transferred into a glove box, washedwith hexane, and thereafter extracted with dichloromethane. The solventwas distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solid wasallowed to dissolve in a small amount of dichloromethane, and hexane wasadded to perform recrystallization at −20° C. A solid precipitated wascollected, washed with hexane, and dried under reduced pressure. As aresult, 275 mg (0.362 mmol, 70.8%) of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow solid. [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shownbelow. ^(1H) NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.87 (s, 2H),7.80-7.66 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.83 (m, 4H), 6.24 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (s,2H), 5.65 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.05 (s, 6H)FD-MS spectrum: M/z 760 (M⁺)

Synthesis Example D1

Polymerization reaction of ethylene, 1-butene, and5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) was carried out continuously at 95° C.,using a polymerization reactor having a volume of 300 L and providedwith a mixing blade.

Hexane (feed amount: 27 L/h) was used as a polymerization solvent andcontinuously fed into the polymerization reactor such that the amount offeed of ethylene was 3.5 kg/h, the amount of feed of 1-butene was 13kg/h, the amount of feed of ENB was 1100 g/h, and the amount of feed ofhydrogen was 4 NL/h.

The polymerization pressure and the polymerization temperature weremaintained at 1.6 MPaG and 95° C. respectively while the above-mentionedcatalyst-a1 was used as a main catalyst and continuously fed into thepolymerization reactor in an amount of feed of 0.088 mmol/h.Additionally, (C₆H₅)₃CB(C₆H₅)₄ (CB-3) as a cocatalyst in an amount offeed of 0.440 mmol/h and triisobutylaluminum (TIBA) as anorganoaluminium compound in an amount of feed of 10 mmol/h were each fedinto the polymerization reactor continuously.

Thus, a solution containing 19% by mass of the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENBcopolymer formed from ethylene, 1-butene, and ENB was obtained. To thepolymerization reaction liquid drawn from the lower portion of thepolymerization reactor was added a small amount of methanol to terminatethe polymerization reaction. The ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer wasseparated from the solvent by a steam stripping treatment, and thendried at 80° C. under reduced pressure for one whole day and night.

By the above procedure, the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-1)formed from ethylene, butene, and ENB was obtained at a rate of 6.7 kgper hour.

Properties of the resulting EBDM-1 were measured in the method describedabove. The results are shown in Table 10.

TABLE 10 Synthesis Example D1 Copolymer EBDM-1 <PolymerizationConditions> Reactor Volume L 300 Main Catalyst Catalyst-a1Polymerization Temperature ° C. 95 Polymerization Pressure MPaG 1.6 Feedof Hexane L/h 27 Feed of Ethylene kg/h 3.5 Feed of 1-Butene kg/h 13 FEEDOF ENB g/h 1100 Feed of Hydrogen NL/h 4 Feed of Main Catalyst mmol/h0.088 FEED OF CB-3 mmol/h 0.440 FEED OF TIBA mmol/h 10 PolymerConcentration wt % 19 Production Rate kg/h 6.7 <Condition of DryingUnder Reduced Pressure> Drying Temperature ° C. 80 <Polymer Property>Ethylene Content mol % 55.2 1-Butene Content mol % 42.1 (1) EthyleneContent/1-Butene Molar 57/43 Content Ratio (2) ENB Content mol % 2.7 (3)ML(1 + 4)125° C. 14 (4) B value 1.29

Example D1

Using MIXTRON BB MIXER (produced by Kobe Steel, LTD., Model BB-2, volume1.7 L, rotor 2WH), 8 parts of zinc oxide, “META-Z102” (trade name;produced by Inoue Calcium Corporation) serving as a vulcanizing aid, 2parts of stearic acid serving as a processing aid, 1 part ofpolyethylene glycol, “PEG#4000” (trade name; produced by LionCorporation) serving as an activator, 30 parts of SRF grade carbonblack, “Asahi 50G” (trade name; produced by ASAHI CARBON CO., LTD.)serving as a reinforcing agent, 150 parts of heavy calcium carbonate,“Whiton SB” (trade name; produced by SHIRAISHI CALCIUM KAISHA, LTD.)serving as an inorganic filler, 50 parts of paraffin-based oil, “Dianaprocess of PS-430” (trade name; produced by Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd)serving as a softener were blended with 100 parts of a rubber componentcomposed of 20 parts of the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer(EBDM-1)resulted from Synthesis Example D1 and 80 parts of “Mitsui EPT 8030M”(produced by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), and then the mixture was kneadedto obtain the compound 1.

For the kneading condition, the number of revolutions of the rotor was40 rpm, the floating weight pressure was 3 kg/cm², the kneading time was5 minutes, and the kneading discharge temperature was 144° C.

<Non-Foamed Cross-Linked Material>

After it was ascertained that the compound 1 reached the temperature of40° C., using a 6 inch-roll, 1.5 parts of “Sanceler M,” 1.5 parts of“Sanceler BZ,” 1.5 parts of “Sanceler PZ,” and 1.5 parts of “SancelerBUR” (all of which are trade names; produced by SANSHIN CHEMICALINDUSTRY CO. LTD.) serving as a vulcanizing accelerator as well as 1.5parts of sulfur serving as a cross-linking agent (vulcanizing agent)were added to the compound 1, and the resulting mixture was kneaded toobtain a compound 2.

For the kneading condition, the roll temperature was of the frontroll/rear roll was 50° C./50° C., the roll peripheral speed of the frontroll/rear roll was 18 rpm/15 rpm, and the roll gap was 3 mm. Sheetingwas performed after 8 minute-kneading to obtain the compound 2.

Using a press molding machine, the resulting compound 2 was vulcanizedat 180° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a non-foamed cross-linked sheet of 2mmt.

<Cross-Linked Foam>

After it was ascertained that the compound 1 reached the temperature of40° C., using a 14 Inch-roll, 1.5 parts of “Sanceler M,” 1.5 parts of“Sanceler BZ,” 1.5 parts of “Sanceler PZ,” and 1.5 parts of “SancelerBUR” (all of which are trade names; produced by SANSHIN CHEMICALINDUSTRY CO. LTD.) serving as a vulcanizing accelerator, 1.5 parts ofsulfur serving as a cross-linking agent (vulcanizing agent) and 35 partsof azodicarbonamide serving as a foaming agent, and 1 part of urea as afoaming aid were added to the compound 1, and the resulting mixture waskneaded to obtain a compound 3.

For the kneading condition, the roll temperature of the front roll/rearroll was 80° C./80° C., the roll peripheral speed of the front roll/rearroll was 18 rpm/15 rpm, and the roll gap was 3 mm. Sheeting wasperformed after 10 minute-kneading to obtain the compound 3.

The resulting compound 3 was extruded, using an extruder having adiameter of 60 mm equipped with a tabular die (4 mm long, 20 mm wide)under the condition of the die temperature of 80° C. and the cylindertemperature of 70° C. and was formed into a tabular shape.Simultaneously with the forming, the resulting molded article wasintroduced in a hot air vulcanization device (HAV) and heated at atemperature of 180° C. for 8 minutes to vulcanize and foam the moldedarticle, and a tabular sponge was obtained.

Example D2, Comparative Examples D1 and 2

The compounds 1 to 3 were obtained for each of Example D2 andComparative Examples D1 to 2 in the same method as in Example D1 exceptthat the rubber components were changed as described in Table 11. As inExample D1, a non-foamed cross-linked sheet of 2 mmt and a tabularsponge were created to carry out a variety of evaluations.

Details of the products used as the rubber components are as follows.

EPT 8030M: produced by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., “Mitsui EPT 8030M” (tradename), EPDM, ethylene content=47%, diene content=9.5%, Mooney viscosityML₍₁₊₄₎ 100° C.=32, the amount of oil extension=0 (PHR).

The B value of EPT 8030M was 1.0.

BUTYL 268: produced JSR Corporation “JSR BUTYL 268” (trade name), butylrubber, specific gravity: 0.92 g/cm³, degree of unsaturation: 1.5 mol %,Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₈₎ 125° C.=51. The property values of the aboveproducts are catalog values except the B value.

[Properties of Compound 1] [Mooney Viscosity]

The compound 1 was used to measure the Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 100° C.according to JIS K 6300 (1994), using a Mooney viscometer (SHIMADZUCORPORATION, Model SMV202).

[Probe Tack Test]

The probe tack was measured according to JIS Z 3284, using a TAC-IIproduced by RHESCA Co., Ltd. The condition was as follows: Temperature:50° C., Immersion speed: 120 mm/min, Preload: 600 gf, Test speed: 120mm/min and Press time: 60 s.

[Properties of Non-Foamed Cross-Linked Sheet of 2 Mmt] [Hardness Test(Shore A)]

The non-foamed cross-linked sheet of 2 mmt was used to measure the shoreA hardness according to JIS K 6253. Using a measurement device type A,immediately after the pressing needle was touched, the scale was read.

[Low Temperature Flexibility Test: Tg (Low Temperature Flexibility)]

A strip-shaped sample having a width of 10 mm, a thickness of 2 mm and alength of 30 mm was prepared from the non-foamed cross-linked sheet of 2mmt. Using this sample, the temperature dispersion (−70° C. to 25° C.)of the viscoelasticity was measured under the condition of the strain of0.5% and the frequency of 1 Hz by use of ARES produced by TAInstruments. Tg (° C.) was obtained by reading the peak temperature fromthe temperature-dependent curve of tan δ. Additionally, tan δ at 25° C.was measured.

[Properties of Compound 3] [Minimum Viscosity (Vm), and Scorch Time(Min)]

The property test of the unvulcanized composition was carried outaccording to JIS K 6300. Specifically, using a Mooney viscometer(produced by SHIMADZU CORPORATION, Model SMV202), a change in the Mooneyviscosity at 110° C. of the compounds 3 resulted from Example D andComparative Example D were measured. The minimum viscosity (Vm) wasobtained at the start of the measurement, and the time for the minimumviscosity (Vm) to increase by 5 points was obtained as a scorch time(t5, min).

[Properties of Cross-Linked Foam (Tabular Sponge)] [Specific Gravity]

The tabular sponge was cut into a shape of a sheet, and a test piece of20 mm×20 mm was stamped out. Stains on the surface were wiped off withalcohol. This test piece was mounted on an automatic densimeter(produced by Toyo Seiki Seisaku-sho, LTD.): Model M-1) under theatmosphere at 25° C. The specific gravity was measured on the basis ofthe difference between the mass in the air and the mass in pure water.

[Sound Transmission Loss]

A test piece having a diameter of 29 mm and a thickness of 11 mm wasstamped out from the tabular sponge. Using a 4206-T acoustic tube(produced by Bruel&Kjaer) having an inner diameter of 29 mm, and asoftware for measurement (PULSE Material Testing Type 7758, produced byBruel&Kjaer), the normal incidence transmission loss was measured, andthe sound transmission loss at 500 to 5000 Hz was obtained. The resultsare shown in the FIGURE.

TABLE 11 Comparative Comparative Example D1 Example D1 Example D2Example D2 <Rubber Component Blend/phr> EPT8030M 100 80 70 80EBDM-1(Synthesis Example 1) 20 30 BUTYL268 20 <Property of Compound 1for Cross-Linked Material> ML(1 + 4)100° C. 19 16 16 18 Probe Tack (gf)252 303 314 314 <Property of Non-foamed Cross- linked Sheet of 2 mmt >Hardness(Shore A) 45 45 45 45 Tg ° C. −35 −38 −39 −37 Tanδ (25° C., 1Hz) 0.10 0.14 0.12 0.16 <Property of Compound 3 for Cross-linked Foam>Vm (110° C.) 19 18 16 20 t5 (110° C.) min 6.8 6.6 6.7 7.1 <Property ofTabular Sponge> Specific Gravity 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.08 (HAV: 180° C. × 8min) Sound Transmission dB 10.5 13.8 13.5 12.8 Loss (2500 Hz)

Compared to Comparative Example D1 in which EPT 8030M was blended, inComparative Example D2 in which BUTYL 268 as well as EPT 8030M wereblended, the Mooney viscosity is smaller, but the specific gravity isgreater. On the other hand, in Example D in which EPT 8030M and EBDM-1were blended, the Mooney viscosity and minimum viscosity are small,which indicates excellent roll processability. The sound insulationperformance is excellent since the sound transmission loss is high.Moreover, the specific gravity is small. Therefore, Example D exhibitsan excellent balance between processability, sound insulationperformance and specific gravity.

For the present invention 2-3, the present invention will be describedbelow more in detail by use of Examples. However, the present invention2-3 is not to be limited to these Examples.

In the description below of Example E, “parts” means “parts by mass”unless otherwise specified.

<<Ethylene⋅α-Olefin⋅Non-Conjugated Polyene Copolymer>> [Molar Amount ofEach Structural Unit]

Molar amounts of the structural units derived from ethylene [A], thestructural units derived from the α-olefin [B], and the structural unitsderived from the non-conjugated polyene [C] were determined by theintensity measurement with a ¹H-NMR spectrometer.

[Mooney Viscosity]

Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C. was measured according to JIS K 6300(1994), using the Mooney viscometer (produced by SHIMADZU CORPORATION,Model SMV202).

[B value]

The measurement solvent was o-dichlorobenzene-d₄/benzene-d₆ (4/1[v/v]).The ¹³C-NMR spectrum (100 MHz, produced by JEOL LTD., ECX400P) wasmeasured based on the following equation (i) to determine the B value.

B value=([EX]+2[Y])/[2×[E]×([X]+[Y])]  (i)

wherein [E], [X] and [Y] are mole fractions of the ethylene [A], theC₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] and the non-conjugated polyene [C] respectively, and[EX] is the ethylene [A]-C₄-C₂₀α-olefin [B] diad chain fraction.

Synthesis of Transition-Metal Compound Synthesis of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride (catalyst-a1) (i)Synthesis of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 500 ml three-neck flask, 8.28 g (115 mmol)of lithium cyclopentadienide, and 200 ml of dehydrated THF(tetrahydrofuran) were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath,13.6 g (119 mmol) of DMI (1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone) was added. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Thereafter, 25.3g (105 mol) of 4,4′-dimethoxybenzophenone was added. The mixture wasstirred under heat refluxing for 1 week. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 100 ml of water was gradually added, and further, 200 ml ofdichloromethane was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 30 minutes. The resultant two-layer solution was transferred to a500 ml separating funnel. The organic layer was washed three times with200 ml of water. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. As a result, an orange-brown solid wasobtained, which was then subjected to separation with silica gelchromatograph (700 g, hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1). As a result, a redsolution was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. As a result, 9.32 g (32.1 mmol, 30.7%) of6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was obtained as an orange solid.6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was identified by ¹H NMR spectrum. Ameasured value thereof is shown below. ¹H NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃):δ/ppm 7.28-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.92-6.87 (m, 4H), 6.59-6.57 (m, 2H), 6.30-6.28(m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 6H)

(ii) Synthesis of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml three-neck flask, 500 mg (2.25 mmol)of 2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorene, and 40 ml of dehydrated t-butylmethylether were added. With the mixture cooled in an ice bath, 1.45 ml (2.36mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution (1.63M) was gradually added.The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. 591 mg (2.03mmol) of 6,6-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)fulvene was added. The mixture wassubjected to heat refluxing for 3 days. With the mixture cooled in anice bath, 50 ml of water was gradually added. The resultant solution wastransferred to a 300 ml separating funnel, to which 50 ml ofdichloromethane was added. The mixture was shaken several times toseparate off the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed three timeswith 50 ml of water. The organic layer washed was dried with anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvent was distilledoff under reduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a smallamount of diethyl ether. As a result, a white solid was obtained.Further, the solvent of the washing liquid was distilled off underreduced pressure. The resultant solid was washed with a small amount ofdiethyl ether to collect a white solid, which was combined with thewhite solid previously obtained. The resultant solid was dried underreduced pressure. As a result, 793 mg (1.55 mmol, 76.0%) ofbis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was obtained. bis(4-methoxyphenyl)(cyclopentadienyl) (2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane was identifiedby FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shown below. FD-MSspectrum: M/z 512 (M1

(iii) Synthesis of [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride

In nitrogen atmosphere, to a 100 ml Schlenk flask, 272 mg (0.531 mmol)of bis(4-methoxyphenyl) (cyclopentadienyl)(2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)methane, 20 ml of dehydrated toluene, and90 μl (1.1 mmol) of THF were sequentially added. With the mixture cooledin an ice bath, 0.68 ml (1.1 mmol) of a n-butyllithium/hexane solution(1.63 M) was gradually added. The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 5hours. As a result, a red solution was obtained. The solvent wasdistilled off under reduced pressure, and 20 ml of dehydrated diethylether was added to provide a red solution again. With the solutioncooled in a methanol/dry ice bath, 164 mg (0.511 mmol) of hafniumtetrachloride was added. While the temperature was gradually elevated toroom temperature, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. As a result, ayellow slurry was obtained. The solvent was distilled off under reducedpressure. The resultant solid was transferred into a glove box, washedwith hexane, and thereafter extracted with dichloromethane. The solventwas distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant solid wasallowed to dissolve in a small amount of dichloromethane, and hexane wasadded to perform recrystallization at −20° C. A solid precipitated wascollected, washed with hexane, and dried under reduced pressure. As aresult, 275 mg (0.362 mmol, 70.8%) of[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was obtained as ayellow solid. [bis(4-methoxyphenyl)methylene(η⁵-cyclopentadienyl)(η⁵-2,3,6,7-tetramethylfluorenyl)]hafnium dichloride was identified by¹H NMR spectrum and FD-MS spectrum. A measured value thereof is shownbelow. ^(1H) NMR spectrum (270 MHz, CDCl₃): δ/ppm 7.87 (s, 2H),7.80-7.66 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.83 (m, 4H), 6.24 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (s,2H), 5.65 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.05 (s, 6H)FD-MS spectrum: M/z 760 (M⁺)

Synthesis Example E1

Using a polymerization reactor having a volume of 300 L and providedwith a mixing blade, the polymerization reaction of ethylene, 1-butene,and 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) was carried out continuously at 95°C.

Hexane (feed amount: 32 L/h) was used as a polymerization solvent andcontinuously fed into the polymerization reactor so that the amount offeed of ethylene was 3.2 kg/h, the amount of feed of 1-butene was 12kg/h, the amount of feed of ENB was 520 g/h, and the amount of feed ofhydrogen was 0 NL/h.

While the polymerization pressure and the polymerization temperaturewere maintained at 1.6 MPaG and 95° C. respectively, the abovecatalyst-a1 was used as a main catalyst and fed continuously into thepolymerization reactor in an amount of feed of 0.030 mmol/h.Additionally, (C₆H₅)₃CB(C₆H₅)₄ (CB-3) as a cocatalyst in an amount offeed of 0.15 mmol/h and triisobutylaluminum (TIBA) as an organoaluminiumcompound in an amount of feed of 10 mmol/h were continuously fed intothe polymerization reactor.

Thus, a solution containing 15% by mass of the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENBcopolymer formed from ethylene, 1-butene, and ENB was obtained. To thepolymerization reaction liquid drawn from the lower portion of thepolymerization reactor was added a small amount of methanol to terminatethe polymerization reaction, ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer wasseparated from the solvent by a steam stripping treatment, and thendried under reduced pressure at 80° C. for one whole day and night.

By the above procedure, the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-1)formed from ethylene, 1-butene, and ENB was obtained at a rate of 5.4 kgper hour.

Properties of the resulting EBDM-1 were measured in the method describedabove. The results are shown in Table 12.

Synthesis Examples E2, 3

An ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-2) for Synthesis Example E2 andan ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENB copolymer (EBDM-3) for Synthesis Example E3were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example E1 except thatthe polymerization conditions were changed as described in Table 12.

TABLE 12 Synthesis Synthesis Synthesis Example Example Example E1 E2 E3Ethylene-based Copolymers EBDM-1 EBDM-2 EBDM-3 <PolymerizationConditions> Reactor Volume L 300 300 300 Main Catalyst Cata- Cata- Cata-lyst-a1 lyst-a1 lyst-a1 Polymerization ° C. 95 95 95 TemperaturePolymerization Pressure MPaG 1.6 1.6 1.6 Feed of Hexane L/h 32 33 33Feed of Ethylene kg/h 3.2 3.4 3.4 Feed of 1-Butene kg/h 12 11 11 FEED OFENB g/h 520 450 450 Feed of Hydrogen NL/h 0.0 0.8 0.5 Feed of MainCatalyst mmol/h 0.030 0.019 0.020 FEED OF CB-3 mmol/h 0.15 0.10 0.10FEED OF TIBA mmol/h 10 10 10 Polymer Concentration wt % 15 14 14Production Rate kg/h 5.4 5.0 5.0 <Condition of Drying Under ReducedPressure> Drying Temperature ° C. 80 80 80 <Copolymer Properties>Ethylene Content mol % 56.05 59.13 60.16 1-Butene Content mol % 42.4739.63 38.58 (1)Ethylene Content/1- Molar 57/43 60/40 61/39 ButeneContent Ratio (2)ENB Content mol % 1.48 1.24 1.26 (3)ML(1 + 4)125° C. 8371 82 (4)B value 1.29 1.29 1.28

<<Composition for Hose Forming>> Example E1

Using MIXTRON BB MIXER (produced by Kobe Steel, LTD., Model BB-2, volume1.7 L, rotor 2WH), 5 parts of zinc oxide, “META-Z102” (trade name;produced by Inoue Calcium Corporation) serving as a vulcanizing aid, 2parts of stearic acid serving as a processing aid, 1 part ofpolyethylene glycol, “PEG#4000” (trade name; produced by LionCorporation) serving as an activator, 2 parts of a mixture ofN-substituted fatty acid amide and fatty acid calcium, “Struktol WB16”(trade name; produced by S&S JAPAN Co., Ltd.) serving as a processingaid, 90 parts of carbon black, “Asahi #60G” (trade name; produced byASAHI CARBON CO., LTD.) serving as a reinforcing agent, 80 parts of“Dixie Clay” (trade name; produced by R.T.Vanderbilt) serving as aninorganic filler, 58 parts of paraffin-based process oil, “Diana processoil PW-380” (trade name; produced by Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd) serving asa softener were blended into 100 parts of the ethylene⋅1-butene⋅ENBcopolymer(EBDM-1) resulted from Synthesis Example E1, and the resultingmixture was kneaded to obtain the compound 1.

For the kneading condition, the number of revolutions of the rotor was40 rpm, the floating weight pressure was 3 kg/cm², the kneading time was5 minutes, and the kneading discharge temperature was 144° C.

Then, after it was ascertained that the compound 1 reached thetemperature of 40° C., using a 6 inch-roll, 1.8 parts of zincdibutyldithiocarbamate, “Sanceler BZ,” 0.5 parts of tetramethylthiuramdisulfide, “Sanceler TT” and 0.5 parts of ethylenethiourea, “Sanceler22-C” (all of which are trade names; produced by SANSHIN CHEMICALINDUSTRY CO. LTD.) as a vulcanizing accelerator as well as 1.5 parts ofmorpholine disulfide, “Sanfel R” (trade name; produced by SANSHINCHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO. LTD.) and 0.5 parts of sulfur as a cross-linkingagent (vulcanizing agent) were added to the compound 1, and theresulting mixture was kneaded to obtain the compound 2.

For the kneading condition, the roll temperature of the front roll/rearroll was 50° C./50° C., the roll peripheral speed of the front roll/rearroll was 18 rpm/15 rpm, and the roll gap was 3 mm. Sheeting wasperformed after the kneading of 8 minutes to obtain the compound 2.

The compound 1 was press-molded at 150° C. for 3 minutes, using a diewith a thickness of 3 mm (sheet for detachment: Lumirror®), and furtherpress-molded at 50° C. for 120 minutes, using a die with a thickness of2 mm (sheet for detachment: Teflon®) to obtain an unvulcanized rubbersheet having a thickness of 2 mm. In addition, the compound 2 wasvulcanized at 170° C. for 15 minutes, using a press molding machine, toobtain a vulcanized rubber sheet having a thickness of 2 mm.Furthermore, using a cylindrical die, aright cylindrical test piecehaving a thickness of 12.7 mm and a diameter of 29 mm was made from thecompound 2, and then vulcanized at 170° C. for 20 minutes to obtain atest piece for the compression set (CS) test. For the unvulcanizedmaterial and the resulting vulcanized material, unvulcanized materialproperty test, hardness test, tension test, electrical property test,low temperature torsion test, and compression set test were performed inthe following methods.

Examples E2 to 4, Comparative Examples E1 to 6

Compounds 1 and 2 were obtained for each of Examples E2 to 4 andComparative Examples E1 to 6 in the same method as in Example E1 exceptthat the blending composition was changed as described in Table 13. Asin Example E1, a sheet and a test piece were created to carry out avariety of evaluations.

The details of rubber used in Comparative Example E are as follows.

3090EM: produced by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., EPDM, ethylene content=48%,diene content=5.2%, Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C.=59, the amount ofoil extension=10 (PHR)

3062EM: produced by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., EPDM, ethylene content=65%,diene content=4.5, Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C.=43, the amount ofoil extension=20 (PHR)

3110M: produced by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., EPDM, ethylene content=56%,diene content=5.0, Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C.=78, the amount ofoil extension=0 (PHR)

EP27: produced JSR Corporation, EPDM, ethylene content=54.5%, ENBcontent=4%, Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C.=70, the amount of oilextension=0 (PHR)

EP96: produced JSR Corporation, EPDM, ethylene content=66%, ENBcontent=5.8%, Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C.=61, the amount of oilextension=50(PHR)

Es552: produced by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., ESPLENE EPDM, ethylenecontent=55%, diene content=4.0%, Mooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C.=85,the amount of oil extension=0 (PHR)

The property values of the above products are catalog values.

[Unvulcanized Material Property Test 1: Minimum Viscosity (Vm) andScorch Time (Min)]

The property test of the unvulcanized composition was performedaccording to JIS K 6300. Specifically, using a Mooney viscometer(produced by SHIMADZU CORPORATION, Model SMV202), a change in the Mooneyviscosity at 125° C. of the compounds 2 resulted from Example E andComparative Example E respectively were measured. The minimum viscosity(Vm) was obtained at the start of the measurement, and the time requiredfor the minimum viscosity (Vm) to increase by 5 points or 35 points wasobtained as a scorch time (t5, min) and scorch time (t35, min).

[Unvulcanized Material Property Test 2: Vulcanization CharacteristicEvaluation]

The compounds 2 resulted from Example E and Comparative Example E wereused to measure the vulcanization rate (TC90) as follows by use of avulcanization measurement device: MDR2000 (produced by ALPHATECHNOLOGIES).

The change in torque obtained under the condition of a certaintemperature and a certain shear rate was measured. The time required forthe torque value to reach 90% of the difference between the maximumtorque value (S′Max) and the minimum torque value (S′Min) was consideredas TC90 (min). For the measurement condition, the temperature was 170°C. and the time was 20 minutes. The smaller the TC90 is, the faster thevulcanization rate is.

[Unvulcanized Material Property Test 3: Green Strength (GS; 23° C.)

The tension test was performed on the unvulcanized rubber sheets havinga thickness of 2 mm resulted from Example E and Comparative Example Eaccording to JIS K 6251 under the condition of a measurement temperatureof 23° C. and a pulling rate of 500 mm/min to measure the strength atbreak (TB) and the elongation at break(EB).

[Hardness Test (Durometer-A)]

Flat portion of the vulcanized rubber sheets resulted from Example E andComparative Example E were piled to form a sheet having a thickness of12 mm, and hardness (JIS-A) was measured according to JIS K6253.

[Tension Test]

The tension test was performed on the vulcanized rubber sheets having athickness of 2 mm resulted from Example E and Comparative Example E inaccordance with JIS K 6251 under the condition of a measurementtemperature of 23° C. and a pulling rate of 500 mm/min to measure thetensile strength at an elongation rate of 25% (25% modulus (M25)), thetensile strength at an elongation rate of 50% (50% modulus (M50)), thetensile strength at an elongation rate of 100% (100% modulus (M100)),the tensile strength at an elongation rate of 200% (200% modulus(M200)), the tensile strength at an elongation rate of 300% (300%modulus (M300)), the strength at break(TB), and the elongation at break(EB).

[Electrical Property Test]

The vulcanized rubber sheets having a thickness of 2 mm resulted fromExample E and Comparative Example E were evaluated for the volumeresistivity according to ASTM D 257.

<Low Temperature Torsion Test (Gehman Torsion Test)>

The low temperature torsion test was performed, according to JIS K 6261(1993), on the vulcanized rubber sheets having a thickness of 2 mmresulted from Example E and Comparative Example E to measure T₂ (° C.),T₅ (° C.), and T₁₀ (° C.), using a Gehman torsion test machine. Thesetemperatures are an indicator of flexibility at a low temperature ofvulcanized rubber. For example, the lower the 12 is, the better theflexibility at a low temperature is.

[Compression Set Test]

For the test piece for compression set (CS) test, the compression setafter a 125° C., 70° C. or −25° C.×22 hour-treatment was measuredaccording to JIS K 6262(1997).

TABLE 13 Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative ComparativeExample E1 Example E2 Example E3 Example E4 Example E5 <Blend/phr>3090EM 110 44 66 3062EM 72 3110M 40 EP27 100 50 EP96 75 Es552 EBDM-1EBDM-2 EBDM-3 META-Z102 5 5 5 5 5 Stearic Acid 2 2 2 2 2 PEG#4000 1 1 11 1 Struktol WB16 2 2 2 2 2 Asahi #60G 90 90 90 90 90 Dixie Clay 80 8080 80 80 PW-380 48 42 52 58 33 <Total> 338 338 338 338 338 Sanceler BZ1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 Sanceler TT 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Sanceler 22-C 0.50.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Sanfel R 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Sulfur S 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.50.5 <Unvulcanized Rubber Property> Mooney Scorch Vm(125° C.) 56 59 61 5159 t5(125° C.) min 6.4 9.3 9.5 6.8 7.5 t35(125° C.) min 10.3 5.2 5.111.2 3.7 MDR min 5.7 5.8 6.2 5.7 5.0 (170° C. × 20 min) TC90 S′Max-S′MindNm 14.0 14.7 14.3 12.2 12.7 S′Max dNm 15.8 16.4 16.1 14.2 14.6 GS(23°C.) MPa 0.66 1.40 0.72 0.65 1.82 TB EB % 280 424 154 180 245 <VulcanizedRubber Property> Hardness(Duro-A) — 69 72 71 69 71 M25 MPa 1.10 1.181.14 1.08 1.18 M50 MPa 1.61 1.69 1.70 1.65 1.78 M100 MPa 2.60 2.63 2.762.88 2.97 M200 MPa 5.30 5.26 5.44 6.34 6.00 M300 MPa 7.66 7.44 7.51 9.808.64 TB MPa 12.0 12.3 12.3 11.8 13.3 EB % 497 519 520 375 459<Electrical Property> Volume Resistivity Ω · cm 7.4.E+05 4.2.E+064.7.E+05 4.8.E+05 7.8.E+06 <Gehman Torsion Test> T2 ° C. −26 −15 −23 −27−19 T5 ° C. −40 −33 −38 −42 −37 T10 ° C. −45 −41 −44 −47 −44<Compression Set> 125° C. × 22 h % 36 35 36 41 38 70° C. × 22 h % 16 1513 18 16 −25° C. × 22 h % 64 87 70 64 79 Comparative Example E6 ExampleE1 Example E2 Example E3 Example E4 <Blend/phr> 3090EM 3062EM 3110M EP27EP96 Es552 100 EBDM-1 100 EBDM-2 100 EBDM-3 100 100 META-Z102 5 5 5 5 5Stearic Acid 2 2 2 2 2 PEG#4000 1 1 1 1 1 Struktol WB16 2 2 2 2 2 Asahi#60G 90 90 90 90 100 Dixie Clay 80 80 80 80 80 PW-380 58 58 58 58 58<Total> 338 338 338 338 348 Sanceler BZ 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 Sanceler TT0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Sanceler 22-C 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Sanfel R 1.5 1.51.5 1.5 1.5 Sulfur S 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 <Unvulcanized Rubber Property>Mooney Scorch Vm(125° C.) 55 48 45 53 59 t5(125° C.) min 6.1 5.8 6.0 6.05.9 t35(125° C.) min 9.7 8.7 9.4 8.9 8.8 MDR min 6.2 6.0 6.3 6.2 6.2(170° C. × 20 min) TC90 S′Max-S′Min dNm 13.6 10.8 11.0 11.6 11.7 S′MaxdNm 15.6 12.4 12.5 13.5 13.8 GS(23° C.) MPa 0.65 0.51 0.50 0.56 0.66 TBEB % 270 560 460 450 310 <Vulcanized Rubber Property> Hardness(Duro-A) —70 64 64 66 68 M25 MPa 1.13 0.86 0.87 0.90 1.05 M50 MPa 1.70 1.35 1.331.40 1.66 M100 MPa 2.80 2.26 2.19 2.33 2.83 M200 MPa 5.82 4.49 4.38 4.665.68 M300 MPa 8.44 6.34 6.24 6.56 7.80 TB MPa 12.7 9.4 9.4 9.4 10.5 EB %447 482 515 480 442 <Electrical Property> Volume Resistivity Ω · cm2.0.E+06 3.3.E+05 2.3.E+05 3.3.E+05 2.8.E+05 <Gehman Torsion Test> T2 °C. −27 −37 −35 −38 −34 T5 ° C. −41 −48 −49 −50 −49 T10 ° C. −46 −52 −53−55 −53 <Compression Set> 125° C. × 22 h % 42 33 36 31 35 70° C. × 22 h% 17 15 16 15 16 −25° C. × 22 h % 73 37 38 38 37

From the results shown in Table 13, compared to Comparative Example E,the results of the Gehman torsion test at a low temperature (T₂, T₅,T₁₀) in Example E are small, and the compression set (−25° C.×22 h) isalso small. Thus, Example E exhibits excellent cold resistance (lowtemperature properties) and a good balance between the cold resistance(low temperature properties) and mechanical properties at ambienttemperature (elongation property, tensile strength, etc.). The abovecompositions derived from Example E which have the properties asdescribed above can be used to produce a hose having an excellentbalance between low temperature properties and mechanical properties.

1. A method for manufacturing an ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugatedpolyene copolymer, wherein the ethylene⋅α-olefin⋅non-conjugated polyenecopolymer comprises a structural unit derived from an ethylene [A], astructural unit derived from a C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] and a structural unitderived from a non-conjugated polyene [C], and satisfying the following(1) to (4): (1) a molar ratio ([A]/[B]) of the structural units derivedfrom the ethylene [A] to the structural units derived from the α-olefin[B] is 40/60 to 90/10; (2) a content of the structural units derivedfrom the non-conjugated polyene [C] is 0.1 to 6.0 mol % based on thetotal of the structural units of [A], [B] and [C] as 100 mol %; (3) aMooney viscosity ML₍₁₊₄₎ 125° C. at 125° C. is 5 to 100; and (4) a Bvalue represented by the following formula (i) is 1.20 or more:B value=([EX]+2[Y])/[2×[E]×([X]+[Y])]  (i), wherein [E], [X] and [Y]represent a mole fraction of the ethylene [A], the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B]and the non-conjugated polyene [C] respectively, and [EX] represents anethylene [A]-C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin [B] diad chain fraction; and wherein theethylene, the C₄-C₂₀ α-olefin and the non-conjugated polyene arecopolymerized in the presence of an olefin polymerization catalystincluding: (a) a transition metal compound represented by the followinggeneral formula [VII]:

wherein M is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom, or a hafnium atom; R⁵and R⁶ are substituted aryl groups wherein one or more of the hydrogenatoms of an aryl group are substituted with an electron-donatingsubstituent having a substituent constant σ of −0.2 or less in theHammett's rule; wherein when the substituted aryl group has a pluralityof the electron-donating substituents, each of the electron-donatingsubstituents may be the same or different; wherein the substituted arylgroup optionally contains a substituent selected from C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbongroups, silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups,oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groupsother than the electron-donating substituents; and wherein when thesubstituted aryl group has a plurality of the substituents, each of thesubstituents may be the same or different; Q is selected in an identicalor different combination from halogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups,anionic ligands and neutral ligands capable of being coordinated with alone electron pair; and j is an integer of 1 to 4; and (b) at least onecompound selected from (b-1) organometallic compounds, (b-2)organoaluminum oxy compounds, and (b-3) components which react with thetransition metal compound (a) to form an ion pair.
 2. A method formanufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer, themethod comprising copolymerizing an ethylene, an α-olefin having threeor more carbon atoms and a non-conjugated polyene in the presence of anolefin polymerization catalyst containing: (a) a transition metalcompound represented by the following general formula [I]:

wherein Y is selected from a carbon atom, a silicon atom, a germaniumatom and a tin atom; M is a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafniumatom; R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶, each of which may be the same ordifferent, are atoms or substituents selected from hydrogen atoms,C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, aryl groups, substituted aryl groups,silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containinggroups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groups; adjacentsubstituents between R¹ and R⁶ are optionally bound together to form aring; Q is selected in an identical or different combination fromhalogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, anionic ligands and neutralligands capable of being coordinated with a lone electron pair; n is aninteger of 1 to 4; and j is an integer of 1 to 4; and (b) at least onecompound selected from (b-1) organometallic compounds, (b-2)organoaluminum oxy-compounds, and (b-3) components which react with thetransition metal compound (a) to form an ion pair.
 3. The method formanufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymeraccording to claim 2, wherein n in the general formula [I] is
 1. 4. Themethod for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer according to claim 2, wherein R², R², R³ and R⁴ in the generalformula [I] are all hydrogen atoms.
 5. The method for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to claim 2,wherein Y in the general formula [I] is a carbon atom.
 6. The method formanufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymeraccording to claim 2, wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the general formula [I] aregroups selected from aryl groups and substituted aryl groups.
 7. Themethod for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer according to claim 6, wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the general formula[I] are substituted aryl groups wherein one or more of the hydrogenatoms of an aryl group are substituted with an electron-donatingsubstituent having a substituent constant σ of −0.2 or less in theHammett's rule; wherein when the substituted aryl group has a pluralityof the electron-donating substituents, each of the electron-donatingsubstituents may be the same or different; wherein the substituted arylgroups optionally contain a substituent selected from C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbongroups, silicon-containing groups, nitrogen-containing groups,oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms and halogen-containing groupsother than the electron-donating substituents; and wherein when thesubstituted aryl group has a plurality of the substituents, each of thesubstituents may be the same or different. The method for manufacturingan ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to claim7, wherein the electron-donating substituent is a group selected fromnitrogen-containing groups and oxygen-containing groups.
 9. The methodfor manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymeraccording to claim 8, wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the general formula [I] aresubstituted phenyl groups in which a group selected from thenitrogen-containing groups and the oxygen-containing groups is containedin the meta position and/or para position to the bond to Y.
 10. Themethod for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer according to claim 9, wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the general formula[I] are substituted phenyl groups comprising a nitrogen-containing grouprepresented by the following general formula [II] as theelectron-donating substituent:

wherein R⁷ and R⁸, each of which may be the same or different and may bebound together to form a ring, are atoms or substituents selected fromhydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,oxygen-containing groups and halogen-containing groups; and the line onthe right of N represents a bond to a phenyl group.
 11. The method formanufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymeraccording to claim 9, wherein R⁵ and R⁶ in the general formula [I] aresubstituted phenyl groups comprising an oxygen-containing grouprepresented by the following general formula [III] as theelectron-donating substituent.R⁹—O—  [III] wherein R⁹ is an atom or a substituent selected fromhydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,nitrogen-containing groups and halogen-containing groups; and the lineon the right of 0 represents a bond to a phenyl group.
 12. The methodfor manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymeraccording to claim 2, wherein M in the general formula [I] is a hafniumatom.
 13. The method for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to claim 2,wherein the α-olefin is a C₃-C₁₀ α-olefin.
 14. The method formanufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymeraccording to claim 2, wherein the α-olefin is at least one selected frompropylene and a 1-butene.
 15. The method for manufacturing anethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymer according to claim 2,wherein the non-conjugated polyene is represented by the followinggeneral formula [IV]:

wherein n is an integer of 0 to 2; R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³, each of whichmay be the same or different, are atoms or substituents selected fromhydrogen atoms, C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbon groups, silicon-containing groups,nitrogen-containing groups, oxygen-containing groups, halogen atoms andhalogen-containing groups, which hydrocarbon groups optionally contain adouble bond; two optional substituents of R¹⁰ to R¹³ are optionallybound together to form a ring which optionally contains a double bond,R¹⁰ and R¹¹, or R¹² and R¹³ optionally form an alkylidene group, R¹⁰ andR¹², or R¹¹ and R¹³ are optionally bound together to form a double bond;and at least one requirement of the following (i) to (iv) is satisfied:(i) at least one of R¹⁰ to R¹³ is a hydrocarbon group having one or moredouble bonds; (ii) two optional substituents of R¹⁰ to R¹³ are boundtogether to form a ring and the ring contains a double bond; (iii) R¹⁰and R¹¹, or R¹² and R¹³, form an alkylidene group; and (iv) R¹⁰ and R¹²,or R¹¹ and R¹³, are bound together to form a double bond.
 16. The methodfor manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyene copolymeraccording to claim 2, wherein the non-conjugated polyene is5-ethylidene-2-norbornene (ENB) or 5-vinyl-2-norbornene (VNB).
 17. Themethod for manufacturing an ethylene/α-olefin/non-conjugated polyenecopolymer according to claim 2, wherein a polymerization temperature is80° C. or more.